Skip to main content

Full text of "Specifications for the new waterside power house of the New York Edison Company, New York, July 1907"

See other formats


> 1,1, 



S V « 1 i. 





:m' 






THE GIFT OF 
J6 mO-^^ tM^O-Z^JL^iJL. 


AbXM^ 




h.H-i.t)^^'^- 


]^^ 



Cornell University Library 
TK1191.N56 



Specifications for the new waterside pow 




3 1924 004 682 781 




Cornell University 
Library 



The original of tiiis book is in 
tine Cornell University Library. 

There are no known copyright restrictions in 
the United States on the use of the text. 



http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924004682781 




WATERSIDE No. 2 POWER HOUSE 



SPECIFICATIONS 



FOR THE 



New Waterside Power House 



OF THE 



NEW YORK EDISON COMPANY 



New York, July 1907 



THE NEW YORK EDISON COMPANY 



Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1907, by 

THE NEW YORK EDISON COMPANY 
In the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington 



LIST OF CONTRACTORS 

BULKHEAD 

PHOENIX CONSTRUCTION & StJPPLT CO. 

FOUNDATIONS 

ISAAC A. HOPPER & SON 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 

POST & McCORD, INC. 

SUPERSTRUCTURE 

MURPHT CONSTRUCTION COMPANY 

COAL AND ASH HANDLING MACHINERY 

MEAD MORRISON MFG. CO. 

CRANES 

CASE MANUEACTURING COMPANY 
MANNING, MAXWELIi & MOORE, INC. 

BOILERS AND SUPERHEATERS 

BABCOCK & TTIIiCOX COMPANY 

BOILER FRONTS 

BABCOCK & "WILCOX COMPANY EDWIN BURHOBN 

GRATES 

M. H. TREADTTEIili <fc COMPANY 
NEEMES BROTHERS "WASHBURN & GRANGER 

ECONOMIZERS 

B. E. STURTBVANT COMPANY 

FORCED DRAFT 

B. E. STURTEVANT COMPANY 

COAL DOWNTAKES 

EDWIN BUBHORN 

FEED PUMPS 

BUFFALO FORGE COMPANY D'OLIER ENGINEERING CO. 

PXiATT IRON WORKS COMPANY 

HEATERS 

PliATT IRON W^ORKS COMPANY 

TURBO GENERATORS 

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY 
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC & MFG. CO. 

CONDENSERS 

ALBERGER CONDENSER CO. HENRY R. WORTHINGTON, INC. 

WHEELER CONDENSER & ENGINEERING CO. 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY 

WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC & MFG. CO. 

STORAGE BATTERIES 

ELECTRIC STORAGE BATTERY CO. 



P RE FACE 



These specifications are intended to cover in a general way 
the construction contracts of the New Waterside, now known as 
the Waterside No. 2 power house, although the general clauses 
have been omitted in order to save space. 

It was thought advisable in the design of the station to pro- 
vide for either vertical reciprocating engines or for either or both 
of two types of steam turbine units of the maximum sizes then 
developed, thus necessitating a compromise between the demands 
of the various designs; and the operating room was laid out to 
contain twelve 6,000 k. w. vertical engines, or sixteen 5,000 k. w. 
vertical turbine units, or twelve 5,500 k. w. horizontal turbine 
units. Further developments in the turbine field and certain 
operating conditions have determined the final layout. 

In the design and construction of the station The New York 
Edison Company has been represented by J. W. Lieb, Jr., As- 
sociate General Manager, J. P. Sparrow, Chief Engineer, P. 
Torchio, Chief Electrical Engineer, G. A. Orrok, Mechanical En- 
gineer, E. M. Van Norden, Civil Engineer, W. W. Erwin, Super- 
intendent of Construction, H. Stephenson, Superintendent of Dis- 
tribution and C. B. Grady, Resident Engineer. 

THOMAS E. MURRAY, 

General Manager. 

* 

New York, July, 1907. 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

BULKHEAD AND CONDENSING 
WATER TUNNELS 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of the contract dated April 10, 1905, 
between the Phoenix Construction and Supply 
Company, Contractors, and The New York Edison 
Company. 



I. General Description of the Work: 

The work to be done under this contract consists of the 
removal of the old crib bulkhead between 39th and 40th streets 
and the construction of the new bulkhead, the foundations for 
the coal towers and ash pockets, and the condensing water tun- 
nels, all on the area bounded by 39th and 40th streets and a line 
50 feet from the bulkhead line and the East River. 

The foundations for the coal towers and ash pockets occupy 
a space approximately 42 feet by 1 10 feet in the southeast portion 
of the above area. 

The center lines of the intake and discharge tunnels are 
perpendicular to the bulkhead line, being 152 feet center to center. 
The center line of the intake tunnel is 12 feet from the intersection 




BULKHEAD AND CONDENSING WATER TUNNELS. 







• ■ 'Win 



y^j^ 






H% 






Jji— -^--"ifftia. 



b 
I 




PLAN OF CONDENSING WATER TUNNELS. 



of the bulkhead line and the north line of 39th street, measured 
along the bulkhead. 

The Standard Bulkhead of the Dock Department is to be 
used, modified only where made necessary by the foundation for 
the coal towers and ash pockets or by the condensing water 
tunnels. 

2. Foundations for Coal Towers and Ash Pockets: 

The foundations for the coal towers and ash pockets are 
to be of the dimensions shown on the drawing and are to be 
made of one, three, five, concrete reinforced by steel rods where 
they extend over the top of the intake tunnel. ij4" steel rods 
spaced i' o" center to center along the bulkhead are to be placed 
the entire length of the foundation to tie the two rows of columns 
together. 

3. Condensing Water Tunnels: 

The Contractor is to do all excavating, pumping, steel and 
concrete work necessary for the installation of that portion of 
the condensing water tunnels between the bulkhead and the 
line 50 feet from it above mentioned. As shown on drawing No. 
12815, these tunnels are both made of an outer and inner shell of 
%" steel conforming to the general section of the tunnel as nearly 
as possible. These shells are to be securely fastened together 
by means of lacing bars and the space between them filled with 
one, three, five concrete. 

They are to be sunk to position on the yellow pine grillages 
as shown on drawing and rip-rap is to be placed on either side 
extending from the crown of the arch at a slope of ij^ horizon- 
tal to I vertical. 

4. Earth Excavation and Dredging: 

The Contractor is to do all necessary excavating and dredg- 
ing in connection with this work. The Contractor is to provide 
sheet piling for the support of the faces wherever necessary or 



where required by the Engineer and such back-filling as is neces- 
sary or is shown on the plans. 

5. Piling: 

The greater part of the entire area is to be piled as shown 
on drawing No. 12815. All piles are to be of straight, sound, 
live timber, free from cracks, shakes and rotten knots. Piles 
are to be of red or yellow pine and all loose bark must be re- 
moved to the low water line. The piles must show an even and 
gradual taper from end to end. All piles must not be less than 
14 inches diameter at the butt and not less than 6 inches at the 
point. 

The small end is to be sharpened for driving and the butt 
is to be banded with an iron band during driving. All piles are 
to be driven until, with a 3000 pound hammer falling ten feet, 
the total penetration of the last three blows does not exceed 2 
inches, or until, in the judgment of the Engineer, a sufficient depth 
Tias been attained. The piles must be accurately centred and 
driven plumb, but if, driven out of centre, or if not driven straight, 
the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer, may be re- 
quired to draw the piles and redrive them properly. 

When piling near present bulkheads, a close watch must be 
"kept that their foundations are not disturbed by the compression 
of the neighboring sub-soil, and the Contractor is to assume full 
responsibility for the stability and alignment of these structures. 

Piles may be cut off to grade as soon as the piledriver is 
working more than 25 feet from the line of completed piling, but 
in no case shall any pile be cut tO' grade until all chance of liabil- 
ity to disturbance has ceased. 

"6. Timber: 

All timber is to be yellow pine free from cracks, shakes and 
Totten knots. 

The grillages are to be made of three layers of 4" x 10" tim- 
bers securely spiked together. When the piles are cut to grade. 



lO 

these grillages are to be floated into position and securely fas- 
tened to the tops of the piles. 

7. Concrete : 

The concrete used for making the concrete blocks forming 
part of the sea-wall is to be composed by measure, of one part 
cement, two parts sand and five parts of broken lime or bluestone 
chips or gravel. All other concrete is to be composed by measure 
of one part cement, three parts sand and five parts of broken 
lime or bluestone chips or gravel. The cement will be furnished 
to the Contractor by the Company at the uniform rate of $1.50 
per barrel plus loc. for each bag with a rebate of loc. for each 
bag returned. 

All broken stone shall pass in every way through a ring twa 
inches in diameter, and it shall be screened and washed clean. 
If gravel is used, the fine gravel (over }i'') is to be left in, but 
the gravel is to be washed free from loam and clay. 

The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry, the 
proper quantity of clean water shall then be sprayed on the mix- 
ture, the clean moistened stone shall then be added to the mass 
and the whole thoroughly mixed. The amount of water added 
shall be as determined by the Engineer. All concrete shall be 
thoroughly rammed in place before the cement has begun tec 
set. The mixing of the concrete is to be done by a mixing ma- 
chine whenever possible, or as directed by the Engineer. The 
broken stone shall be wetted down before mixing with the mortar 
and all materials are to be measured in bulk. Whenever a mixing 
machine is not used, the concrete is to be mixed on plank plat- 
forms in small and convenient quantities and immediately de- 
posited in the work. It shall be laid in sections and in horizon- 
tal layers not exceeding nine inches in thickness and must alE 
be thoroughly rammed. In no case is any concrete to remain 
in the work if it has begun to set before ramming of same is 
completed. All plank and timber curbs to confine the concrete 
in the shape and dimensions called for by the drawings are to 
be furnished by the Contractor. Before any weight is placed on the 



1 1 

concrete, it must have as much time to set as can be conveniently 
allowed, and in no case less than 24 hours. In cold weather the 
concrete is to be heated as directed by the Engineer. All water 
used in making concrete and mortars must be fresh and clean; 
salt water is not to be employed. 

The bottoms of the steel grillages for the line of columns 
farthest from the bulkhead will be set exactly on the datum 
line. The bottoms of the steel grillages for the line of columns 
nearest the bulkhead are to be set 2' 9" above the datum line. 
The Contractor is to finish off that portion of the foundation 
^ of an inch below the points above mentioned and wait until 
the grillages and the first length of column are set before finish- 
ing off the foundation to the grade line. The Contractor is to 
finish and pour the grout for setting the grillage beams. 

8. Work Under Direction of the Dock Department: 

The above mentioned work is to be done under the direc- 
tion of the Dock Department and the Contractor is to furnish 
all drawings required by the Commissioner of Docks or his 
Ejigineer, and to secure all permits, etc., necessary for proceeding 
with the work. 

Three prints of all such drawings are to be furnished by the 
Contractor for the use of the Company. 



I 2 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

GENERAL FOUNDATION WORK 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on 
the West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of Contract dated September 9, 1904, 
between Isaac A. Hopper & Son, Inc., Con- 
tractors, and the New York Edison Company. 



I. General Description of the Work: 

The work to be done under this contract consists of the 
furnishing of all labor and materials required for the earth exca- 
vation, the rock excavation, the back filling, the piling, and the 
concrete work for a foundation of a power station, and two con- 
densing water tunnels located on a piece of land bounded on the 
north by the south side of 40th street, on the south by the north 
side of 39th street, and on the west by the east side of ist avenue 
and on the east by a line parallel to and at a distance of 50' o" 
from the United States Bulkhead Line; for a vault along ist 
avenue and 40th street ; and a tunnel underneath 39th street, con- 
necting the new power station with the coal handling vault adja- 
cent to the present station. With the above works is to be in- 
cluded all sheet piling, pumping, coffer dams, caisons and all mis- 
cellaneous items that will be necessary in order that the work may 




\i " 




^ la id: S ! 



'-"'■Ji*' r»"ft r^Ta!- B T2 ■.'^e-H -111- -I "-1 

.1, ;|.5 a?W; . »>?. ."I £»:,"*■; r-,.l i;" i i'^ f 



i! 




$ I ,1-. ^-l; - >jj4r<ih ■ H f . r.'--*-.'. ■•'.•.".-■1 



^?"if. >iy .«,.«.,;7;; 












T 

in, 






i? ? 



? .-' 



r 

h 




GENERAL FOUNDATION PLAN. 



14 

be properly performed. All work lying east of a line parallel to 
and at a distance of 50' o" from the United States Bulkhead Line 
will be done under another contract. 

The Building will be trapezoidal in shape, fronting on ist 
avenue for a distance of 197' 6", extending back on 40th street a 
distance of 347' 2" and on 39th street a distance of 336' i%". The 
building is divided into two parts, an engine room 73' 10" wide and 
a boiler room 119' 8" wide, the dividing line being parallel to 39th 
and 40th streets. 

Starting from a point about 40' o" from the west building line 
and running down the engine room, are to be two condensing 
water tunnels, one placed above the other, the upper one being 
the overflow tunnel and the lower one the inflow. The bottom 
of the upper tunnel is to be reinforced with steel, so that there will 
be no danger of the hot water from the overflow leaking through 
to the water in the inflow tunnel below. 

2. The Basement Floor Line: 

The basement floor line will be at the same level for both the 
engine and boiler room floors, at a distance of 4' 6" above City 
Datum. City Datum is approximately 5' 3" above Mean Low 
Water. All earth and rock is to be excavated down to a level of 
I' o" below the basement floor level and where the steel grillages 
come, the rock is to be excavated down to a distance of 3' o" below 
the basement floor, leaving 6" as the minimum thickness of the 
concrete between the rock and the bottom of the steel grillages 
which will be 2' 6" below the basement floor line. At the east end 
of the building, concrete piers and walls are to be carried down 
to rock for supporting the columns and walls. The rock must be 
leveled off under piers and stepped off under wall foundations. 
After the piers and wall foundations have been put in place, the 
spaces between are to be filled in with good dirt or sand, well 
puddled down, up to a level of i' 6" below the bmler room floor. 

After the steel grillages have been set and grouted in place, 
the concrete for the floor of the engine room and boiler room is 
to be put in, up to within i^" of the level of the basement floor 



15 

line. The granolithic finish, i^" thick, will be supplied under 
another contract. 



3. Earth Excavation and Back Filling: 

The Contractor is to excavate the earth for the entire building, 
the vault on First avenue, the vault on 40th street, the condensing 
■water tunnels to a line 50 feet from the bulkhead and the vault 
connecting the new station with the vault located on 39th street, 
adjacent to the old station. The removal of the old buildings, etc., 
located on the property is to be included in this contract, and all 
old foundations, pipe, loose rock, etc., that may be encountered, 
except solid rock, are to be taken out by the Contractor and shall 
be counted as earth excavation. All material excavated is to be 
carted away and disposed of at the Contractor's expense, except 
metal scraps, pipes, tanks, etc. ; and such materials as may be re- 
quired for back filling, which is to be good earth or sand, free from 
all rubbish. All back filling is to be done by the Contractor. The 
Contractor is to furnish and drive all sheet piling for the support 
of the faces wherever necessary or required by the Engineer. 



4. Wrecking : 

The Contractor is to tear down and remove all the buildings 
on the property. He is to take up all tanks, pipes, metal scrap, 
valves and other metal work buried in the ground; but the 
material so taken up is to remain the property of the Company 
and will be taken away from the building site by the Company. 
The materials of the buildings proper, such as brick, stone, roof 
trusses, windows, bluestone, flagging, etc., are to be the property 
of the Contractor and removed from the building site or other- 
wise disposed of at his expense. All machinery, piping, tanks or 
other iron work in the buildings at the present time will be re- 
moved by the Company prior to the time of starting work. 



i6 

5. Rock Excavation : 

The Contractor is to do all the rock excavation required for 
the area covered by the building, the vault along First avenue and 
40th street, the condensing water tunnels and the vault at 39th' 
street. The rock excavation for the condensing water tunnels 
is to be done with the aid of a channeler to avoid shattering the 
rock adjacent to the excavation, and the Contractor is to take the 
utmost caution in using explosives and must comply strictly with 
all laws, ordinances, etc., in reference to the use of same. All' 
rock excavated is to be carted away and disposed of by the Con- 
tractor. 

6. Piling : 

The Contractor is to furnish and drive all the piles shown on 
drawing No. 11162 for the condensing water overflow tunnef 
and such piles as may be required for the intake tunnel, within 50- 
feet of the bulkhead line. All piles are to be of straight, sound, 
live timber, free from all cracks, shakes and rotten knots. Piles 
may be of yellow or red pine, or spruce, and all loose bark must be 
removed. The piles must show an even and gradual taper from 
end to end. All piles must not be less than 14 inches diameter 
at the butt and not less than 9 inches at the point. The small end' 
is to be sharpened for driving and the butt is to be banded with 
an iron band during driving. All piles are to be driven until, with- 
a 2,000-pound hammer falling twenty feet, the total penetration 
of the last three blows does not exceed 2 inches, or until in the 
judgment of the Engineer a sufficient depth has been attained. 
The piles must be accurately centered and driven plumb, but if 
driven out of centre, or if not driven straight, the Contractor, at 
the discretion of the Engineer, may be required to draw the piles 
and redrive them properly. 

7. Coffer Dams and Pumping : 

The Contractor is to construct and maintain all the coffer 
dam construction that may be necessary in order that the con- 




-fi s - 






1 


3 =.', ,■ 


f. 



SCREEN WELL. 



]8 

densing water tunnels, the piers for supporting the columns, the 
foundation footings for the wall and the screen well may be in- 
stalled in a thoroughly strong and workmanlike manner. 

All pumping that may be necessary to keep the excavation or 
coffer dams clear of water is to be done by the Contractor. 

8. Concrete : 

The Contractor is to furnish all the material and labor, in- 
cluding the necessary forms, for the concrete for the building up 
to a distance of i^^" below the basement floor line, the condensing 
water tunnels out to a line fifty feet from the bulkhead, the floor 
of the vaults along First avenue and 40th street, the piers for the 
supporting of the columns, the wall footings, and the vault con- 
necting the new station with the old vault on 39th street. 

The piers for supporting the columns and the footings below 
the walls are to be carried down to rock. The rock below all 
column piers is to be leveled off and that below the wall footings 
is to be stepped off, no step being less than 4' o". Included with 
the condensing water intake tunnel, is to be a screen well complete 
in all details, except the iron screens themselves and the operating 
mechanism, as shown on drawing No. 11 727. 

The concrete for the piers supporting the columns and wall 
footings is to be composed by measure of one part cement, two 
and one-half parts sand and five parts of broken lime or blue stone 
chips or gravel. 

All other concrete is to be composed by measure, of one part 
cement, three parts sand and five parts of broken lime or blue- 
stone chips or gravel. The cement will be furnished to the Con- 
tractor by the Company. 

All broken stone shall pass in every way through a ring two 
inches in diameter, and it shall be screened and washed clean. If 
gravel is used, the fine gravel (over %") is to be left in but the 
gravel is to be washed clean of loam and clay. 

The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry, the 
proper quantity of clean water shall then be mixed in and the 
clean, moistened stone shall then be added to the mass and the 



19 

whole thoroughly mixed. The amount of water added shall be 
such as to assume a monolithic mass of concrete. All concrete 
shall be thoroughly rammed in place before the cement has begun 
to set. The mixing of the concrete is to be done by a mixing 
machine whenever possible, or as directed by the Engineer. The 
broken stone shall be wetted down before mixing with the mortar 
and all materials are to be measured in bulk. Whenever a mixing 
machine is not used, the concrete is to be mixed on plank platforms 
in small and convenient quantities and immediately deposited in 
the work. It shall be laid in sections and in horizontal layers not 
exceeding nine inches in thickness and must all be thoroughly 
rammed. In no case is any concrete to remain in the work if it 
has begun to set before the ramming of same is completed. Plank 
and timber curbs must be furnished by the Contractor to confine 
the concrete in the shape and dimensions called for by the draw- 
ings. Before any weight is placed on the concrete, it must have 
as much time to set as can be conveniently allowed, and in no case 
less than 24 hours. In cold weather, the concrete is to be heated 
as directed by the Engineer. All water used in making concrete 
and mortars must be fresh and clean; salt water is not to be 
employed. 

9. Cement : 

All the cement to be used in this work will be furnished the 
Contractor by the Company in bags at a uniform rate of $1.50 per 
barrel plus 10 cents for each bag, with a rebate of 10 cents for 
each bag returned. The cement will be stored in a storehouse on 
the north side of 40th street, directly opposite the property and the 
Contractor will take the cement from this storehouse in such 
quantities and at such times as may be necessary for the prosecu- 
tion of the work. 

10. Steel Beams and Rods: 

The Contractor is to furnish and set the steel rods for re- 
inforcing the bottom of the overflow tunnel. This re-inforcement 
is to consist of five rods, running the entire length of the tunnel 



20 

inside of the building, about i8" below the bottom, and a system of 
cross rods, spaced 6" centre to centre, each rod being 15' o" long, 
located about 3" above the longitudinal rods. All of the above 
rods are to be y^" rods of medium steel, deformed in some manner 
satisfactory to the Engineer, so as to ensure a high elastic limit. 

The Contractor is to furnish and set the steel beams that are 
built in the concrete for the screen well and is also to furnish and 
set the steel beams over vault at 39th street connecting to the old 
station. 

The steel over the vault shall be painted one coat before and 
one after erection with red lead and linseed oil paint. 

All other iron shall be painted with a shop coat of pure lin- 
seed oil and when put in place shall be painted with a mixture of 
water and neat Portland cement. The concrete or cement coat- 
ing may then be placed around the beams. 

11. Water-Peoofing : 

The Contractor is to furnish all labor and material for water 
proofing the vault on 39th street connecting to the old station. 
All water proofing is to consist of 4 layers of 3-ply roofing felt, 
laid in asphalt with joints lapped. 

12. Floor Over Vault: 

Over the vault on 39th street, the Contractor is to install a 
sidewalk construction of concrete re-inforced with metal, so de- 
signed that it will safely stand a load of 450 pounds per square 
foot. 

13. Sidewalk Bridge : 

The Contractor is to construct a substantial sidewalk bridge 
over the excavation for the vaults for the entire length of the 
building on First avenue and such portions of 40th street as may 
be necessary. The building of the retaining wall at the curb is not 
included in this contract. 



21 

14- Finish OF Floors : 

The Contractor is to slope and grade the floors for the engine 
room and boiler room so that they will properly drain, and is also 
to leave drainage trenches for drainage pipes, as directed by the 
Engineer. The Contractor is also to leave the necessary pits and 
trenches in the concrete forming the floors of the boiler house 
for the tracks and hoppers for the ash handling machinery, and 
is to furnish the mortar to properly grout the hopper and tracks. 

15. Bulkhead and Portions of the Condensing Water 
Tunnels to be Done Under Another Contract: 

A new bulkhead is to be constructed along the United States 
Bulkhead Line, and this bulkhead, together with the foundations 
for an ash pocket and a coal tower and the portions of the con- 
densing water tunnels that lie between the bulkhead line and a 
line 50 feet west of and parallel to said line, will be done under 
another contract. The above mentioned portions of the tunnels 
are to be completed first, and the Contractor is to make connection 
to said portions about 50 feet back from the bulkhead, thus com- 
pleting the tunnels. 

The ends of the tunnels at the bulkhead will be blocked up 
temporarily, so that no large amount of water can come through 
the tunnel. 

The Contractor will be allowed the use of as much of the 
bulkhead along the property above referred to and also of the 
bulkhead from 40th to 41st street, as can be given him without 
interfering with the work of other Contractors. 



22 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for the 

STRUCTURAL STEEL AND IRON WORK 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the north by 
40th Street, on the south by 39th Street, on the 
east by the East River, and on the west by First 
Avenue, Borough of Manhattan, City of New 
York, being a part of contract signed September 
15, 1904, between Post and McCord, Incorporated, 
Contractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



I. General Description of Work: 

This contract is to include all the structural steel and iron 
work necessary for the installation of the complete power station, 
together with a complete ash pocket along the bulkhead, and two 
coal handling towers located one at each end of the ash pocket, 
connected with the power house by two horizontal bridges, to- 
gether with the steel stacks, ash hoppers and downtakes, cast iron 
coal hoppers, flues and uptakes and boiler suspension rods, all 
as shown on the above tabulated drawings. 

The necessary gratings for the walkways, flue aisles, etc., 
and the iron ladders leading to monitors, etc., are to be included 
in this contract, but the stair work and all miscellaneous orna- 
mental iron work, such as grills, facias, etc., will be furnished 
under another contract. A general plan showing the locations of 
the operating room, boiler room, ash pocket and coal towers, is 




STEEL PLAN, FIRST FLOOR. 



: lt|&^"'^ff^^'^f^f|^^'^f%^ 




STEEL PLAN, SECOND FLOOR. 



25 

shown on Drawing No. 11,162. The coal towers are to be contin- 
ued up to a height about level with the boiler house roof and are 
to be connected together by plate girders. Lattice girders will be 
run from the east end of the boiler house monitors out to the 
above mentioned girders, connecting the coal towers together, so 
that the conveyors taking coal from the coal towers may deliver 
it into the cars running through the boiler house monitor. 

All machinery, hoppers, etc., necessary for the coal and ash 
handling outfit will be furnished under another contract, but the 
Contractor is to furnish with the ash pocket the necessary gates 
and operating devices for delivering the ashes either into barges 
•or into flat cars running underneath the ash pocket. 

2. Classes into which Work is to be Divided: 

The classes into which the work is to be divided for unit 
prices are as follows: 

Class No i — Steel Grillages: 

Steel grillage* are to be furnished for all building, ash pocket 
and coal tower columns in accordance with the sizes shown on 
Drawings Nos. 12,376 and 12,380. The tops of all grillages 
under building columns are to be 3" below the finished base- 
ment floor. 

Pipe separators are to be provided for the lower tier of the 
grillages and the ends of the upper tier. Under the columns, 
substantial angle and plate stiffeners are to be securely bolted 
to the upper tier of the grillage beams. 

The price per pound given for this class is to be for the beams 
themselves, punched and coped in whatever way the nature of the 

work demands. 

Cast iron separators are to be furnished for the grillage 
beams under the ash pocket and coal towers. 

All separators, bolts, etc., that may be required for the 
grillages will come under another class, as hereinafter stated. 



26 

Class No. 2 — Riveted Steel Columns : 

The riveted steel columns for the building proper are to be 
btiilt up in accordance with the material listed in the column 
schedule Drawing No. 11,617, s-^d those for the ash pocket and 
coal towers in accordance with the material listed on Drawing 
No. 12,380. Base plates }i" thick shall be securely riveted to 
the bottom section of all columns and these base plates are to 
be bolted to the top of the grillages with y%" bolts. Abutting 
surfaces of all columns shall be milled to a true surface at right 
angles to the axis. Stiffener angles must be milled and fitted to 
bear evenly under seat angles. The price per pound for this class 
is to include all base plates, brackets, stiflfener angles, etc. 

Class No. 3 — Steel Beams and Channels 15 Inches 
AND under. 
Class No. 4 — Steel Beams Over i 5 Inch : 

Under these two classes are to be included all the beams and 
channels required for the entire work as shown on the plans and 
set forth in the specifications, with the exception of those re- 
quired for the grillages and all the beams and channels which 
form component parts of the materials called for in any of the 
other classes noted herein. 

The prices for the above two classes are to be for the beams 
themselves, punched and coped in whatever way the nature of the 
work will demand. All brackets, shelf angles and tie rods 
that may be necessary for the above-mentioned beams will come 
under another class as hereinafter stated. 

Class No. 5 — Riveted Plate Girders: 

This class is to include all the plate girders required for the 
power station, ash pocket and coal towers ; also all gutters formed 
by riveting a straight plate to the bottom of two channels. All 
stiffeners must be milled and fitted to bear evenly between flanges 
of girders. The price per pound is to be for the finished material, 
complete with all stififeners, angles, fillers, rivets, etc. 




3 ■'^ 



^ 



WEST ELEVATION BOILER HOUSE, SECTION THREE. 



IT! 






¥■ 



^ 



't 





SOUTH ELEVATION BOILER HOUSE, SECTION THREE. 



L. 



J 



^ 



E^ 



•• ! 



O.ft.^t t„/tr^mMM' fi^i^fi I 






1 


■>-, ° 






"n 




nl 


^ 


.etf^**-. 


* 


^v 


° 


I- 


» 


r^f 


; 


V 


. 


-i S' 









l! -'-Is—^'—jai. 





ASH DOWNTAKES, DETAILS. 




ASH DOWNTAKES, ELEVATION. 




?513333K»a'-3>.'»»><g^|>'-'T 


?•? 3HM u'H ibff 


I!B5i!sst8!5sss?6iB»i!£ 



SOFT COAL HOPPERS. 



Class No. 6 — Roof Trusses, Latticed Girders, Ventila- 
tor Frames and Trusses for Bridges Between 
Coal Towers and Boiler Room : 

The price per pound for this class is to include all gusset 
plates, fittings, etc., which form component parts of the above 
pieces. 

Class No. 7 — Clips, Tie Rods and Anchors : 

All clips that are attached to any of the material listed in 
classes 3 and 4, and all separators, bolts, etc., that may be re- 
quired for the grillages, together with all clips that may be 
shipped loose, are to be included in this class ; also all tie 
rods and anchors that may be required for any part of the work. 

Class No. 8 — Steel Stacks: 

Four (4) steel stacks will be required, 232 feet high and 22 
feet 6 inches (22' 6") outside diameter. The price per pound for 
these stacks is to include vertical angle iron stififeners, the an- 
gular rings for supporting the brick lining, the bonnet and plate 
curbing where the stack runs through the roof, the walkway and 
railing around top of the stack, together with a ladder running the 
entire length of the stack, all as shown on Drawing No. 12,377, 
including also the cast iron cap. 

The stacks are to be riveted throughout, %" or %" rivets 
being used. The horizontal seams for the first 113 feet in height 
are to be double riveted and all other seams may be single riveted. 

The base of the stack is to be securely bolted to the third 
floor framing of the boiler room with %" bolts. 

Class No. 9 — Flues and Uptakes: 

The general layout of the flues and uptakes for twenty-four 
(24) boilers is shown on Drawing No. 12,713. Four such sys- 
tems will be required, together with the cast iron dampers as 
shown on Drawing No. 12,714. The damper shafts and bearings 



33 

for same are to be furnished and erected under this contract, 
but no damper operating mechanisms are to be included. 

The flues are to be bolted together, %" bolts being used 
where possible, and in no case shall any bolt smaller than ^" 
be used, 



Class No. io — Wind Bracing, Miscellaneous Angle 
Iron Framing and Tees: 

This class is to include all the wind bracing, miscellaneous 
angle iron framing and tees that may be necessary for any part 
of the work. 



Class No. x i — Steel Plate Gutter Linings : 

The steel plate gutter linings are shown on Drawing No. 
12,383. 



Class No. 12 — Ladders and Gratings : 

Gratings will be required for the second and third floor boiler 
room as shown on drawing, and in both the engine and boiler 
room monitors, together with ladders leading up to same. Mis- 
cellaneous gratings for the same purpose may be required in other 
parts of the building. 



Class No. 13 — Boiler Hangers: 

On drawings Nos. 9,995 and 12,159, details of the sus- 
pension "U" rods for hanging the boiler drums are shown. The 
price given for these rods is to include nuts and washers. The 
rods are to be i>^ inch diameter, upsetting to 2 inches, and these 
upsets must be made in an upsetting machine; no welding will 
be allowed. These rods are to be delivered at the station and 
will be erected by another contractor. 



gr i^ 




ijjij 



H 




7 J iahMotS^lhaod-i 

n i conti'nuoua anee;:' | 

',. a* ladder opvung J 

V4.[h"«rti/ framing 

of 3>3-Au 

lO-BntMtraia rsi|i^. 

I'y^xJnKrm vrCdf all 






s- 



ipft 



i Two -piece Hood 
Shops Id f.t i^oof 















It 


\ 






,/ 










'* 1 








yV.n--' 
























r™. ^V^Tk-* 












a-Pit *i" «3-'' 












fl'pit. . ft-O'* 






a-p^ aa-i^-" 




'■ 








a>=i, az:^*"' 




i 




T 










•1 




fl-pif wB-Sa"" 


i 




a-pir fv.--a'* 






B'Pit >?-.«- • 


I 




a-Pit ea-c-" 


1 




*-Pi. s-p-e-' 




JtFit as'd- ' 






,i pk B^^c-' 




r.. 




i 



I Fi" 3- FW-a 



a'PM- g'g=C -' 



!t>tt 



g-^lT. ■ VgiC-' 



a'»^t_- ' ■gy-c'' 



STACKS. 



35 
Class No. 14 — Cast Iron Work for Ash Hoppers : 

The cast iron work for the ash hoppers is to include the ash 
downtakes, soot pipes, and all castings shown on the detail 
drawings. 

The cast iron dampers and shafts for same are to be included, 
but no operating devices are to be furnished for the dampers. 
The gates at the bottom of the ash downtakes below the first floor 
are not to be included. 

Class No. 15 — Steel Plate and Angle Iron Work for 
Ash Hoppers: 

The general layout of the ash hoppers, downtakes and soot 
pipes is shown on Drawings Nos. 10,952 and 12,378. The 
ash hoppers are to be bolted together. 

Class No. 16 — Cast Iron Coal Hoppers : 

The coal hoppers are shown in detail on Drawing No. 10,813. 

3. Connections to be Bolted or Riveted: 

The columns are to be bolted to the grillages and all floor 
beams framing into girders or floor beams are to be bolted, ex- 
cept that all connections for beams forming a part of the coal 
pocket construction are to be riveted. Roof purlins and tees are 
to be bolted. All other connections are to be riveted. 

4. Painting : 

All steel and iron must be cleaned of mill scale, dirt, oil or 
rust before leaving the shop; it is then to receive one coat of 
Sherwin-Williams Metalastic Black Paint taken from the or- 
ignal package without admixture of dryer or other thinning 
material. 

In the case of all riveted work, the surfaces coming in con- 
tact, the bottom surfaces of bed plates, bearing plates and all 
parts not accessible for painting after erection shall be'painted" 





- 










/ 






1 

-) 


H 


/ 


'' .s. 




/^ir^ 


O 


f(®) 




^\^^ 


O 



01 

c 
c 
<s 

ID 



(J 
D 



9 



4 




e: 


:3 






E ■ 


;.•) 


e; 


.:a 






E. 


t. 


r^ 


7 — 



«n 







Tt 


« 




1 




s 


Jl 


*) 




■o 


u 


= 


a 


D 


Is 




c 







y 


f> 




1 


! 




^ 


§ 


^ 




Ti 






iT 






[& 






^ fl 


1 5V 


"j:« 11 


„;r«. rt 




■5 ' ^^ 




i£ (3^8 



DD 



SB 



J.-4 IM<0 



TjT 



FLUE DAMPERS. 




COAL DOWNTAKES, DETAIL. 




FLUES. 




ASH DOWNTAKES, DETAIL. 




^J^ Ma^pai 



I 'I |i II ir I' ir I |i I] 

i] I] ;1 ;; l| ;i ;i \\ t\ || I; ;l 

' ll !■ ■ ll J. Il l' II 'I 'l .1 

I 'I '! .: I " i' ' ll 'I >■ 

II ll : I ■• -ll I' " I ■: 'i ;, 



,«r>5 M^^er- 



^sA y^^ 



I 




^jA-jye^^pe/- 







-zjUL 



--»--. -J-_,JrT. 



\( 



-■'-, V 



LJ 

I I 



••i 



■i 



1 1 






DETAILS CAST IRON WORK FOR ASH HOPPERS. 







DETAILS CAST IRON WORK FOR ASH HOPPERS 



42 , 

with two coats of Sherwin-Williams Metalastic Black Paint as 
before. 

After the structure is erected, all mud and dirt is to be re- 
moved and all abrasions in the first coat of paint must be brushed 
with a stiff wire brush and then touched up. The structure is then 
to be thoroughly and evenly painted with one additional coat of 
Sherwin-Williams Metalastic Brown Paint taken from the or- 
iginal package without admixture of dryer, oil or other 
material. 

Paint is to be carefully, evenly and thoroughly applied so as- 
to cover the entire surface and be well worked into all inter- 
stices. No painting (except under cover) shall be done in we;t 
or freezing weather, and not until the preceding coat is thoroughly 
dry. 

The Sherwin-Williams Metalastic Paint shall be of stand- 
ard composition, equal to the sample submitted. The oil used 
in the paint shall be pure linseed oil properly mixed with dryer. 
The pigment shall be ground in oil as fine as samples sub- 
mitted. The paint shall be sampled from time to time by the 
Company's inspector. 

Cast iron shall be shipped to the ground unpainted, prop- 
erly cleaned of rust and painted two coats of Sherwin-Williams 
Metalastic Paint of different colors after being erected. 

5. Drawings to be Furnished by Contractors: 

The Contractor is to submit to the Engineer full detail 
and shop drawings for approval, before commencing work, 
and three sets of approved drawings are to be furnished to the 
Company for their use. In addition, two s^s of blue prints on 
cloth of the general plans are to be furnished for filing with the 
Building Department. 

6. Times of Completion: 

The grillages for the column foundations of the power sta- 
tion proper are to be delivered on or before March i, 1905. The 
basement columns are to be delivered on or before May 18, 







y 'Trp'.-H 


; 


1^ 


1 




*' 


I-T 1 


r* 


-fi. 


n 


ji 




ELEVATION COAL TOWER AND ASH POCKET (LOWER HALF). 




ELEVATION COAL TOWER AND ASH POCKET (UPPER HALF). 



45 

1905, and the one third nearest the East River -is to be com- 
pleted so that the installation of the boilers on the first floor 
may be begun by July i, 1905. 

The entire station proper is to be completed by January i, 

1906. The ash pocket and coal towers are to be completed 
within six months after the foundations are ready. 

These dates are conditioned upon the foundations for the 
eastern one-third of the building being ready for the grillages 
on or before March i, 1905, 

7. Provision for Unloading Material: 

The Contractor will be allowed the use of the 39th street pier, 
if completed in time, and such portions of the bulkhead as may be 
necessary to unload the steel from lighters, but he must so regu- 
late his use of the bulkhead as not to interfere with the work of 
other contractors. 



46 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for the 

SUPERSTRUCTURE 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property locnted on First Avenue 
and [the East River and 39th and 40th Streets, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, being 
a part of contract signed July 18, 1905, between 
the Murphy Construction Company, Contractors, 
and The New York Edison Company. 



I, Description of the Building: 

The power station is to be erected on a property at First 
Avenue, 39th and 40th Streets, and the East River, commencing 
at a point at the intersection of First Avenue and 39th Street, 
running thence northerly 197' 6", thence easterly 347' 2", thence 
southerly 197' 9%", thence westerly 336' i}i", to the point of 
plg.ce of beginning. 

The work to be executed under this contract includes the 
■erection of the superstructure and all work above a point 2" 
below the basement floor level, and all of the foundation work 
below this point is not to be provided. 

The entire basement wall on 39th Street from the level 
• of the basement floor up to the sidewalk level is not to be included 
in this contract. 



47 
2. Concrete Walls and Turbine Foundations : 

The walls of the vaults under the First Avenue and 40th 
Street sidewalks, also all turbine foundations, shall be con- 
structed of concrete. 

Provide the steps and platform in basement entrance area 
on 40th Street, near First Avenue, of concrete; steps and plat- 
form to be formed so as to allow for an additional coating 
of at least 2" of a hard granolithic material which is hereinafter 
specified. Provide a cinder concrete filling under the concrete 
steps and platform which shall be no less than 12" thick. Plat- 
form to be pitched to the drain in center. 

All grillage beams projecting above the basement floor 
shall be encased with concrete and finished with a coat of gran- 
olithic material. 

The concrete shall be composed by measure of one part of 
cement, three parts of clean sharp sand and five parts of broken 
bluestone chips or gravel. 

The cement shall be of the very best Portland cement of 
American make that will be satisfactory to the Company. 

The cement shall conform with the requirements herein- 
after outlined under "Mortar." 

The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry, the 
proper quantity of clean water shall then be mixed in, and the 
clean, moistened stone shall then be added to the mass and the 
whole thoroughly mixed. The amount of water added shall 
be such as to assure a monolithic mass of concrete. All con- 
crete shall be thoroughly rammed in place before the cement 
has begun to set. The mixing of the concrete shall be done by 
a mixing machine whenever possible, or as directed by the Com- 
pany. The broken stone shall be wetted down and then thor- 
oughly mixed with the mortar, and all material shall be meas- 
ured in bulk. Whenever a mixing machine is not used, the 
concrete is to be mixed on plank platforms in small and con- 
venient quantities ;.and 'immediately deposited/in the work. It 




FRONT ELEVATION, FIRST AVENUE. 




REAR ELEVATION, EAST RIVER. 



4J^ 




SIDE ELEVATION, THIRTY-NINTH STREET. 




SIDE ELEVATION, FORTIETH STREET. 



52 

shall be laid in sections and in horizontal layers not exceeding- 
nine inches in thickness and it must all be thoroughly rammed. 
In no case is any concrete to remain in the work if it has begun 
to set before the ramming of same is completed. Hank and 
timber curbs must be furnished by the Contractor to confine 
the concrete in the shape and dimensions called for by the 
drawings. Curbs are to be dressed on one side. Before any 
weight is placed on the concrete, it must have as much time to 
set as can be conveniently allowed, and in no case less than 24 
hours. In cold weather, the concrete is to be heated as directed 
by the Engineer. All water used in making concrete and mor- 
tars must be fresh and clean; salt water is not to be employed. 

The foundation work is to include the erection of founda- 
tion bolts and anchor plates which are to be distributed in the 
mason work as per detailed drawings to be afterwards sup- 
plied. The foundation bolts and plates are to be set in place 
by the Contractor, but the bolts and plates are to be supplied 
by the Company in addition to any other iron or steel that may 
be necessary for the foundation construction. The turbine foun- 
dations are to be of about the dimensions shown by the draw- 
ings, but the exact proportions are to be given by detailed draw- 
ings, which will be supplied at a later date. 

The Contractor shall furnish and set the %" x %" square 
steel bars in the concrete vault walls under the First Avenue 
and the 40th Street sidewalk. The re-enforcing bars shall be 
the entire height of the walls, and shall be placed 6" on centers. 

The Contractor shall furnish and erect a complete wooden 
form (or mould) for each foundation and also a complete tem- 
plate for locating the foundation bolts. All of the exposed sur- 
faces of the concrete foundation work and walls shall be finished 
smooth. 

The Contractor shall provide the cinder concrete filling for 
all roof gutters graded to leader outlets. 

The Contractor shall furnish the exact amount of concrete 
work required for the walls and piers, and he is also to furnish 
the number of cubic yards of concrete for the turbine founda- 
tions specified on the plans. In case the amount of concrete 



53 

actually furnished is more than, or less than, the amounts to 
be so furnished, the Contractor is to charge or credit the Com- 
pany at a unit rate price per cubic yard, which shall be stated 
in proposal. 

3. Brickwork : 

All walls, piers, etc., beginning at a point from the top of 
the concrete foundations (or basement floor level) up to and 
above the roof, shall be built of the best hard burned brick, to 
be selected by the Company. Brick shall be bonded and bedded 
with all joints and crevices slushed full of mortar, every sixth 
course throughout to be a heading course. All walls, piers, 
€tc., are to be built perfectly plumb and true in straight, level 
courses according to the dimensions and requirements shown 
on the drawings. 

All joints shall be made as nearly as possible of uniform 
thickness, not to exceed ^ of an inch. All brick used on ex- 
posed surfaces are to be culled and of uniform size, and such 
trick shall have smooth surfaces and straight arises. The 
brick shall be clean and thoroughly wet just before being laid, 
■except in freezing weather, when they are to be kept dry. 

Broken brick must not be brought to the ground, and such 
as are broken afterwards in handling shall be used only in mak- 
ing closures, or as otherwise directed. 

Additional Brickwork. 

Should the further development of the plans require an 
additional amount of common brick than the amount indicated 
"by the drawings, the Contractor is to furnish and lay same at a 
unit price per thousand. 

Brick Lining for Smoke Stacks and Ash Hoppers. 

The Contractor shall furnish the brick linings for the en- 
tire height of the four smoke stacks, and about 150 M. brick for 
lining of ash hoppers, which shall be of hard burned brick. The 



54 

lining shall be 4" thick, laid in lime mortar and backed with one 
inch of Portland cement mortar. 

4. Face Brick, Exterior and Interior: 

The entire exposed exterior surfaces of the four building 
walls from the level of the top of the granite sill course up to 
the roof copings, shall be faced with an approved "iron spot" 
buff colored brick, which is to be equal to a brick to cost thirty- 
five dollars per thousand, to be selected by the Company. 

Enameled brick is to be used for all areas described in the 
following : 

(i) The areas of the four walls enclosing the pump roorri 
and the two tank rooms in the basement of the Boiler House. 

(2) The exposed surfaces of the walls of the exciter 
rcfbm on the main floor at the northerly side of the operating 
room. 

(3) The surfaces of the walls of the stair halls on each 
of the six northerly electrical mezzanines, including the walls 
of the stair halls on the main floor and battery floor level at 
the easterly end. 

(4) The surfaces of the four walls enclosing the stair and 
elevator halls on each of the six northerly electrical mezzanines 
at the westerly end, from the first to the sixth mezzanines in- 
clusive, and also from the mezzanine battery floor level up to 
the main floor. The walls of the stair and elevator hall on the 
main floor to have other finish as hereinafter specified. 

The surfaces of the inside of the walls enclosing the bus 
rooms and bus tie rooms on the first mezzanines, the oil switch 
rooms on the second and fourth mezzanines, the transformer 
rooms on the third mezzanine and the cable room on the fifth 
mezzanine, exclusive of all stair halls, shall be faced with a 
first quality vitrified, wire cut, shale buff brick, equal to a brick 
to cost thirty dollars per thousand, brick to be selected by the 
Company. 



55 

All enameled brick to be a first quality American size white' 
enameled brick, to be selected by the Company. 

All face brick for the exterior and interior surfaces of 
walls to be built from floor to ceiling and to be returned at all 
window and door jambs, and around all pilasters and breaks 
in walls, showing no joints between common and face brick. 
Face bricks are to be gauged, squared and selected before 
same are built into walls ; no blistered or "off colored" brick 
is to be used. 

All brick to be laid" up in Portland cement mortar as here- 
inafter specified under "Mortar." Joints for all exterior brick 
are not to exceed 3-16" in thickness, and for interior brick, are 
not to exceed }i" in thickness. All joints in all face brickwork 
to be pointed up with "Peerless" (or equal) mortar stain of 
such tints to be determined by the Company. 

The surfaces of the four building walls of the first and 
second boiler rooms shall be faced with a first quality American 
size white enameled brick. 

All arched openings throughout, both for exterior and inter- 
ior, shall be ground brick arches, to be well bonded through 
the walls and accurately formed to the radius shown on draw- 
ings. 

5. Mortar for Brickwork: 

The mortar used for all walls throughout shall be the best 
grade of Portland cement, with one part of cement to three 
parts of clean, sharp sand. The Portland cement used for this 
mortar and for the before mentioned concrete work shall be a 
well-established brand of American make, as approved by the 
Company. It is to be moderately slow setting and should weigh 
from 106 to 112 lbs. per struck bushel, not less than 98 per 
cent, fine, using a 2,50omesh sieve, and after one day in air 
and six days in water, it shall sustain without rupture 500 lbs. 
per square inch of section when tested neat. Mortar shall only 
be made in batches sufficient for immediate use and none used 
that has commenced to set. All proportions of sand and cement 
shall be made by measure and not by weight. All cements shall 



56 

be plainly marked for identification and all cements shall be 
stored under a water-tight roof. No cement shall be used 
that has caked in the barrel or otherwise deteriorated in the 
slightest manner. All sand shall be clean, sharp and dry and 
free from loam, and the mortar shall be thoroughly mixed with 
only enough water to render it sufficiently plastic. All face 
work shall be laid up in cement and putty mortar, colored with 
"Peerless" or equal mortar stain as directed, and with flush 
struck joints. 

6. Granolithic Floor and Sidewalk Finish, Etc.: 

Provide and lay a hard and durable granolithic finish for 
the following areas : 

(i) The entire area of the basement floor in the Boiler 
House and Engine Room, including the pump room, machine 
shop and tank rooms and the bottoms and sides of all trenches 
in floor, so as to form a continuous unbroken surface from 
one end of the building to the other. 

(2) The areas of the toilet rooms, blower room and 
locker rooms in vault under the First Avenue and 40th Street 
sidewalks. 

(3) The entire areas of the first and second boiler floors, 
exclusive of the areas under the boilers and any other openings 
in floors wherever indicated on drawings that arch work is not 
to be provided. 

(4) The entire areas of the third or coal bunker floor 
wherever masonry archwork is to be provided. 

(5) The areas of the floors, sloping sides and vertical 
partitions of all coal bunkers on the third floor. 

(6) The entire area of the cable space in the basement 
of engine room, under the battery room, and the cable vault 
under the 40th Street sidewalk. 



57 

(7) The entire areas of such portions of walkways in 
Boiler House monitor wherever indicated on drawings that 
masonry archwork is to be provided. 

(8) The treads, risers and platform of basement entrance 
stair area on 40th Street near First Avenue. The treads are 
to be provided with lead and steel safety treads which are to 
be supplied by another Contractor as hereinafter specified, and 
the granolithic finish on concrete steps shall have depressions 
moulded in same to receive the safety treads. 

(9) The entire areas of the three sidewalks on First 
Avenue, 39th and 40th Streets. 

(10) The entire area of the floor of the duct mezzanine 
between the exciter room and the battery room at the northerly 
side of operating room. 

(11) The areas of all of the blower platforms in boiler 
house. 

(12) The areas of all of the concrete walkways over 
boilers. 

All sidewalk and floor finish, including area steps and plat- 
form, shall be no less than two inches thick, of an approved 
granolithic mixture, which shall in all cases be evenly and 
smoothly laid, and be provided with a roller finish. 

Sidewalks shall be properly graded with an even pitch to 
curbs. 

7. Masonry Floor, Sidewalk and Roof Arch Construction : 

The Contractor shall provide the floor, sidewalk and roof arch 
■construction for the following areas and also wherever indicated 
'On drawings: 

( I ) The entire areas of the first and second boiler rooms, 
exclusive of such areas under the boiler settings and other open- 
ings shown on drawings, and specifically stated on drawings 
as not to be provided. 



58 

(2) The floor areas of the three electrical mezzanines at 
th^ westerly end of operating room. 

(3) The entire floor areas of the six electrical mezzanines 
at the northerly side of the operating room for the entire length 
of the operaing room between the easterly and westerly build- 
ing walls, including all stair halls. 

(4) The floor areas of the office, vestibule and entrance 
stair lobby at the main floor level under the mezzanines at the 
westerly end of the operating room. 

(5) The floor areas of the exciter room and stair and 
elevator halls, at the main floor level under the electrical mez- 
zanines at the northerly side of the operating room between the 
easterly and westerly building walls. 

(6) The floor areas of the entire third floor (or coal bun- 
ker floor) of the Boiler House, exclusive of such areas shown on 
drawings as not to be provided. 

(7) The entire areas of the floor and sloping sides of all 
of the coal bunkers on the third floor of the Boiler House. 

(8) The floor areas of the battery room and stair and 
elevator hall, located on the mezzanine floor between the base- 
ment and main floor, at the northerly side of the operating room, 
for the entire length of the building, between the easterly and 
westerly building walls. 

(9) The entire areas of the floor of the duct mezzanine 
between the exciter room and battery room, for the entire length 
of the operating room at the northerly side. 

(10) The entire areas of the mansard roofs and flat roof 
of the Boiler House. 

(ri) The entire areas of the roof over the operating room, 
including the roof over the electrical mezzanines at the northerly 
side of the operating room. 

(12) The entire areas of the sidewalks over the vaults on 
First Avenue and 40th Street. 



59 

(i3) The areas of all blower platforms and walkways 
over boilers. 

(14) The areas of the mezzanine floor under 40th Street 
sidewalk at the northwest corner. 

The masonry archwork shall consist of solid concrete slabs 
in. flat or segmental shapes, re-enforced with expanded metal^ 
wirecloth, wire strands or steel bars, and whatever construc- 
tion the Contractor shall employ for the performance of the 
works shall first receive the approval of the Company, and. 
shall in addition, conform with the Laws and Ordinances re- 
lating to Buildings in the City of New York. All archwork 
must be of sufficient strength and must be guaranteed to safely 
carry the uniformly distributed "live'' loads as called for by the 
plans, in addition to the "dead" loads or weight of floor con- 
struction proper. The cement used in the construction is to be 
the best brand of Portland cement of American make that will 
be satisfactory to the Company. 

The bottom flanges of the floor beams of the six electrical 
mezzanines on the northerly side of the operating room and 
the three office mezzanines at the westerly end of the operating 
room including the locker rooms and toilet rooms in the vaults 
under the sidewalks, are to be provided with substantial fire- 
proof beam coverings to be approved by the Company. 

The Contractor shall provide the cinder concrete filling 
over the archwork of all floors, mezzanines, roofs and sidewalk. 
The cinder filling over the archwork in the case of all floors,, 
shall be finished up to within two inches of the finished floor 
levels. The cinder filling over roof arches to be graded to out- 
lets as indicated on plans. 

The ciiider concrete filling shall consist of Portland cement 
(as hereinbefore specified), clean sharp sand, and clean steamed 
cinders, to be mixed in the proportion to be approved by the 
Company. Tops of arches shall finish flush with tops of beams.. 



6o 



8. Granite : 



The entire base around the four walls of the building, from 
a level below the grades of the sidewalks as shown on draw- 
ings up to a point about eight feet above the level of the first 
mezzanine, shall be constructed of an extra quality of "Milford 
Pink" granite (or equal) to be selected by the Company. 

Granite shall be of carefully selected stock and shall be 
free from all imperfections, such as sap, mineral stains or other 
discolorations, and shall be of an even shade throughout, so 
that one stone shall not look of a different shade from another 
when set in place. 

The rusticated blocks and recessed joints, water-table, win- 
dow-sills and sill course, cornice, bases to brick piers above 
cornice, the architraves around entrance on First Avenue and 
the entrance to operating room on the river end, the key blocks 
over all arched openings, the face of all steps and door sills, 
including the sides and top surfaces of the buttresses at each 
side of First Avenue entrance, and the walls at each side of 
the entrance on the river end of the building, shall be ham- 
mered "eight-cut" work. The top surfaces of all steps, plat- 
form and door sills shall be hammered "six-cut" work. 

The finish of all stonework shall include the surfaces of the 
jambs of all openings. 

Provide a granite curb 8"x24" for the three sidewalks on 
First Avenue, 39th Street and 40th Street. Curbs shall have 
rounded top edge and shall be hammered "four-cut" work. 

All carved work shall be executed by skilled workmen, 
and shall be in strict accordance with full size details which 
will be supplied at a later date. 

Plaster models shall be submitted to the Company for 
approval before commencing the work. 

All windows and doors sills shall be washed and lugged. 

All courses of granite shall be top leveled before the next 
course is begun and they shall be properly set and leveled on 
well prepared beds of Portland cement mortar of a brand and 
mixture as hereinbefore specified under "Mortar." 



6i 

Projecting courses shall have drips formed on the under- 
side. 

All joints shall be raked out to a depth of one inch and 
shall be repointed with Portland cement mortar well driven 
into the joint and finished with a smooth raised joint. 

The Contractor shall do all lewising, fitting and other 
jobbing required for setting the stone, or to receive the iron 
ties, anchors, clamps, etc.; and shall provide all patterns re- 
quired for the execution of the work; and all of the work shall 
be cleaned down with muriatic acid and water and » wire 
brushes in a thorough manner at the completion of the build- 
ing. 

9. Bluestone : 

The inside sills of all windows throughout the building 
and the copings under monitors at the river end of the building, 
shall be provided of a first quality North River bluestone of 
uniform color and texture and free from imperfections of any 
and all kinds. The exposed surfaces of all bluestone shall be 
rubbed. 

All bluestone shall be cleaned down with water and wire 
brvishes in a thorough manner at the completion of the build- 
ing. 

ID. Terra Cotta Trimmings: 

The material for all terra cotta work shall be of carefully 
selected clay, left in perfect condition after burning and uni- 
form in color. All pilaster caps and neck moulds, label moulds 
over arched window openings, key blocks, cornice, copings, 
dormers, panels, etc., wherever marked on drawings, shall be 
ornamented and shall be carefully modeled by skilled work- 
men, and all work shall be in strict accordance with details to 
be supplied later. All projecting courses shall have drips 
formed on the underside. The terra cotta blocks shall be pro- 
vided with interior partitions as often as may be required to 
prevent warping and to secure a substantial job. Partitions 



62 

shall have numerous holes cast in them to form a clinch for the 
mortar and brickwork used for filling. No spalled, chipped, 
glazed or warped pieces of terra cotta will be accepted. Terra 
cotta blocks shall be built. up in advance of the brick backing 
one course at a time, and all voids filled with brick and mor- 
tar. As soon as the blocks are set, the joints shall be raked out 
to a depth of ^". After the walls are up, all joints shall be re- 
pointed with Portland cement mortar well driven into the joint 
and rubbed smooth with the jointer. The Contractor is to 
furnish a sufficient number of over pieces to offset any liability 
of breakages. All terra cotta work shall be of "Pompeian" terra 
cotta. All terra cotta work shall be provided with a sufficient 
number of galvanized iron anchors for thoroughly anchoring same 
into the walls. The entire work shall be cleaned down with water 
at the completion of the building. 

II. Lathing and Plastering: 

The ceilings of the office, vestibule, entrance lobby and 
the six offices, toilet room and two corridors on the upper 
mezzanines at the westerly end of the operating room and the 
ceilings of the elevator and stair halls on the seven mezza- 
nines in the northwest corner of the operating room, shall be 
furred with 1%" x i^" iron angles spaced 12" apart and sub- 
stantially secured to the bottom flanges of the beams and gir- 
ders with galvanized wrought iron hooks or clamps; upon the 
underside of this furring, and securely fastened thereto, shall 
be applied a stiffened galvanized wire lathing of No. 20 gauge 
wire and 2^ x 2J/2 mesh. 

The ornamental plaster cornices in the vestibule, entrance 
lobby, and stair and elevator hall at the westerly end of operat- 
ing room, and the offices, toilet room and corridors on the first 
and second mezzanines, shall have galvanized wrought iron 
brackets spaced about 12" apart, on which is to be applied the 
galvanized lathing as hereinbefore specified. 

The lathing shall be tightly stretched and secured to the 
furring with galvanized lacing wire at frequent intervals, and 
the lathing shall be well lapped on walls. 



6.3 

The lower flanges of all of the floor beams and girders of 
the seven electrical mezzanines, including the ceiling of the 
battery rooms, at the northerly side of the operating room, 
shall be wrapped with wire lathing as hereinbefore specified. 

Plastering shall be provided for all areas described in the 
following : 

(i) The ceiling in the entrance lobby. 

(2) The ceilings and walls of the office on main floor, 
and the six offices and toilet room on the upper mezzanines 
at the westerly end of the operating room. 

(3) The ceiling of the entrance vestibule on main floor. 

(4) The ceilings and walls of the battery rooms. 

(5) The ceilings of the seven mezzanines, which includes 
the exciter room, bus rooms, bus tie rooms, cable room, trans- 
former rooms, oil switch rooms, stair halls, stair and elevator 
halls, at the northerly side of the operating room, from the east 
to the west walls. 

(6) The entire area of the underside of the roof over the 
•operating room. 

(7) The ceiling of the stair and elevator hall at the level 
of the battery room, between the basement and main floor, 
at the northwest corner of the operating room. 

(8) All of the tile partitions enclosing the coal bunkers 
on the third floor in Boiler House. 

(9) All of the tile partitions in monitors on the roof of 
the Boiler House. 

(10) The ceiling and side walls of the unassigned space 
on the sixth mezzanine. 

The Contractor shall provide the Portland cement scratch 
coat at least i" thick on all walls where faience or glass 
tile is specified as described in clauses No. 35 and No. 36. This 



64 

coating shall be evenly and smoothly applied with sufficient 
force to give a good clinch and shall be well scratched. 

The arrises of all pilasters, ceiling beams, girders and 
other projections, shall have ruled joints. 

All plastering shall be applied in three coats of the "King's 
Windsor" or "Adamant" cement plaster, mixed in the proper 
proportions. 

The scratch coat shall be properly applied with sufficient 
force to give a good clinch, and shall be well scratched. Apply 
the brown coat as soon as the scratch coat is two-thirds dry 
or has set sufficiently to receive it, bringing the mortar out 
even with the grounds and to a true surface. 

After the brown coat is two-thirds dry, finish all work 
throughout with a white coat trowelled and brushed to a hard 
and uniform surface. 

All masonry walls shall be wetted down before plastering. 

Only as much mortar as can be used within one hour shall 
be mixed at one time, and under no circumstances, shall any 
mortar that has commenced to set be retempered. 

The cornices shall be enriched with egg and dart, dentils 
and beaded members. 

The finish coat for the cornices shall be composed of two 
parts of plaster of Paris to one of lime paste. 

All mouldings shall be "run" in by hand and shall be in 
strict accordance with full size details to be supplied later. 

All enriched members shall be cast and applied with liquid 
plaster of Paris. All plastering shall be executed in a thorough 
and workmanlike manner, subject to the approval of the Com- 
pany. 

The Contractor shall do all patching up after other trades, 
and shall leave the work in a perfect condition at the com- 
pletion of the building. 

12. Terra Cotta Partitions: 

All terra cotta partitions wherever marked on drawings, 
shall be constructed of hollow porous terra cotta tile, thorough- 



65 

ly burned and free from serious checks, cracks or other dam- 
ages, and all tile shall be laid with breaking joints in a proper 
and workmanlike manner, and set in Portland cement of a 
brand and mixture as hereinbefore specified under "Mortar." 

The blocks shall be started directly upon the masonry 
filling of the floor construction, and shall be built plumb and 
firmly wedged with slate at the ceiling. 

Provide 3" x 12" x 24" terra cotta roof blocks for the roofs 
of all dormers, and the flat roofs over the monitors of the 
boiler house at the smoke stacks. 

Iron buck stays shall be provided as specified under 
"Ornamental Iron." 

13. Waterproofing: 

The top of the arches and beams of the First Avenue and 
40th Street sidewalks, the outside surfaces of the concrete walls 
of the vaults under the First Avenue and 40th Street side- 
walks and the outside surface of the easterly wall of the build- 
ing shall be thoroughly waterproofed by the application of an 
approved brand of Trinidad Lake asphalt with at least five 
layers of No. i vulcanite roofing felt, lapping each successive 
layer at least two-thirds of its width over the preceding layer. 
The waterproofing shall be laid over the sidewalks and back 
of the granite curbs and over the surfaces of the vault walls 
down to, the bottom of the foundation work below basement 
floor level. 

The waterproofing for the easterly wall shall be started at 
a point just below the finished grade and shall continue down 
to the bottom of the foundation work below basement floor 
level. 

The waterproofing of the southerly wall in basement will 
be provided under separate contract. 

Waterproofing shall be done in a thorough manner satis- 
factory to the Company. 




B 

!! 



03 



1- 
5 
z 
o 



LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH ENGINE ROOM. 




LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH BOILER HOUSE. 




LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH BOILER HOUSE. 



p. 






1. 


IL ■ 


.. 


r 
1_ 


..-/.I 




< 

< 

z 

D 
OS 

§ 

p 



CROSS SECTION. 




CROSS SECTION. 



/ 1 

14. Cement Coating over Waterproofing: 

The waterproofing over the vault walls and the easterly 
building wall shall receive a coating of Portland cement and 
sand at least one inch in thickness and troweled to a smooth 
and even surface. The coating shall consist of one part of 
cement to three parts of clean sharp sand. The brand of Port- 
land cement shall be as hereinbefore specified under "Mortar." 

15. Patent Flooring : 

Provide and lay a patent flooring for all of the areas where- 
ever marked on drawings and described in the following: 

(i) The floor area of the six offices, toilet room and two 
corridors located on the first and second mezzanines at the 
westerly end of the operating room. 

(2) The floor areas of the stair and elevator halls from 
the first to the sixth mezzanines inclusive and the stair and 
elevator hall at battery room level. 

(3) The floor areas of all of the stair halls wherever 
marked on all of the mezzanines at the northerly side of the 
operating room. 

(4) The floor areas of the high tension switchboard room 
located on the third mezzanine at the westerly end of operating 
room. 

(5) The floor areas of the transformer rooms, oil switch 
rooms, bus rooms, bus tie rooms, including the floor area of the 
unassigned room, located on all of the mezzanines at the 
northerly side of the operating room. 

(6) The floor area of the office on the main floor adjacent 
to the entrance vestibule at the westerly end of the operating 
room. 

The flooring shall be of "asbestolith," "Taylorite," 
"hydrolith-cement" or other patent flooring composed of a 
similar material to be selected by the Company. 



72 

Sanitary bases for all areas where patent flooring is speci- 
fied shall be provided of the same material as used for floors 
and shall be lo" in height. 

The Contractor shall provide ij^" of cement filling under 
all patent floors throughout. Flooring shall be, equal to the 
best standards of construction applying to this class of work. 

1 6. Marble: 

The Contractor shall provide and set all of the marble 
work described in the following : 

(1) The surfaces of the walls, columns, pilasters and 
piers j and the door and window jambs and trim and room bases 
of the vestibule, entrance lobby and the. stair and elevator 
hall located on the main floor level at the westerly end of the 
operating room. 

The marble work shall be provided from the level of the 
finished floor up to the underside of the plaster cornices and the 
bronze pilaster and column caps. 

The marble shall be provided along the walls in back of 
stairs and elevator shaft. Marble shall be • the "Poanazza," 
"Numidian" or equal marble in as large slabs as can be con- 
veniently quarried and handled, and no less than ij4" in thick- 
ness. 

(2) The partitions enclosing the shower baths and the 
sides, backs and jambs of all water-closet apartments and 
urinals in the toilet rooms in vaults under the First Avenue 
and 40th Street sidewalks and the toilet room on the first mez- 
zanine at the westerly end of the operating room, shall be of 
marble 7 feet in height and lyi" thick. The slabs and jambs divid- 
ing the water-closet compartments shall be raised 10" above the 
floor. The division slabs between urinals shall have quarter- 
circle openings of 10" radius at the bottom of slabs at floor. 

Provide a moulded trim a'" x 5" on top of water-closet slabs 
at the front and marble shelf slabs on top of urinal partitions 
at the back against walls. 



73 

End partitions of water-closet apartments and urinals shall 
'be carried down to floor. 

Floor slabs under all urinals, shower baths and wash- 
basins shall be of marble suitably countersunk and set flush 
-with finished floor and provided with suitable openings for 
•drains. Provide for the front of each individual shower, marble 
floor curbs ij4" thick with rounded edges, set 3* above finished 
floor and securely imbedded in the cement filling of floor. 

(3) Bases for all toilet rooms, locker rooms and blower 
rooms in vaults under sidewalks shall be sanitary bases of 
marble 12" high by i" in thickness and have chamfered edge. 

Saddles for doors opening into all toilet rooms, locker 
rooms and blower rooms in vaults under sidewalks and the 
toilet room on first mezzanine shall be of marble VA" thick 
by the full width of jambs and shall project %" above finished 
floor levels and be provided with chamfered edges. 

(4) Saddles for doors between the operating room and 
^he office, entrance lobby, exciter room and stair halls on the 
main floor, and all doors between the offices, entrance lobby, 
entrance vestibule, exciter room, bus rooms, bus tie rooms, 
cable rooms, oil switch rooms, transformer rooms, stair halls, 
corridors, stair and elevator halls, high tension switchboard 
room, unassigned room, etc., on all of the northerly and west- 
erly mezzanine floors in the operating room, shall be of "Pink- 
Tennessee" marble i}i" thick by the full width of jambs, and 
shall project ^" above finished floor levels and be provided 
with chamfered edges. 

(5) The treads and platforms for all of the five lines of 
stairways connecting all mezzanine floors at the northerly and 
westerly sides of the operating room, from the level of the bat- 
tery room floor up to the sixth mezzanine floor, inclusive; also 
the steps and platform in the entrance vestibule on main floor 
shall be of "Pink Tennessee" marble. 

Treads shall be i^/^" thick by 10" wide and the platforms 
i>^" thick by the full width of stairs, and the treads and plat- 



74 

forms shall have chamfered nosings and be securely connected 
to the iron stair strings and risers in a thorough manner. 

All marble herein described shall be of the best grade of 
"Tennessee" marble free from any and all imperfections and of 
uniform color and texture, and set up in Portland cement. 

All marble not specified to be of "Pink Tennessee" shall 
be of "Gray Knoxville Tennessee" marble. Marble shall be select- 
ed by the Company. 

17. Mosaic: 

The flooring of the main entrance vestibule, entrance lobby 
and the stair and elevator hall on main floor under the westerly 
mezzanines shall be of white marble mosaic with a decorative 
border of colored marble mosaic of a Greek "fret" design, 
mitering at all pilasters and breaks, and around all piers and 
columns, and the stairs and elevator enclosure. 

A seal or monogram of the Company, about 30" in diam- 
eter, shall be provided of colored mosaic for the center of the 
floor of the lobby. 

Mosaic shall be laid in Portland cement and must be level 
and smooth throughout. 

r8. Faience Tile: 

The entire exposed surfaces of the walls of the operating 
room, from the level twenty feet above the finished basement 
floor up to the underside of the roof arches, and the exposed 
surfaces of the walls enclosing the high tension switchboard 
room on the third mezzanine floor at the westerly end of the 
operating room shall be provided with "Grueby" glazed faience 
tile. 

The wainscoting or base, from the operating room floor 
up to the level of the first mezzanine, shall be built out 8" be- 
yond the face of the walls above and shall be in two shades of 
green; the ground shall be of the darker shade and the panels 
shall be formed of the lighter shade of green. 



75 

For the space between the top of the wainscoting up to 
the underside of the crane girders, the ground shall be of white 
tile, and the panels formed of purple tile. 

The space between the top of the cornice under the crane 
girders up to the underside of roof arches shall have a ground 
of white tile and the panels between roof trusses of gray or 
purple tile. 

The pilasters, pediments, architraves and the continuous 
ornamented cornice under the crane girders for both sides and 
ends of the operating room shall be of a gray glazed faience. 

The walls of the high tension switchboard room on the 
third mezzanine shall have a ground of white tile with the 
panels formed of purple tile; the moulded architrave around 
door opening and the base around room shall be of purple 
glazed faience. 

All tile work shall be set in Portland cement, and shall 
return around all pilasters and breaks in walls, and into all door 
and window openings. 

All glazed faience and tile work shall be executed in a 
thorough and skilful manner throughout, and shall be in strict 
accordance with the full size details which the Company will 
furnish at a later date. 

All tile shall not be over 4j4" x 9" and i" thick. 

The Contractor shall submit for approval, scale or full size 
models in color of any or all portions of the work that the 
Company may require. 

19. Glass Tile: 

The surfaces of vault walls, building walls, partitions and 
ceilings of all of the toilet rooms, locker rooms and blower room 
in the vaults under the First Avenue and 40th Street side- 
walks and the surfaces of the walls of the two corridors and 
toilet room located on the first and second mezzanines at the 
westerly end of the operating room, including the wall and two 
I beams of the stair area on 40th Street, shall be provided with a 
first quality glass tile 3" x 9" in size. 



76 

The surfaces of the back of tiles shall be pebbled to form a 
key for the Portland cement backing in which all tile shall be 
•set. 

Tile shall be provided from floor to ceiling in all cases, 
and shall follow the curve of the underside of the sidewalk 
arches over the toilet rooms, locker rooms and blower room 
in vaults, and around all beams and girders. 

Tile work shall continue around all pilasters and breaks 
in walls and into all door and window-jambs. 

The arises of all pilasters, jambs, beams and girders shall 
"be provided with ^ round glass tile securely bonded with tile 
on the walls. 

•20. Interlocking Rubber Tile: 

The entire area of the floor of the high tension switch- 
board room on the third mezzanine shall be the best quality of 
interlocking rubber tile with colored borders mitring around all 
breaks in walls. 



CARPENTER WORK. 

21. Centers FOR Arch Work : 

Furnish strong yellow pine centers for erecting the 
masonry floor arches and also for all arched window and door 
openings throughout. Centers shall be constructed of about 
2" X 4" scantling and 2" planks laid close together and dressed 
on one side, and shall be left in place until the masonry has 
set. 

22. FuRRiNGS, Grounds, Cutting and Jobbing: 

Furnish all grounds, furrings, brackets, etc., for metal 
flashings, gutters, etc., and all blocking required to secure an^ 
portion of the other work of the building. 

All cutting and jobbing that may be required shall be 
executed by the Contractor, and all iron anchors, straps, bolts, 



etc., that may be necessary or required in connection witb 
carpenter work shall be furnished. 

23. Doors and Sash^ and Rough Hardware : 

Provide panelled oak dwarf doors for all water-closet apart- 
ments and the oak doors for battery room. Doors to battery room- 
shall be provided with rabbeted jambs and 5" moulded trims on 
both sides. All work to be quartered oak. 

The Contractor shall furnish substantial temporary doors, 
and sash for all door and window openings as may be directed" 
by the Company. 

All finished stone, terra-cotta and brickwork shall be pro- 
tected with yellow pine planks. 

Furnish complete and substantial rough hardware for all' 
temporary work throughout the building. 

24. Sleepers r 

Furnish ij^"x3" beveled yellow pine sleepers imbedded 
in the cement filling over the arch work of the entire mansard 
roof of the Boiler House for securing the Spanish roll tile- 
thereto. 

Sleepers shall be spaced about 13" on centers. 



KALAMEIN COPPER AND IRON. 

25. Kalamein Copper Doors, Jambs and Trim: 

Furnish and hang all of the kalamein copper doors, jambs,, 
and trim as described in the following: 

Battery Room Floor Level: 

(i) Outside Entrance from Area Stairs. — 1-4' o"x8' 6", 
hinged, 2J/2" thick, solid and glazed panels, rabbeted jambs 2" x 8",, 
staff mould iV^" x i%", inside trim 6" wide. 



78 

Fourth Mezzanine: 

(i) Between Vestibule and Lobby. — i pair 6' o" x 8' o" 
hinged, double swing 2}^" thick, solid panels, transom hinged, 
jambs 2"xio", jamb stops ^"x2>^". 

(2) Between Office and Vestibule. — 1-3' 6" x 8' o" hinged, 
2" thick, solid panels, jambs 2"x 10", jamb stops 5^"x2j4", trim 
one side 6" wide. 

(3) Between Entrance Lobby, Office and Operating Room. 
— 2-3' 6" X 8' 6" hinged, 2" thick, solid panels, jambs 2'' x 8", jamb 
stops 5^"x2", staff moulds i^"xi%'', trim one side 6" wide. 

(4) Exciter Room. — 2-3' o" x 8' 6" hinged, i%" thick, solid 
panels, jambs i%"x8", jamb stops 5^"x2", trims 6" wide. 1-3' 
6" X 8' 6", hinged, 2" thick, solid panels, jambs 2'' x 8", jamb stops 
^" x 2", staff moulds i J4" x i%", trim one side 6" wide. 2 pair 7' 
6" X 9' 6" hinged, 2" thick, solid panels, jambs 2" x 8", jamb stops 
^"x2", staff moulds i>^"x i^", trim one side 6" wide. 

(5) Stair and Elevator Hall.— 1-3' o" x 7' 6" hinged, i^" 
thick, solid panels, jambs i%"x8", jamb stops 5^"x2", trim one 
side 6" wide. 

(6) Division Wall Between B. H. and Operating Room. — 
4-4' 6"x9' o" hinged, 2" thick, solid panels, jambs 2"x8" rab- 
beted, staff moulds i>4"x i%". 

First Mezzanine: 

(i) Bus Rooms and Bus Tie Rooms. — 25-2' 8"x8' 6" 
hinged, i%" thick, solid panels, jambs i%" x 8", jamb stops %" x 
2", trims 5" wide. 

(2) Offices and Toilet Room.—G-^' o" x 8' 6", hinged, i%" 
thick, solid and glazed panels, transoms hinged, jambs ij4"x8", 
jamb stops 5^" x 2", trims 5" wide. 



79 
Second Floor and Second Mezzanine : 

(i) Oil Switch Rooms, Stair Halls and Lobbies. — 17-2' 8" 
x8' 6", hinged, i%" thick, solid panels, jambs I^"x8'', jamb 
stops 5^" X 2", trims 5" wide. 

(2) Offices.— 6-s' o"x8' 6" hinged, i%" thick, glazed and 
solid panels, transoms hinged, jambs i%" x 8", jamb stops ^" x 
2", trims 5" wide. 

(3) To Grating Walkway. — 2-3' 6" x 8' 6", hinged, 2" thick, 
sohd panels, jambs 2" x 8" rabbeted, staff moulds lyi" x i%", trim 
(one side of one door) 5" wide. 

Third Mezzanine: 

(i) Transformer Rooms and Stair Halls. — 17-2' 8" x 8' 6", 
hinged, i^" thick solid panels, jambs i%"x8", jamb stops ^" 
X 2", trims 5" wide. 

(2) H. T. Switchboard Room. — i pair, 6' o"x8' 6", hinged, 
2" thick, solid panels, jambs 2" x 8", jamb stops ^" x 2", trim 
one side 6" wide. 

Main Floor: 

(i) Oil Switch Rooms and Stair Halls. — 17-2' 8" x 8' 6", 
hinged, i%" thick, solid panels, jambs i^"x8", jamb stops ^" 
X 2", trims 5" wide. 

Third Floor and Fifth Mezzanine: 

(i) Cable Room.— 5-2' 8"x8' 6", hinged, i}i" thick, solid 
panels, jambs 2" x 8", jamb stops §^" x 2", trims 5" wide. 

(2) To Grating Walkway. — ^2-3' 6" x 8' 6", hinged, 2" thick, 
solid panels, jambs 2" x 8", jamb stops ^" x 2", trims 5" wide. 

Sixth Mezzanine: 

(i) Unassigned Roofn. — 2-3' 6", hinged, 2'' thick, solid 
panels, jambs 2" x 8", jamb stops y&" x 2", trims 5" wide. 



8o 

Monitors. 

(i) Walkways to Roof Boiler House. — 14-3' 6" x 8' 6'V 
hinged, i}i" thick, solid and glazed panels, jambs 2"x8", jamb- 
stops 5^"x2", staff moulds i%"x ij^", trim one side 4". 

(2) Walkways to Roof Operating Room. — 5-3' 6" x 8' 6", 
hinged i^" thick, solid and glazed panels, jambs 2" x 8", jamb- 
stops ^" X 2", staff moulds i%" x ij4", trims one side 4" wide. 

26. Kalamein Iron and Tin-Covered Doors, Jambs and- 
Trim: 

Furnish and hang all of the kalamein iron and tin covered' 
doors, jambs and trim, as described in the following: 

Basement : 

(i) Toilet Rooms, Locker Rooms and Blower Room. — -16- 
3' 4" X 8' o", hinged i^" thick, solid panels, jambs i}i" x 8", 
jamb stops ^" x 2", staff moulds ij^" x i}i". 

(2) Division Wall. — 9 pair 3' 4" x 8' 6" sliding tin cov- 
ered doors 2}^" thick. 

(3) Machine Shop. — 2-5' 4" x 10' o" sliding, tin covered; 
doors 2^" thick. 2-10' o'' x 12' o" sliding, tin covered doors 3" 
thick. 

(4) Pump Rooms, Heater Rooms. — 6-4' o" x 8' o" sliding,, 
tin covered doors 2J4" thick. 12-10' o" x 12' o" sliding, tin cov- 
ered doors 3I/2" thick. 6-7' 6" x 10' o" sliding, tin covered doors 
2^" thick. 

Main Floor: 

(i) Division Wall. — 4-4' 6" x 9' 6" sliding, tin covered: 
doors 234" thick. 

Second Floor and Second Mezzanine: 

(i) To Grating Walkway. — 1-3' 6" x 8' 6" sliding, tin cov- 
ered door 2)4" thick. 



8i 

Third Floor and Fifth Mezzanine: 

(i) To Grating Walkway. — 1-3' 6" x 8' 6" sliding, tin cov- 
ered door 2j/^" thick. 

Monitor Boiler House: 

(i) Monitor Walkways. — 32-3' o" x 8' 6" hinged i^" thick, 
soHd panels, jambs i^" x 6", jamb posts ^" x 2", trims 4" wide. 

All kalamein doors shall have raised panels and panel mould- 
ings, and the muntins of glazed panels shall be moulded. 

The trim specified for doors to roof and walkways for both 
the boiler house and operating room monitors shall have plain 
trims and base blocks. 

All other trim shall be moulded back band trims and mould-' 
ed base blocks. 

Entrance vestibule doors shall have double rails and stiles 
and raised panel mouldings. 

The sizes given for tin covered sliding doors represent 
the masonry openings and the doors shall be of sufficient size 
to lap at least 3" over the openings at sides and top, and shall 
be constructed of well seasoned i" narrow white pine tongued 
and grooved boards, laid diagonally and well nailed, and com- 
pletely covered with tin. 

The doors shall be hung on ball bearing steel trolley 
tracks, and be provided with wrought or malleable iron 
brackets, hangers, and all other fittings, and shall be provided 
with fusible links, etc., complete. 

Sliding doors shall be of standard construction as adopted 
by the New York Board of Fire Underwriters. 

27. Interior Window-Frames and Sash and Panel Boxes: 

The window frames and sash for interior partitions shall 
be constructed of kalamein copper as per the following: 

All windows in interior partitions enclosing the offices on 
the first and second mezzanine floors at the westerly end of 
the operating room shall be double hung. 



82 

The windows in partitions enclosing the toilet room on 
the first mezzanine shall be high-up pivoted windows. 

Pulley stiles and jambs shall be i/4" x 6". Double hung 
and pivoted sash, including transoms, shall be i^" thick. 

Sills of double hung windows shall be 3 feet above finished 
floor and the moulded transom bar .shall be level with top of 
doors. 

Pivoted transoms shall be provided over all double hung 
windows. 

The Contractor shall provide the trim and glazed doors 
for 24 electric light switch panel boxes of sizes as per the fol- 
lowing: 10-2' 6"x4' o", 1-2' 6"x4' 9", -j-^! o"x4' 8", 2-3' 
o' X 4' 2", 1-3' 6" X 4' 6", and 3-2' 6" x 5' 4." Sizes given re- 
present the outside dimensions of boxes and the trim shall 
be a moulded and mitred trim 6" wide. Hinged doors shall 
be 6" smaller all around than sizes given and shall be i>4" 
thick glazed with ^" polished plate wire glass fastened in 
frames with moulded beads. Trim and doors shall be of kala- 
mein copper. 

28. Interior Window Trim and Chair Rail: 

Trim for windows in interior partitions shall be moulded 
back hand trims 5" wide and moulded stools and aprons 6" 
deep. 

Chair rails for the offices shall be moulded 6" wide and 
shall join with window stools and aprons. 

Trim shall be of kalamein copper. 

29. Enclosure for High Tension Switchboard Room and 

Timekeepers' Booth : 

The ornamental kalamein copper partition at the front 
of the high tension switchboard located on the third mezza- 
nine shall be constructed with moulded cornice, panelled pil- 
asters with moulded caps and bases, panelled wainscoting and 
moulded wainscot capping, ornamental brackets, etc., as 
shown on drawing. 



83 

The partition shall have swell front and the design and 
detail shall be the same for both sides of partition. 

The pilasters and frieze of cornices shall be provided with 
sunk panels and the wainscoting with raised panel mouldings. 

All sash shall be 2" thick provided with wide moulded 
vertical and diagonal muntins and shall be constructed to 
slide horizontally. The cornice and wainscotings, including 
the sash, shall be constructed to suit the curve of the swell 
front. 

The ornamental clock frame and base shall be constructed 
entirely of 2C)-oz. copper and shall be substantially supported 
on the inside by wrought iron framework, secured to the steel 
framing of partition. 

Framework shall be designed to support clock works and 
shall be drilled wherever required to secure same. 

The back of the copper clock frame shall be panelled and 
a hinged door of the same diameter opening as dial shall be 
provided for access to clock works. 

The steel I beams of the ceiling over the high tension 
switchboard room shall be encased with kalamein copper with 
sunk panelled sofKts, and all sash shall be pivoted i^" thick. 

The timekeeper's booth located in the stair and elevator 
hall in the northwest corner of the operating room at the level 
of the battery room mezzanine floor shall be constructed of 
kalamein copper for both the inside and outside of booth. 

Provide moulded cornice, panelled pilasters with moulded 
caps and bases, panelled wainscoting and dome ribbed roof. 

The sash shall be i%" thick and shall be arranged to slide. 

The domed ribs of the glazed roof shall be formed of cop- 
per of double thickness and formed so as to carry weight of 
the glass. 

Provide counter and sliding sash and the glazed panelled 
door and transom above. 

30. General : 

All kalamein work throughout shall be constructed of clear 
well seasoned white pine cores completely covered with i6-oz. 



84 

copper tightly drawn on the wood cores in a skillful and work- 
man-like manner and shall be equal to the best known stand- 
ards of construction applying to this class of work. 

All kalamein work shall be constructed in strict accord- 
ance with the full size details which will be furnished by the 
Company at a later date. 



HARDWARE. 



31. Hardware: 



The double entrance doors to vestibule and the door at 
bottom of area steps shall be provided with large ornamental 
store door handles with rabbeted front cylinder locks of bronze 
of special design and finish, and shall be hung on 8" loose pin 
bronze butts, three butts to each door. 

The double swing doors between vestibule and entrance 
lobby shall be hung on 12" "Bommers" double acting spring 
hinges of bronze, two hinges to each door, and ornamental push 
plates and kick plates of bronze of special design and finish. 

The double doors to exciter room on main floor and high 
tension switchboard room on third mezzanine shall be hung 
on 8" loose pin bronze butts, two butts to each door, and shall 
be provided with bronze "Yale" office locks, bronze escutcheon 
plates, knobs, etc., of special design and finish. 

All other single swing doors throughout shall be hung on 
6" loose pin bronze butts, two butts to each door, and shall be 
provided with bronze "Yale" office locks, escutcheon plates, 
knobs, etc. Hardware for all doors to offices, entrance lobby, 
office toilet room and the stair and elevator halls shall be of 
special design and finish, and the hardware for all other doors 
shall be plain with copper bronze finish. 

Double doors shall be provided with mortised top and bot- 
tom slide bolts of bronze of substantial design. 

All swing doors shall be provided with "Blount's" or 
equal liquid door checks of bronze. 



85 

The outside wrought iron and steel doors shall be pro- 
vided with durable store door handles and locks with plate 
escutcheons of wrought iron. 

The hinges and slide bolts for steel doors will be provided 
by ornamental iron contractor as hereinafter specified. 

The double hung sash in all interior partitions shall be 
hung on 2J/2" overhead pulleys with copper chains and lead 
weights and provided with sash lifts and fasteners of bronze. 

Transoms shall be provided with adjustable transom open- 
ers of bronze. 

The sliding sashes in copper partitions enclosing the high 
tension switchboard room and the timekeeper's booth shall be 
provided with countersunk bronze sash pulls, catches, etc., 
complete. The pivot sash in ceiling of high tension switch- 
board room shall have bronze snap catches of substantial de- 
sign. 

The doors to water-closet apartments in all toilet rooms 
shall be provided with nickel plated brass spring hinges, door 
pulls and inside slide bolts, the slide bolts shall be connected 
to slotted nickel plated brass outside plates with the words 
■"Occupied" and "Not Occupied" in black letters on white 
celluloid. 

Provide 3" bronze hinges and bronze snap catches for the 
glazed hinged doors to the 24 electric light switch panel boxes 
specified in clause No. 44. Hinges and catches shall be of neat 
and substantial design. 

The hardware shall be complete in every respect, of the 
best manufacture as selected by the Company. 

SHEET METAL AND ROOFING. 

^2. Monitors : 

The monitors on the roofs of the boiler house and opera- 
ting room shall be constructed with moulded gutter cornices, 
panelled pilasters, moulded sill courses and panelled curbs 
below window sills. 



86 

The stamped copper lion's head ornaments on cornices 
shall be provided at each pilaster. The bed moulds and archi- 
traves of cornices and the moulded sill courses shall break 
around all pilasters. 

The cornices shall be set to a level line around monitors, 
and shall be provided with an inner lining properly graded to. 
all leader outlets, and shall be connected to the flashings over 
the tee irons of the skylights. 

All sash throughout shall be pivoted at sides and shall be 
moulded and provided with moulded vertical and diagonal 
muntins as shown. 

The copper work of monitors shall completely cover and 
be substantially secured to the structural steel framing and 
masonry blocks on both sides. 

The smaller monitors on the roof over the northerly elec- 
trical mezzanines shall be similar in construction to the moni- 
tors hereinbefore described with the exception that the panelled' 
pilasters in this case are not to be provided. 

33. Skylights : 

The 3" X 3" tee irons for the skylights over all monitors, 
and elevator bulkhead shall be provided by the roofing con- 
tractor, together with the condensation gutters and cap flash- 
ings over same. 

The tees shall be completely covered with copper and con- 
structed so as to form a double condensation gutter at each rib, 
and shall be re-enforced in such manner to sustain the weight 
of the glass. 

The cap flashings shall be formed around the edges of 
glass and flashed with sheet lead strips provided between the 
cap flashings and top of glass, and the caps shall be held in 
place by brass bolts and nuts. 

The condensation gutters and cap flashings shall be formed' 
in such manner that no portion of glass will bear directly upon 
or come in contact with, the structural framing of the sky-.- 
lights. 




BASEMENT PLAN. 




R[VEIt -END 



FIRST FLOOR PLAN. 



t 



M 
n 
o 



n 



t1 
N 
N 

2 

n 







SECOND FLOOR PLAN AND SECOND MEZZANINE. 




THIRD FLOOR PLAN AND FIFTH MEZZANINE. 






PLAN OF COAL POCKET. 




MONITOR PLAN. 




ROOF PLAN. 




PLAN BATTERY ROOM AND DUCT FLOOR. 




litva 



A A 
I t 



g 



N 
N 



PLAN OF FIRST AND THIRD MEZZANINE. 




A 



M 


■i 


X 




^ 




^ 


a 


n 




N 




N 





fli 



ri 



^ .- 



11 




PLAN OF FOURTH AND SIXTH MEZZANINE. 



97 

The ends of the condensation gutters shall be thoroughly 
connected with the lining of the gutter cornices so that there 
will be no open spaces other than the outlets required for the 
condensation gutters. 

At the tops of all skylights provide moulded ridge ventila- 
tors, connecting same with the cap flashings. 

34. Elevator Bulkhead: 

The bulkhead over the elevator shaft in the northwest 
corner of the roof over the operating room shall be constructed 
with moulded copper gutter cornice set to a level line around 
bulkhead and provided with an inner lining of copper properly 
graded to the leader outlets. 

The sides of bulkhead from the main roof up to the under- 
side of the gutter cornice shall be of crimped copper secured to 
the structural framing and the masonry blocks. 

The skylight over bulkhead to be constructed as herein- 
before specified. 

35. Dormers, Louvres, Mansard Cornice and Cresting: 

The seven ventilating dormers along the northerly side of 
the mansard roof on a line with the division wall between the 
boiler house and operating room shall be constructed entirely 
of copper with pediments, cornices, pilasters, etc., similar in 
design to the dormers on the street fronts where marked to be 
of terra cotta. 

The roofs of these dormers, including the roofs of all 
dormers where marked to be constructed of terra cotta, shall be 
of standing seam copper secured to the masonry roof blocks 
in a thorough manner. 

The stationary louvres in all dormers shall be of copper' 
frames with double thickness copper blades stiffened at edges 
with Yi" round steel rods. 

The copper frames shall be secured to the 6" steel channel 
frames around the openings. 



98 

The moulded and ornamented cornice and cresting along 
the four sides of the mansard roof over the boiler house, in- 
cluding the moulded hips at the four corners, shall be con- 
structed of copper. 

Provide stamped copper ornamented scroll brackets along 
the copper cornice and at each corner of the roof, as shown on 
drawings. 

36. Monitors and Bulkhead Leaders: 

The leaders from the gutter cornices of the monitors and 
elevator bulkhead to the main roofs shall be of crimped cop- 
per, 3" X 4" in size, secured to the sides of monitors and bulk- 
head by means of heavy copper bands and provided at the 
bottom of each leader with a bent shoe. 

37. Gearing for Monitor Sash : 

The pivoted sash in the monitors shall be operated in sec- 
tions of from four to eight sashes by means of i" heavy gal- 
vanized wrought iron pipe shafting, durable cast-iron brackets, 
sash arms, hand wheels, worm gears, etc. ; complete, and the 
gearings shall be secured to the structural steel framing and 
steel grating walkways in a thorough manner. 

38. Glazing : 

The glazing for the skylights over the larger and smaller 
monitors and elevator bulkhead and the pivoted sash and sash 
doors in all monitors shall be of a first quality wire glass }i" 
in thickness, of uniform color and quality throughout, and 
shall be free from all imperfections. 

The glazing shall be done in a manner hereinbefore de- 
scribed under "Monitors" and no putty will be allowed in any 
portion of the work. 



99 

39- Roofing : 

(i) Roof Over Operating Room. — The entire area of the 
roof over the operating room and the roof over the northerly 
electrical mezzanines shall be of felt and fiat tile to be laid as 
described in the following: 

The tops of the concrete roof arches will be prepared with 
a cement coating by the mason and the roofing contractor shall 
lay over this coating no less than four ply of No. i Vulcanite 
roofing felt, lapping each successive layer at least two-thirds 
of its width over the preceding layer, firmly securing the felt 
with tins or cleats in a manner customary in the best composi- 
tion roofing, and thoroughly mopping the surface of each layer 
with a thin coat of "Trinidad Lake" asphalt, in no case to be 
applied hot enough to injure the wooly fibre of the felt. Over 
the entire surface of the felt thus applied, spread a good surface 
of roofing cement, amounting in all, including what is used 
between the layers of felt, to not less than lo gallons of cement 
per loo square feet, and heated as hereinbefore specified. 

The felt shall be carried down into the main steel roof 
gutters, across the bottoms and up on the other sides of same, 
and up on the brick walls and monitors, in order to secure an 
unbroken surface of waterproofing over the entire area of the 
roof except at the monitors. 

The felt shall be laid into the gutters after the cement 
filling has been done by the mason. 

On top of the felt thus applied, including the sides and 
bottoms of the main roof gutters, the Contractor shall lay a 
i" X 6" X g" hard vitrified flat roofing tile well bedded in Port- 
land cement, which shall be not less than %" in thickness, and 
after the tile are laid, all butt joints shall be cleaned off and the 
entire surfaces left smooth. 

(2) Flat Roof Over Boiler House, Etc. — The tops of the 
concrete arches of the flat roof over the boiler house, including 
the flat roofs of the monitors at smoke stacks, will be prepared 
with a cement coating by the mason and the roofing contrac- 
tor shall lay over this coating no less than four ply No. i Vul- 



lOO 

canite roofing felt which shall be laid as hereinbefore specified 
for the roof over the operating room. 

Completely cover the felt with a coating of slag, using no 
slag larger than that which will pass through a ^" mesh and 
none smaller than that which will be caught by a }i" mesh 
screen ; the slag shall be free from sand, dust and dirt, and 
shall be applied perfectly dry and while the cement is hot. 

(3) Mansard Roof Over Boiler House. — The four sides of 
the mansard roof shall be of a hard burned vitrified glazed 
Spanish roll tile, to be selected by the Company. The tile 
shall be laid in straight level courses and shall be perfectly 
fitted around all dormers and roof hips. 

Tile shall be secured in a thorough manner to the wood 
sleepers with copper nails. 

All tile shall be of uniform color and size and shall be free 
from any checks, cracks or other imperfections. 

40. Main Roof Gutters and Flashings: 

All of the main roof gutters are to be constructed of steel 
and erected perfectly level from end to end of building by the 
steel contractor. The mason contractor will provide the ce- 
ment filling in all gutters and properly grade the same to the 
leader outlets. 

On the top of the cement filling the roofing contractor 
shall continue the four ply No. i Vulcanite roofing felt down 
into the gutters, across the bottoms, and up on the opposite 
sides of same. The gutters shall then be flashed on both sides 
with copper, laying same at least 6" under the tile and slag 
roofs, after which all of the gutters shall be lined with the 
vitrified roofing tile and thoroughly connected with the slag 
and tile roofs, and be well bedded in Portland cement with all 
of the butt joints cleaned ofif smooth. 

The monitors, elevator bulkhead and dormers, and all 
walls, smoke stacks, vent stacks, soil and vent pipes and the 
roof gutters, etc., shall be flashed in a thorough manner with 
copper. 



lOI 

The flashings shall be laid at least 6" under all tile and 
slag roof and shall be continued well up on all walls, pipes, etc. 

41. Framing and Drilling of Structural Work: 

All of the miscellaneous iron framing that may be required 
for the support and stiffening of the copper ventilators on the 
ridges of the skylights, or for any portion of the work shall 
be furnished by the sheet metal and roofing contractor, and 
any and all drilling of the structural steel work of the monitor 
or building construction that may be required in order to 
secure the sheet metal and roofing work shall also be done by 
the contractor. 

42. General: 

All of the copper work specified herein which includes the 
sides and ends of the monitors and bulkhead, dormers, louvres, 
sash, skylight condensation gutters and caps, ridge ventilators, 
mansard cornices and crestings, gutters, linings, ornamental 
stamped work, flashings, etc., shall be of 20-oz. copper. 

All of the sheet metal and roofing work shall be constructed 
in the most substantial and approved manner and must be 
■equal to the best known standards of construction applying to 
"this class of work. 

Full size details will be furnished by the company at a 
later date, and they must be closely followed in every particu- 
lar. 



ORNAMENTAL IRON. 
Cast Iron aNd Wrought Iron Work: 

43. Exterior Window -Frames and Sash: 

All of the window frames and sash for the openings in the 
four exterior building walls shall be constructed of wrought 
iron. 



102 

The jambs, mullions and division bars shall be re-enforced 
on the sides with steel channels and tees, connected at the top 
and bottom to the I beam lintels and sills, and forming a frame- 
work to which the ornamental window construction is to be 
secured. 

The casings around the channels, I beams and tees shall be 
of wrought iron with wrought iron mouldings, forming panels 
on the inside and outside faces of all mullions and division 
bars. 

The mullions and. jambs shall be provided with ornamen- 
tal caps and moulded bases, and the girders and I beams at 
each floor level and other divisions wherever shown shall be 
encased on the inside and the outside of same, with wrought 
iron and cast iron moulded and panelled fascias ^' thick 
securely connected to the structural steel framing and shall be 
designed to conform to the details of the window construc- 
tion. 

The sash shall be constructed of wrought iron, to be 
pivoted at the top to swing outward, and shall be provided 
with horizontal, vertical and diagonal moulded muntins with 
small cast rosettes at intersections. 

All sash shall be arranged to pivot and shall be operated 
in sections from the various floor levels by means of an ap- 
proved gearing of neat and substantial design, and shall be so 
designed that the sashes can be opened and closed easily and 
without jar, and that when closed the sashes shall fit snug 
against jambs. 

The gearing operating the sash in all openings in offices, 
entrance lobby and stair and elevator hall on main floor, and 
the offices and high tension switchboard room located on the 
westerly mezzanine floors shall be of bronze, and all other 
gearing shall be of wrought iron with a neat finish. 

Suitable anchors shall be provided at frequent intervals 
on all window frames to be built in with masonry walls. 



I03 

44- Exterior Doors and Transoms: 

All doors and transoms in the openings in the four ex- 
terior building walls, wherever indicated on drawings, shall 
be constructed of wrought iron and steel. 

The jambs and transom bars shall be constructed of 8" 
channels, the transom bars to be formed of two channels set 
flange to flange and connected to jambs. The jambs shall be 
provided with wrought iron staflf mouldings and moulded 
wrought iron jamb stops. The transom bars shall have 
wrought iron mouldings on both faces. 

The doors for the first story openings shall be' constructed 
of J4" steel plates separated by Y2 steel filler plates securely 
riveted together at all rails and stiles. 

Panel.s shall be formed of wrought iron mouldings on both 
sides of door and fastened with countersunk tap screws. 

The upper panels shall have separate hinged glazed sash, 
constructed of wrought iron frames and moulded muntins. 
with wrought iron moulded beads for fastening glass in 
frames. 

The transoms shall be of similar construction as specified 
for doors and shall be constructed so as to be easily removed 
in sections. 

The doors in openings in the 39th Street building wall at 
the level of the second boiler floor shall be of similar construc- 
tion as hereinbefore specified, with the exception that the lower 
haff of doors shall be glazed instead of being solid, so as to 
conform with the details of the window construction of which 
they are to form a part. 

The channel jambs of doors shall be secured to the 
masonry with countersunk %" expansion bolts. Doors shall 
be hung on durable semi-ornamental wrought iron strap hinges 
riveted to doors and jambs and shall be amply proportioned to 
sustain the weight of the steel doors. 

Provide durable wrought iron slide bolts for the top and 
bottom of each door. 



I04 

The entrance door on 40th Street at the level of the bottom 
of area steps shall be constructed of kalamein copper as here- 
inbefore specified. 

The main entrance doors to vestibule on First Avenue 
shall be of bronze as hereinafter specified. 

45. Engine Room Stairs: 

The stairs in the northwest corner connecting the stair 
and elevator halls from the basement to the sixth mezzanine 
floor, inclusive, the stairs in the northeast corner from the 
basement to the roof, inclusive, and the three lines of stairs 
connecting the stair halls from the second mezzanine floor to 
the fourth mezzanine floor, inclusive, shall be constructed as 
per the following: 

Exposed and wall strings shall be panelled and moulded 
of cast iron %" thick by 14" wide, and provided with continu- 
ous cast lugs on same for supporting the marble and iron 
treads. 

Newels shall be 5" square with moulded caps and bases 
and sunk panels on all sides. 

Balustrades shall consist of J4" x i'' wrought iron top and 
bottom bars under hand rails and top of strings, and %" x i" 
vertical bars spaced about 6" apart and provided with orna- 
mental scrolls top and bottom. 

Handrails and balustrades shall be provided for both sides 
of each stair of 2" heavy bronze pipe, with circular cast bronze 
flanges at all newels. 

The treads and platforms for the stairs in the northwest 
and northeast corners, from the basement floor level up to the 
level of the battery room mezzanine floor, shall be of check- 
ered cast iron, with solid borders and moulded nosings and 
provided with an approved carborundum and steel (or equal) 
safety tread, fastened with countersunk tap screws. 

The treads and platforms of all stairs above the level of 
the battery room mezzanine floor shall be of marble as herein- 
before specified under "Marble." 



I05 

Risers shall be panelled of cast iron ^" thick with raised 
panel mouldings. 

The five stairways from the level of the proposed engine 
room floor up to the main floor shall be constructed of similar 
design to other stairs hereinbefore specified and the treads 
shall be of cast iron with moulded nosings and provided with 
an approved carborundum and steel (or equal) safety tread, 
fastened with countersunk tap screws. 

The stairs in the northwest corner from the level of the 
main floor up to the first mezzanine floor and the five stair- 
ways from the level of the proposed engine room floor up to 
the main floor, shall be electroplated. 

46. Boiler House Stairs : 

The six lines of stairs from the basement to the third 
floor inclusive and the four stairs from the basement to the 
first floor shall be constructed of panelled cast iron strings, 
panelled and moulded cast iron newels and panelled risers. 

Hand rails and balustrades shall be constructed of ij^" 
galvanized wrought iron pipe, connected to newels with stand- 
ard pipe flanges, and the balustrades shall be screwed into 
threaded cast iron sockets secured to the outside of strings. 

Balustrades shall be provided on both sides of stairs and 
shall consist of ij^" galvanized wrought iron pipe uprights 
spaced about 24" on centers. 

Stair treads shall be of cast iron, checkered, with solid 
borders and moulded nosings and provided with carborundum 
and steel (or equal) safety treads, secured with countersunk 
tap screws. 

Continuous lugs shall be cast on strings for the support 
of treads and risers. 

47. Spiral Stairs: 

The eight lines of stairs from the third floor to the mez- 
zanine walkways and the eight lines of stairs from the mezza- 
nine walkways up to the walkways in monitors shall be con- 



io6 

structed of wrought iron plate strings with wrought iron 
mouldings and angles riveted in strings to support treads. 

The central column supports shall be of extra heavy gal- 
vanized wrought iron pipe 5" in diameter, securely imbedded 
in the cement filling over floor arches and fastened to the steel 
grating walkways and finished at top with cast iron turned 
terminals. 

Treads shall be of cast iron with raised flanges at back and 
moulded nosing at front and provided with carborundum and 
steel (or equal) safety tread, secured with countersunk tap 
screws. 

Balustrades and handrails shall be of i>4" galvanized 
wrought iron pipe of similar design as hereinbefore specified 
for other stairs in boiler house. 

48. Elevator Enclosure, Engine Room : 

The enclosure around elevator shaft in northwest corner 
of operating room from the basement to. roof shall be con- 
structed of cast iron and wrought iron. 

The main pilasters shall be of cast iron provided with 
moulded sunk and ornamental panes and moulded caps and 
bases. 

The cast iron cornices around enclosures over pilasters at 
each ceiling level shall be enriched with egg and dart and 
dentils and beaded members, and shall have bed moulds which 
shall be continuous around the ornamental curved corbels over 
the ornamental caps over pilasters. 

The doors shall be constructed of heavy wrought iron 
channels and wrought iron bars securely riveted together and 
rigidly braced.- 

The tracks and saddle curbs under doors and around en- 
closure shall be grooved and checkered of cast iron ^" thick 
bracketed out and connected to floor beams. 

The grille work shall be constructed of wrought iron bars 
of special design formed of %" x ^" to J4" x i" bars, provided 
with scrolls and wrought iron ornamental leaf drops and turned 
separator buttons. 



107 

The grille work shall be provided from floor to ceiling, and 
including the doors, and shall be divided by horizontal transom 
division bars at heads of doors, provided with moulded and 
ornamental sunk panels of similar design as specified for 
pilasters. 

The grille work for basement shall be of wrought iron 
bars of similar design to that hereinbefore specified; 

All of the exposed structural steel floor beams at each 
floor on the inside of shaft, from the level of each floor down to 
the bottom of the corriice around enclosure of floor below shall 
be covered with No. 19 gauge crimped sheet iron plates. 

The doors shall slide on "Reliance" hangers and the por- 
tion of enclosure at sides of doors shall be hinged to swing otit 
in order that an opening the full width of shaft can be obtained. 

Doors shall be provided with substantial approved eleva- 
tor door locks and keys. 

The entire ornamental enclosure on the main floor shall be 
electroplated. 

49. Elevator Enclosures. Boiler House: 

The enclosures around elevator shafts in the northwest 
and northeast corners of boiler house from the, basement to 
the .third floor, inclusive, shall be constructed of cast iron and 
wrought iron and wire grille work. 

The lower portion of enclosures, including the doors for a 
height of three feet, above floor, shall be a solid wainscoting of 
cast iron, panelled with raised mouldings, and provided with 
moulded cappings and moulded bases. 

Provide moulded cast iron cornices around enclosures at 
top of doors. 

Pilasters shall be of cast iron with plain sunk panels and 
moulded bases and caps. 

The grille work for enclosures between the wainscoting 
and the cornices over doors, and including doors, shall be 
formed of wrought iron bars %" x ^-^".to ^" x i" of simple 
design with wrought iron bar rings top and bottom. 



io8 

The pilasters and division bars for the upper portion of 
enclosures shall be constructed of steel channels of same width 
as pilasters below, and the grille work above cornices shall 
consist of No. lo wire interwoven in diamond pattern and of 
%" mesh ; frames for wire grilles shall be of wrought iron se- 
curely connected to pilasters and division bars. 

The doors shall be constructed of heavy wrought iron 
channels and wrought iron bars securely riveted together and 
rigidly braced. 

Provide checkered and grooved cast iron saddles under 
doors W thick, bracketed out and connected to floor beams. 

The doors shall slide on "Reliance" hangers and the por- 
tions of enclosures at sides of doors shall be hinged to swing 
out in order that an opening the full width of shaft can be ob- 
tained. 

Doors shall be provided with substantial approved elevator 
door locks and keys. 

50. Fascias and Railings : 

The fascias covering the structural floor framing at the 
front of the high tension, switchboard floor at the third mezza- 
nine floor level, also in front of the mezzanine at the battery 
room level in the northwest corner of operating room, shall be 
moulded and panelled of cast iron ^" thick. 

The floor curb plate over fascias shall be ^" thick, 
moulded and ribbed, and shall project above the finished floors, 
forming a continuous base plate under the railings for the 
attachment of same, moulded and panelled soffits shall be pro- 
vided under fascias and shall cover the bottom flanges of 
framing beams. 

Substantial lugs and ribs shall be cast on the backs of 
fascias at frequent intervals and shall be accurately fitted to 
the structural framing beams to which they shall be securely 
connected. 

Lugs shall also be cast on the underside of the floor curb 
plates at every stanchion of the railing and %'' diameter holes 
shall be provided in lugs for inserting the stanchions. 



I09 

The railing along mezzanine at battery floor level in the 
northwest corner of operating room shall be constructed of 
solid polished steel stanchions spaced about four feet apart, 
and they shall be ij4" in diameter, and shall be furnished 
with turned steel base flanges 2)4" in diameter and 2" high, 
and shall have %" diameter holes drilled in same, the lower 
portions of stanchions where reduced to %" in diameter shall 
be inserted through the base flanges and the lugs of floor curb 
plates and shall "be threaded for nuts. 

The upper parts of stanchions shall be threaded to re- 
ceive hollow cast composition bronze balls 2^" in diameter. 

The handrails shall be of i^" diameter polished bronze 
pipe. 

The grille work filling between stanchions shall be con- 
structed of wrought iron bars with ornamental scrolls. 

Provide for the fronts of the two wind-brace walkways at 
the easterly end of the operating room cast iron moulded and 
panelled plates both sides of structural framing, forming the 
railings for walkways. The ornamental curved brackets under 
the wind-brace walkways and under the swell front fascia at 
the third mezzanine floor level shall be of cast iron. 

Cast iron fascias shall also be provided to cover all of the 
structural floor framing around the insides of all stair well 
openings at each floor for both the engine room and boiler 
house. Fascias shall be provided with top floor curb plates- 
and panelled soffits, and shall be constructed in a similar man- 
ner in every way to the fascia work hereinbefore specified. 
51. Sidewalk Vault Lights: 

The sidewalk vault lights shall be the "Mackay" or equi- 
valent, constructed of cast iron frames, with cast ribs and 
rectangular prismatic glasses set in Portland cement and pro- 
vided between the glasses with lead or carborundum. Frames 
shall set flush with finished sidewalks and shall be securely 
connected to the structural steel sidewalk beams and to the 
3" X 3" angles on walls, which are to be fastened to walls with 
5-^" expansion bolts. 



no 

Vault light frames shall be designed to safely sustain a 
load of 300 lbs. per square foot. 

52. Window Guards: 

Provide wrought iron window guards to all exterior win- 
dow openings in basement below first story sill course. 

Guards shall be constructed of i" x i" wrought iron bars 
5" on centres both ways and shall be woven in basket pattern. 

Holes shall be drilled into the granite jambs for the win- 
dow guards and connections shall be leaded. 

53. Folding Gates: 

Provide folding gates of the "Pitt" patent for the eleven 
door openings in the exterior walls for the first and second 
floors of the boiler house. 

Gates shall be seven feet in height, constructed of steel 
■channels riveted at connections and provide^ with ornamental 
scrolls at top. 

Provide durable padlocks and keys for all gates. 

Holes shall "be drilled into the brick and granite door 
jambs and all connections shall be leaded. 

54. Walkways, Ladders and Railings: 

All walkways, grating, floors, etc., shown on the drawings 
and unless otherwise specified, and also the stair and walkway 
leading from stair bulkhead to engine room monitor on roof 
shall be constructed of ]A," x iV^" steel bars spaced i^" on 
centers and riveted into cross bars ^" x i^"; all I beam or 
•channel framing required to support the gratings and all con- 
nections and drilling that may be required shall be provided 
by the Contractor. 

All ladders over boilers where shown on drawings shall 
be durably constructed of heavy wrought iron bars with round 
wrought iron rungs spaced 12" apart ; all brackets, connections, 
angles, etc., required as a part of the ladder construction shall 
"be furnished. 



Ill 

Railings for all walkways and for all openings in floors, 
exclusive of the railings hereinbefore specified for stairs and 
mezzanine floors, shall be constructed of i^" galvanized 
wrought iron pipe, with heavy cast iron pipe flange connec- 
tions, and secured either to the tops of walkways or to the 
sides of framings supporting walkways, as will be directed by 
the Company. Railings around openings in floors shall be 
secured to the curb angles hereinafter specified. All of the 
work and materials shall be equal to the best standards of 
construction applying to this class of work. 

55. Door Sills: 

Sills for all door openings throughout the building, ex- 
clusive of the sills hereinbefore specified in Clause No. 33, 
shall be %" thick of cast iron, checkered with solid border and 
provided with mouldings each side. 

Sills shall be the full width of jambs as indicated on 
drawings and shall be securely fastened to floors. 

The sills for openings in division wall between boiler 
house and operating room where double doors are to be pro- 
vided shall be the full width of the wall, and set in the brick 
jambs 2" and extend 3j4" beyond the face of wall, both sides, 
and set i^" above finished floor, sills shall be constructed in 
accordance with the specifications of the New York Board of 
Fire Underwriters. 

56. Trench Cover Plates: 

Provide cast iron cover plates for all basement drain 
trenches i" in thickness, provided with perforations and 
checker work, with solid margins along the edges. 

Plates shall rest on angle curbs which shall be provided 
along both sides of trenches. 

Plates shall be laid in such a manner that there shall be 
no open cracks and so that each will be perfectly level and 
have a solid bearing, making the rocking of the plates impos- 
sible. 



112 

57- Partition Buck Stays: 

Provide 5" I beams and channels spaced about four feet 
on centers for all partitions enclosing the offices and toilet 
room on the mezzanines at the westerly end of operating 
room, and for all tile partitions on walls enclosing coal pockets, 
and the partitions in monitor walkways in boiler house wher- 
ever indicated. 

Frame around all window and door openings. 

Framing shall be securely connected to the structural 
floor framing. 

58. Curb Angles : 

Provide curb angles for the front of the third mezzanine 
and for the front of the stair and elevator hall at battery floor 
level in the northwest corner of the operating room where 
cast iron fascias shall be provided. Also provide curb angles 
for all stair wells and other openings in floor wherever shown 
in drawings. 

Provide 3" x 3" angles secured to the tops of roof purlins 
along both sides of all main roof gutters. 

Curb angles shall be 4" x 6" and shall be securely bolted 
to the structural steel floor framing beams. 

59. Framing for Copper Partitions: 

Provide the I beam, channel and tee iron framing for the 
kalamein copper partition located in the front of the third 
mezzanine at the westerly end of the operating room, and for 
the timekeeper's booth located in the stair hall on the battery 
room floor level at the northwest corner of the operating 
room. 

Framing shall consist of 10" I beam uprights at each pil- 
aster, 10" channel along the top at cornice, 8" channel at top 
of wainscoting between I beam uprights and 4" tees and chan- 
nels framed around each window. 

All framing shall be securely connected to structural 
framing. 



i'3 

60. Framing foe Terra Cotta Cornice and Dormers: 

The framing for the support of the main terra cotta cor- 
nice around the four walls of the building shall consist, of 
channels, angles, tees and I beams as shown on detail drawing. 

The framing for the roofs of dormers on the mansard 
roof of the boiler house shall consist of 3" x 3" tees, spaced 
25" on centers and connected to 8" channels, which are also 
to be provided at sides of dormers. 

Provide 8" channel frames around openings when louvres 
shall be provided for all dormers. 

61. Framing for Faience Cornice: 

The framing of the faience cornice around the four walls 
of the operating room at the level of the underside of the 
crane girders shall consist of 2j4" x 2^/2" angle and tee brackets 
spaced about 16" on centers and secured to the brick walls and 
structural steel building columns in a thorough manner. 

62. Framing for Skylights and Pent Houses : 

The framing for skylight and elevator and stair pent 
houses on the roof over the northerly electrical mezzanines 
shall consist of 6" I beam uprights and 6" channels at cor- 
nices and 4" channels framed around all window and door 
openings. 

The framing for skylights shall consist of 3" x 3" tees con- 
nected to 3" X 3" tees at ridge and to channels at cornices. 

63. Anchors : 

The Contractor shall provide galvanized wrought iron an- 
chors that may be necessary and required to anchor all building 
walls to the structural steel work and also for granite and terra 
cotta work throughout. 



114 

64. Lockers : 

Provide and erect the entire equipment of lockers where 
shown on drawings. Lockers shall be constructed of durable 
angle iron frames and expanded metal, and shall be set up on 
legs. The doors shall be hinged and fitted with suitable locks 
and duplicate keys. Lockers shall be 15" x 15" in size and about 
7 feet in height and shall be provided with expanded metal shelves 
and suitable clothes hooks. • 

Bronze- Work. • ■ 

65. Entrance Doors AND Transom : 

The main er^trance doors, door frame and transom on First 
Avenue shall be constructed of bronze. 

The doors, shall be 2" thick with solid panels with raised or- 
namental panel mouldings and rosettes. 

The transom shall be i)^" thick and shall be made td pivot 
at sides. 

Door frames shall be 2" thick and 10" wide, rabbeted and 
moulded and panelled. 

66. Window Frames and Sash: 

The window frames and sash in the walls between the en- 
trance vestibule and entrance lobby, the entrance vestibule and 
office, and, in the wall between the operating room and the north- 
erly electrical mezzanines shall be constructed of bronze. 

The sash shall be ij4" thick provided with diagonal moulded 
muntins as shown. 

The frames shall be 2" thick by 6" wide and :m0'lilded. 

The sash shall be made stationary. 

67. Pilaster and Column Caps: 

The caps to all columns, pilasters and piers in the entrance 
lobby, entrance vestibule and the stair and elevator hall on the 
main floor at the westerly end of operating room shall be of 



115 

bronze, and shall be ornamented with egg and dart mouldings, 
dentils and beaded members and ornamental cartouches, etc., of 
special design. 

68. Tablet: 

Provide a bronze tablet to be placed on wall in entrance 
vestibule, 30" wide by 36" high with moulded . and ornamented 
border of tgg and dart moulds and leaf work. . . 

Tablet shall contain the names of the station- and the com- 
pany and the names of the offices of the company in raised 
Toman letters. , 

69. Panel Box: 

'■,■', ' ^ ' . ' 

, Provide an electric light switch panel box frame of bronze, 
of similar design as hereinbefore specified for ornamental border 
around tablet. 

Panel box frame shall be about 2' 6" by 4' o" and shall be 
provided with a hinged door with a solid raised panel and, orna- 
mental raised panel mbuldiiigs and shall be provided with a 
brpr^ze snap catch of neat design. 

Panel box "shall be located in the stair and elevator, hall oh the 
main floor. , 

70. Area Railing: 

The railing on coping wall of area on 40th Street shall be con- 
structed of bronze. 

The posts shall be 6" x 6" tapered with curved tops and 
shall be panelled and -fluted on front faces. 

Posts shall be provided with wide base flanges and shall be 
secured to the granite coping with ^" countersunk expansion 
bolts and the heads of bolts shall be tapped to receive bronze 
button heads. 

The railings shall be of heavy bronze pipe 3" in diameter and 
provided with neat turned flanges of bronze at posts. 



ii6 

71. General: 

Steel is to be good quality in accordance with the Standard 
Specifications of the American Association of Steel Manufacturers. 

Cast iron is to be tough grey iron, true to pattern, and of 
workmanlike finish, free from blow holes, cold shuts, or other 
defects. All members composing the various parts of the work 
shall be accurately laid out and fitted together with the best at- 
tainable degree of precision, and the parts must be so finished 
that when joined together there will be no open joints or other 
defects. 

All plates, channels, angles, etc., where shown straight must 
be absolutely straight, and where bent, must be bent accurately to 
radius, being free from all twists and kinks. Rivets when driven, 
must completely fill the holes, have full hemi-spherical heads 
concentric with holes and in full contact with surfaces. All 
wrought iron mouldings where specified are to be those manu- 
factured by the J. G. Braun Company, and they must be accurately 
fitted together. 

All drilling of the structural steel work that may be neces- 
sary or required in order to erect any and all portions of the orna- 
mental iron work shall be done by the Contractor and shall be 
included in his contract. 

All work shall be executed in accordance with scale and 
full size details to be furnished by the Company later. 

GLAZING. 

72. Glazing : 

All of the windows and the entrance door transom opening 
into the operating room, offices, high tension switchboard room, 
toilet room, and the entrance vestibule, entrance lobby and the 
stair and elevator halls on all mezzanines shall be glazed with a 
first quality polished plate wire glass %" thick. 

All other windows and doors in the four exterior walls shall 
be glazed with a first quality wire glass ^" thick of uniform color 
and texture throughout. 



117 

All interior sash and glazed panel doors, including the ceiling 
over the high tension switchboard room and the sides and ceil- 
ing of the timekeeper's booth, shall be glazed with a first quality 
polished plate wire glass }i" thick. 



PAINTING. 

73. Painting : 

The Contractor shall provide the painting of all of the por- 
tions of the building described in the following: 

(i) All of the exposed structural steel work of the entire 
structure, which includes the columns, girders, beams, roof 
trusses, and crane girders, etc. 

(2) All of the ornamental iron work, which includes the 
stairways, fascias, railings, elevator enclosures, window frames 
and sash, doors and door frames, sidewalk lights, walkways, grat- 
ings, window guards, foldings gates, etc., etc. 

(3) All of the plastered walls and ceilings of all rooms. 

(4) All exposed plumbing and drainage pipes. 

(5) All kalamein iron doors and trim, including the tin cov- 
ered wood doors. 

(6) The underside of the plastered roof arches over the 
operating room. 

All of the above mentioned work shall receive three coats of 
the best white lead and pure linseed oil in colors to be selected by 
the Company. 

The following is a list of surfaces to be painted two coats 
of an approved cold water paint. 

(i) All of the exposed surfaces of the ceilings of the first, 
second and third floors of the boiler house. 

(2) The walls, partitions and ceilings of the basement of 
both the operating room and boiler house. 



ii8 

(3) The surfaces of the concrete turbine foundations. 

(4) The outside surfaces of the concrete walls and tile 
partitions enclosing coal pockets in the boiler house. 

All surfaces of work to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned 
of iron rust scale, dust, cinders, or other materials deposited dur- 
ing the erection of the building before paint is applied. 

All iron work shall receive one good coat of graphite or red 
lead and linseed oil before being delivered at the building. 

The oak doors to water-closet apartments in toilet rooms and 
the oak doors to battery rooms shall receive two coats of spar 
finished varnish and one coat of wood filler. 



PLUMBING. 

74. Fixtures : 

Toilet Room, First Mezzanine Floor. 

(i) Water-Closets. — To be the Improved "Hygeno-Sano" 
syphon closet of one piece white vitreous porcelain, with recessed 
flushing rim at back and recessed porcelain hump in front, 
and provided with low-down cabinet finished oak cistern, and 
cabinet finished oak seat. Cistern to be lined throughout with 
20-oz. copper and furnished with nickel-plated push button 
flushing release and removable cover. Cisterns shall be provided 
with all necessary valves and shall be connected with i}4" nickel - 
plated flush pipe. Closets shall be provided with the sanitary per- 
fect screw connection. 

(2) Urinals. — To be the "Metropolitan" one piece porce- 
lain urinal, with brass trap, and provided with the "Presto Sim- 
plex" push button flush valve. Cisterns shall be cabinet finished 
oak cisterns, 12" x 12" x 20" in size and completely lined with 
20-oz. copper, and provided with valves and nickel-plated chains 
complete. Each urinal shall have separate cistern. 

(3) Lavatories. — -To be the "Tremont" imperial one piece 
porcelain lavatory 24" x 22" with nickel-plated "Metropolitan" 



119 

waste with china handles, imperial porcelain standard and nickel- 
plated brass wall supports; faucets for hot and cold water shall 
be nickel-plated low-down compression faucets, with china name- 
plates, and four ball handles ; provide cast brass nickel-plated ad- 
justable traps to walls. 

(4) Slop Sink. — To be of improved type of one piece vitre- 
ous porcelain, provided with overflow, air chambers, and iron 
traps, and nickel-plated long nozzle draw-cocks, supplied with 
hot and cold water, and provided with nickel-plated waste and 
overflow strainers; slop sinks shall be 12" x 20" x 16" in size. 

Toilet Rooms, Vaults Under Sidewalks. 

(i) Water-Closet. — To be the extra heavy improved "Tor- 
rento" syphon wash down closet of one piece white vitreous por- 
celain with direct-acting jet and sanitary recessed flushing rim, 
provided with low-down cabinet finished oak seat with nickel- 
plated ball post hinges. Cistern shall be lined throughout with 
20-oz. copper and furnished with nickel-plated push button flush- 
ing release and removable cover. Cisterns shall be provided with 
the necessary valves and shall be constructed with ij4" nickel- 
plated flush pipe. 

Closets shall be provided with the sanitary perfect screw con- 
nection. 

(2) Urinals. — ^To be the same as hereinbefore specified for 
the toilet room on the first mezzanine floor. 

(3) Lavatories. — To be the "Norwalk" heavy imperial or^e 
piece vitreous porcelain lavatories. Class B, with integral backs, 
and provided with nickel-plated brass waste, plugs and stoppers, 
galvanized iron supporting frame with porcelain enameled iron 
leg, nickel-plated combination compression faucets with china 
name plates and nickel-plated soap dishes. 

(4) Slop Sinks. — To be the same as hereinbefore specified 
for the toilet room on the first mezzanine floor. 



I20 

(5) Showers. — To be "Mott's" nickel-plated brass rim 
shower, with 5" slotted removable face, >^" suppHes, J4" mixing 
column with adjustable ball joint and the "Bryon" nickel-plated all 
metal anti-scalding lever handle valve. 

(6) Acid Sink and Lime Box. — The sink shall be 18" x 24" 
X 16" deep of glazed earthenware and provided with heavy brass 
compression cock, and cast lead strainer. 

The lime box shall be 20" x 24" x 16" deep of glazed earthen- 
ware and shall be provided with outlets with lead connections 
burned out. 

All fixtures shall be supplied with stop valves having detach- 
able handles. 

Under all water-closets, install "Motts" imperial porcelain 
floor slab. 

The marble partitions shall be supported by nickel-plated 
bottom legs with deep slot to receive marble and having two bolts 
in each. Back supports shall be 6" flanges with slot as described, 
and 3" flat dowel at back, set into wall and attached with ex- 
pansion bolts. All fittings shall be nickel-plated. 

All fixtures herein specified are of the manufacture of the 
J. L. Mott Iron Works but the Contractor may, on the written 
approval of the Company, substitute the goods of other manu- 
turers of equal quality and design. 

75. House Sewer, House Drain, and Fresh Air Inlet. 

The house sewer, running house trap and house drain shall 
be of extra heavy cast iron pipe, well caulked with picked oakum 
and lead. 

The house trap shall be provided with hand holes for cleaning 
out same and shall be furnished with fittings for fresh air branches 
for the connection of heavy galvanized automatic ventilating fix- 
tures approved by the Department of Buildings, and from which 
shall be run a 8" galvanized wrought iron fresh air pipe leading 
to the bulkhead and protected with wrought iron gratings set in 
the bulkhead wherever directed. The connection of fresh air line 
shall be made on the house side of house trap. 



121 

House sewer, house trap and house drain shall be of sizes 
as marked on drawings. 

76. Soil, Waste and Vent Lines. 

AH soil, waste and vent lines shall be of extra heavy gal- 
vanized wrought iron pipe and fittings with screw joints. 

All fittings shall be of the drainage pattern, with shoulder 
on the inside and all pipe shall be screwed down hard against 
same to form a clear passage and shall be thoroughly gas and 
water tight. 

iVIain soil pipes shall be 4" in diameter and the main vents 
shall be 3" in diameter. 

The water-closets shall be connected to 4" branch soil 
pipes; the urinals, wash basins and slop sinks shall be con- 
nected to 2" branch wastes with 2" traps, and the showers 
and floor drains shall be connected to 3" branch wastes with 
3" traps. 

The water-closets shall be connected to 2" branch vents 
and the urinals, slop sinks and wash basins shall be connected 
to 1V2" and 2" branch vents. 

The acid sink in battery room shall waste through 3" 
lead lined with 3" lead-lined trap, into the lime box located 
on the duct floor directly underneath the sink, and the waste 
from the lime box shall be of 3" lead lined pipe with 3" lead 
lined trap and shall be connected to the house sewer on the 
sewer side of the house trap. 

All branch waste and vent lines, exclusive of the waste 
lines from the acid sink and lime box, shall be of galvanized 
wrought iron pipe of standard weight. 

The main vent lines shall be connected to the main soil 
lines above the highest fixtures and shall be carried up, 
through aad above the roof of their full diameters, and shall 
terminate at least 5 feet above roof levels, and where the&e 
pipes pass through the roofs they shall be thoroughly flashed 
with 20-oz. copper caulked into the hubs of the pipes. 



122 

All horizontal lines shall have a pitch of at least %" per 
foot, and the vertical lines shall be perfectly plumb and true 
and secured to the walls with heavy wrought iron staples and 
holdfasts. 

All connections and bends shall be made with Y branches 
and one-eighth bends. 

Clean-outs shall be located in convenient positions as 
directed and shall be provided with brass screw-covers. 

All horizontal pipes above ground shall be supported by 
heavy wrought iron hangers or pipe rests. 

77. Battery Room Floor Drain : 

The battery room floor shall be drained through a special 
perforated cast lead plate 12" x 12" x i" into a 12" x 12" x 6" 
deep lead box imbedded in the floor, and the lead box shall 
be drained through a 3" pure lead pipe with running trap and 
shall be connected to lead drain from lime box as shown on 
drawings. 

All lead work shall be burned and no solder shall be used 
in any part of the battery room drains. 

78. Floor Drains: 

The floors of all toilet rooms and locker rooms shall be 
drained through 3'' pipe as hereinbefore specified. 

Provide suitable cast iron drain boxes imbedded in the 
floor, and provided with suitable perforated cast iron strainers 
over same. 

79. Roof Drains: 

The roofs shall be drained through galvanized wrought 
iron pipe of standard weight and of such sizes as marked on 
drawings, and shall be provided with traps and shall be 
drained into the concrete discharge tunnel. 

The roof drains shall be connected and located where 
shown on drawings and shall be built into recesses in the 
brick walls. 



123 

The connection of leaders with roof gutters shall be made 
gas and water tight by means of heavy copper and lead drawn 
tubing, soldered to brass ferrules caulked into the pipes, and 
the tubing shall be suitably imbedded in the cement and thor- 
oughly flashed with 20-oz. copper. 

All pipe, pipe connections, pipe hangers and supports 
shall be the same as hereinbefore specified under clause No. 
93- 

80. Supply Pipes: 

All fixtures shall be supplied with cold water and the 
wash basins, slop sinks and showers shall be supplied with 
hot water. 

The street main shall be tapped for a 2" pipe to supply 
all fixtures ; the risers shall be of i" pipe, and the fixtures shall 
be supplied through %" and %" pipe. 

The hot water supply is to come from the hot water tank 
which will be located in the tank room in the basement of the 
boiler house. 

The tank and the supply to same is not to be provided, 
but the connections and valves, and the supply piping from 
the tank to the fixtures shall be furnished. 

All supply pipe for hot and cold water shall be of extra 
heavy galvanized wrought iron pipe with joints put together 
with red lead and tested with a pressui-e pump. 

All piping shall be nickel-plated brass pipe where ex- 
posed around toilet fixtures and shall be run plumb and true 
and shall be put together with brass unions. 

All pipe shall have gate valves, cut out and emptying 
cocks conveniently located, and shall have proper air vessels 
so graded that they may be emptied into the drain trenches 
in basement, and be provided with cocks for that purpose. 

All pipes shall be fastened with split brass hangers and 
secured with approved pipe hangers wherever required. 

The Contractor shall furnish and set up one 2" water 
meter of an approved type and shall be acceptable to the 
Company. 



124 

All piping shall be erected in such manner so that same 
-can be protected with felt or other approved covering if de- 
sired. 

8i. Stand Pipes AND Fittings : 

There shall be four 4" galvanized wrought iron stand 
pipes provided for the building, one in the northwest corner 
of the operating room at stairs, one in the northwest corner 
■of the boiler house at elevator, one at the southeast corner of 
the boiler house at stairs, and one at the south side of the 
boiler house about 100 feet east of the First Avenue building 
wall. 

The stand pipes for the boiler house shall be provided 
from the basement to the third floor, inclusive, and the stand 
pipe for the operating room shall be provided from the base- 
ment to the roof, inclusive. 

Stand pipes shall be provided with two-way "Siamese" 
steamer connections to be placed on the sidewalks and bulk- 
head above the curb level. 

Provide 2^2" valves and check valves for each pipe, and 
nickel-plated hose reels and swing brackets together with 75 
feet of the best quality of approved linen hose for each line 
of pipe at every floor and roof. 

Stand pipes and fittings shall be of sizes, patterns and 
regulation kinds required by the Fire Department. 

■82. Tests : 

The entire plumbing system shall be tested by a water test, 
before the fixtures are connected and after the work is completed, 
it shall be tested by additional peppermint and smoke tests. 

All tests shall be made in the presence of an inspector of 
the Department of Buildings and shall be in accordance with 
the building laws. 



J25 

83. General : 

All fixtures shall be the best of their respective kinds and 
all work shall be done in a thorough and workmanlike manner 
to the entire satisfaction of the; company, and all work shall 
be in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Bureau 
of Buildings for the Borough of Manhattan. 

All of the plumbing work shall be furnished complete, 
with all such fittings and other appliances as will reasonably 
be included in work of this character, whether same is speci- 
fied or shown on plans or otherwise. 

The plumbing contractor shall procure all necessary per- 
mits in connection with his work and pay all fees for same. 

BATTERY ROOM. 

84. Battery Room : 

The Contractor is to fill in over the floor arches with 
stone and Portland cement concrete of a mixture i, 3, and 5, 
leveling same over beams and smoothing off the concrete for 
the reception of the felt and asphalt. 

On top of the smooth concrete is to be applied three-ply 
felt and asphalt acid and water proofing; each ply of the felt 
to be properly bedded without superfluous asphalt, all asphalt 
being applied sufficiently hot to spread and bed without chil- 
ling. It is particularly important that the felt and asphalt be 
formed into a continuous course without superfluous soft 
material and the Contractor must be especially careful in this 
part of the work. 

On top of the water proofing is to be placed a sufficient 
amount of stone and Portland cement concrete to bring the 
floor level to within one-half inch of the finished floor as 
shown on the drawing. The top of this concrete is to be 
smoothly finished with a troAveled or floated finish to take the 
final top which is to be composed of Yz" of acid proof asphalt 
mastic. 



I 26 

[u the top coating of concrete and in this acid proof 
mastic is to be formed the drains as shown in the cross sec- 
tions of the drawing. ' it , ; „ . . 

The side walls are to be covered to a height ^of six feet 
above the finished floor line with asphalt mastic ^" thick at : 
the top and thickened at the floor line only as much as may 
be necessary for the stability of the wainscot. i 

In the construction of this floor, the Contractor is to guar- 
antee absolutely the materials and workmanship and is to 
guarantee the durability of this i^oor for a period of five years;. 
any failure to comply with said guarantee to result in the 
making good by the Contractor of any defects wliich may 
show during the ilamed period. ' 

During the course of the construction, the work will be 
closely inspected by the New York Edison Company and 
the Contractor must immediately make good any exception 
taken to material or workmanship. Particular care must be 
taken by the Contractor that the temperature of the room 
during the time when concrete is being laid or water proofing 
being done, is such as will prevent either freezing of concrete 
or chilling of the watei-proofing" and. especial attention must 
be given to this point to secure the integrity of the floor. 

ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION WORK. 

85. Vitrified Tile Conduit : 

All vitrified tile conduit to be built in the floors, walls or 
elsewhere located, together with all ironwork for supporting 
same, are to be furnished by the Company, and- the ContTactoi 
is to furnish all labor and materials required for locating and 
laying said conduit in accordance with drawings furnished by 
the Company and in a manner hereinafter specified. 

All horizontal runs of conduit are to be laid on a smooth, 
even surface of concrete, and are to be well grouted and tied 
into the concrete, so that by no possibility can they become 
loosened by the strain of drawing heavy cables through them. 



127 

All adjacent runs of conduit are to b^ laid with broken 
joints. 

All conduits are to be true in alignment, so that no shoulders 
or offsets shall be formed in the bores. After the conduits are 
centered, each joint is to be wrapped with a six-inch (6")) strip 
of asphalted burlap and a thin layer of cement mortar plastered 
around the burlap. 

The Contractor must take every precaution to keep the 
interior surface of the conduits free from any projections of 
cement, and to prfevent dirt or refuse from lodging therein. 

Wherever and, whenever work is suspended, the open ends 
of all conduits must be plugged with a hard wood plug con- 
forming accurately to the opening aiid the larger end at least 
one-quarter of an inch (>^") greater in dimension than the 
opening. 

Upon the completion of the entire work. and before ac- 
ceptance by the Company, the Contractor will be required to 
pass through each line of conduit, from end to end, an iron 
shod mandrel conforming in shape to that of the interior of 
the conduit and not more than one-quarter of an inch (J4") 
smaller .diameter. 

W^herever runs of coriduit terminate in pockets or pull- 
boxes, the ends of the adjacent conduit must come flush with 
the inside surfaces of the box ; short sections will be furnished 
for this purpose. 

Vertical runs o^ conduit are to be built in the 40th Street 
builfiing wall and in the wall . separating the electrical gal- 
leries from the engine room. 

These runs of conduit are to be continuous from the base- 
ment floor to the fifth mezzanine floor, except where broken 
at intervals by pockets formed in the walls to admit cable 
clamps. 

The conduits are to be lined up and each joint wrapped 
as hereinbefore specified and are to be well tied into the wall 
on all sides, so as to form a part of the. wall and capable of 
resisting the drawing of cables. 



128 

The Contractor is to locate and construct all pockets 
shown on and in accordance with drawings furnished by the 
Company. 

Behind each pocket, the Contractor is to locate and erect 
a 6" X 4" angle, which will be furnished by the Company. 
These angles are to be bolted to the columns arid well tied 
into the brickwork. 

On the cable floor, the Contractor is to finish the concrete 
to a smooth level surface one inch (i") above the tops of the 
floor beams, and on this surface the tile conduit are to be laid 
as herein specified and in accordance with the drawings fur- 
nished by the Company. 

Each line of conduit is to be separated from the adjacent 
lines by one-half inch (yi") of concrete and each group is to 
be enveloped with a one-inch (i") finish of concrete, making 
each group a solid mass. 

86. iROisr Pipes: 

The Company is to furnish, locate and erect all iron pipes 
to be used for electrical purposes, as well as the ironwork for 
supporting the same, with the exception of the pipes for sta- 
tion lighting and power wires, which come under another 
contract. 

The Contractor is to co-operate with the Company in 
laying of said pipes by carrying his part of the construction 
to a point which will allow the Company to lay pipes in place, 
after which the Contractor will complete his work as else- 
where specified. 

87. Compartments for Oil Switches and High Tension 

Busses : 

This work is to include the construction of compartments 
for enclosing and supporting the high tension busses on the 
first mezzanine floor, the construction of the walls for sup- 
porting the oil break switches on the second and fourth mez- 
zanine floors, the construction of the compartments for en- 



129 

closing the potential transformers on the third mezzanine 
floor and the construction of the enclosure for the control 
pipes on the fifth mezzanine floor. 

All ironwork, Alberene stone and porcelain insulators to 
be used in the above construction are to be furnished by the 
Company, and the Contractor is to furnish all brick labor and 
materials required for completing the work in accordance with 
the drawings furnished, and in a manner satisfactory to the 
Company. 

All brickwork will be of buff brick of a quality elsewhere 
specified under clause No. 21 with alberene stone blocks and 
slabs built into the brickwork. 

All Alberene stone and openings in the walls must be 
accurately located by the Contractor and all ironwork and 
anchor bolts are to be built into the brickwork wherever 
shown on drawings. 

The Contractor is to leave openings in the floors wher- 
ever required to allow construction to pass from floor to 
floor, and after the work is complete, is to finish the floor 
around said construction in a workmanlike manner. 

88. Wire Glass Doors : 

The Company is to furnish all wire glass doors to be used 
in the electrical galleries, and the Contractor is to fit and 
place said doors in position called for on drawings and in a 
manner satisfactory to the Company. 

89. Slate Flooring : 

The Contractor is to furnish and lay all slate to be used 
for flooring. The slate must be of the best grade, two inches 
(2") thick, possessing high insulating qualities and entirely 
free from cracks, metallic veins and other defects. 

Each slab must be perfectly square with one-quarter inch 
iji") bevel on the four top edges and lifting holes must be 
drilled in each slab. 



I30 

The slabs must be laid in such a manner that there shall 
be no open cracks and so that each will be perfectly level 
and have a solid bearing, making the rocking of the slab 
impossible. 

The Contractor is to furnish and erect the 4" I beams 
and channels for supporting the slate flooring on the first 
floor. 



ELECTRIC ELEVATOR WORK. 

90. Electric Elevator Work: 

The Contractor shall comply with the corporation or- 
dinances, State and other laws, and rules of the City Depart- 
ment and shall procure all necessary permits in connection 
with the work and pay all fees for same. 

The Contractor shall furnish all tools, derricks, scaffold, 
planks, runs, etc., and all necessary mechanical appliances, 
including all drawings, templates, etc. ; and all measurements 
shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. 

All material and apparatus of every kind and description 
shall be of the best quality and shall be approved by the Company 
before being installed. 

All work necessary for the complete installation of the 
apparatus shall be executed in a thorough, substantial and 
workmanlike manner, to the entire satisfaction of the Com- 
pany. 

The Contractor must properly protect his work from in- 
jury and shall remove all dirt made by him at the completion 
of the work. 

The Contractor shall provide all necessary instruments 
and make such tests before the Company's representative as 
may be deemed necessary to show the proper fulfillment of 
the requirements of the specifications. 

The hoisting machines shall consist of drum gearing, 
motor and drum and shall be mounted on a heavy cast iron bed- 
plate, and shall be securely fastened to its foundations. Gears 



131 

shall be extra heavy and the winding drum shall be accurately 
turned and grooved for the cables. 

Thrust bearings shall run in babbitted boxes and be pro- 
vided with automatic lubricators. 

All connections liable to work loose shall be provided 
with an approved locking device. 

Motor shall be wound for 250 volts and of highest effi- 
ciency, provided with self-oiling bearings, and shall be direct 
connected with the hoisting machines. 

Foundations and supports for the elevator engines are 
to be provided. 

All guides for' the car and counterweight shall be of steel, 
and the overhead sheaves shall be of heavy cast iron, with the 
shafts running in babbitted boxes, provided with lubricators and 
■drip pans. 

The elevators shall be provided with upper and lower 
limit switches that will apply the brake and stop the car at 
the upper and lower landings. Each machine shall have a 
safety brake arranged to apply the instant the circuit is open. 

Speed governors must be placed at the top of the elevator 
shafts and safeties placed under the cars in connection with 
these governors designed to operate from any excessive speed 
of the cars no matter what may be the cause, and to bring the 
cars to a stop gradually and smoothly. 

A slack cable device shall be installed to automatically 
stop the machine in case the car is obstructed in any manner 
in its descent. 

The Contractor shall guarantee every part of the ap- 
paratus to be free from defects in material and workmanship, 
and shall replace any part showing structural defects within 
twelve months from date of completion. 

The lighting fixtures in the cars are to be furnished, also 
the drop from center of shaft to light in cars. The wiring for 
the elevator engines and for the light in cars to be done by 
smother contractor. 



132 

There will be as follows : 

One passenger elevator to travel from the basement to 
the sixth mezzanine floor, inclusive, a height of 102 feet (ap- 
proximate). 

Two freight elevators to travel from the basement to the 
third floor, inclusive, a height of 90 feet (approximate). 

The passenger elevator shall be capable of lifting a load 
of 2,500 lbs., at a speed of 300 feet per minute, exclusive of 
the weight of car, cables, etc. 

The freight elevators shall be capable of lifting a load of 
4,500 lbs., at a speed of 200 feet per minute, exclusive of the 
weight of car, cables, etc. 

The Contractor shall allow four hundred dollars ($400) 
for passenger elevator car; this price not to include car up- 
rights, crosshead, safety or platform. The freight elevator 
cars shall be wainscoted in crimped sheet iron on two sides 
to a height of four feet, and provided with durable grille work 
above, and wire screen over the top of car, all to be strongly- 
built and well braced. The cars are to be as large as size of 
hatchways will permit, which are approximately 7' 6" x 7' 6"' 
for passenger elevator and 6' x 7' and 6' 6" x 8' for freight ele- 
vators. The freight and passenger elevators shall be operated 
by electric control having switch in cars so that the cars can 
be brought to a gradual stop without shock or jar. 

The elevator cars shall be provided with automatic push 
button indicator boxes and indicator dials are to be furnished 
on front of elevator shafts at each landing ; the indicator dials 
and box for passenger car and elevator shaft shall be orna- 
mental in design, and all dials and boxes shall be properly 
adjusted and connected. 

Each elevator is to be equipped with not less than six 
wire cables of Roebling or other approved make. 

The Contractor is to furnish the steel gratings under the 
overhead sheaves of elevators and the protecting shields 
around counterweights at tops of shafts shall be of such size 
and construction as approved by the Bureau of Buildings. 



ELECTRIC WIRING, CONDUITS, FIXTURES, ETC. 

91. General: 

This installation will comprise two separate divisions, 
which will be maintained in separate and distinct systems of 
tubing, panel boards, etc., throughout the entire building, as 
follows : 

(a) Incandescent and arc lighting will be on the Edison 
three-wire system, direct current, at 240 volts across the out- 
side wires and 120 volts between either outside and the neutral 
wire. 

(b) The power circuits will be two-wire, direct current, 
at 240 volts. 

Both of these systems shall be supplied with current from 
the service, the storage battery or the exciter bus bars, with 
switches so arranged that the feed may be thrown onto either 
of the three sources at will. 

The entire system of light and power throughout the 
building shall be controlled from a main distributing switch- 
board to be located on the first (or main) floor, as shown on 
the plans, and supplied with current as above described. 
From this switchboard, feeders are to be carried to the various 
panel boards located where shown on the plans, in the base- 
ment and on each floor. From these centers of distribution, 
circuits are to be run to feed the individual outlets for light 
and power throughout each floor. 

All conductors throughout this installation, whether 
cables, wires, bus bars, or switches, shall be of amply suffi- 
cient cross section to carry the load imposed upon them, with- 
out undue heating; and the Contractor shall guarantee all 
such conductors to be of the said suiflcient cross section and 
shall replace at his own expense any part showing defects in 
this particular within six months from date of completion. 

All cables and wires shall be run in iron conduit tubing 
of the loricated manufacture and all outlet boxes shall be of 
standard type, approved by the Company. 



134- 

Standard pull boxes of an approved type shall be used 
where possible, but where special pull boxes are required, the 
same shall be approved by the Company before bemg m- 
stalled. Location of pull boxes shall also be approved by the 
Company. 

All conduits, outlet boxes and pull boxes throughout the 
engine room, office galleries, electrical galleries, first floor and 
entrance lobby of engine house and locker and toilet rooms 
in vault under the sidewalk, shall be concealed. This work 
shall be buried in walls, floors and beam-covering, so that the 
entire job will give a first-class appearance. In general, these 
conduits in floors shall be run above the floor beams, buried 
in the floor filling and bend through the arch, with the outlet 
box placed in the center of the arch. 

In some cases in the above mentioned localities, it may 
become necessary to place outlet boxes on the beams instead 
of in the arches, although the beams are not to be covered 
with masonry. The conduit leading to such a box shall be 
run along under the center of the flange of the beam, parallel 
thereto, and neatly secured with clamps. If any such cases 
as here described occur, anywhere throughout the installa- 
tion, the work shall be performed by the Contractor without 
any extra charge to the Company. 

In the toilet and locker rooms in the vaults under side- 
walks, where a tile finish is to be put on, all ceiling lights shall 
be placed upon the beams. To reach these, the conduit shall 
be buried in the beam covering. It shall be run out from the 
wall under the center of the beam flange, parallel therewith 
and clamped thereto. 

In the basements of engine house and boiler house, boiler 
rooms, around and above the coal pockets and in the coal 
tower on the bulkhead, the conduits, outlet boxes, etc., will 
be exposed under floor beams, but buried in walls. It is de- 
sirable that they shall be concealed even in these localities, 
and the Contractor will therefore use every endeavor to con- 
ceal the work as above described wherever possible even 



135 

though it is not indicated in the plans or described in the 
specifications as concealed work. 

The locations shown for switchboards and panel boards., 
are fairly accurate, but ceiling outlets are always to be placed 
either on beams or in center of arches, as above described, ak 
though the scale might indicate otherwise. 

The layout of conduits, however, is only diagrammatic, 
it being left to the Contractor to run conduits in the best and 
most convenient manner. For instance, the conduit may be 
run in any direction through walls or across floors to make 
the shortest and easiest run, if it is to be covered with mason- 
ry or cement, etc., when finished ; but, where exposed ' on 
under side of beams or the like, in basements, boiler rooms, 
over coal pockets, and in coal tower, the work must be care- 
fully executed and neatly put up. Conduits thus exposed 
shall run straight, and either parallel to or perpendicular to: 
beams, with ninety-degree bends, and all shall be disposed as 
symmetrically as possible. 

No boxes or conduits are to be secured to the columns or 
beams with bolts; clamps must be used in all cases. Drilling 
of beams or columns will not be permitted under any circum- 
stances. Furthermore, it is desirable that the work shall be 
pushed ahead of all mason work, to avoid the necessity of 
cutting into finished floors or walls. 

The wiring plans do not show the complete station equip- 
ment to be installed in the building. It is, therefore, necessary' 
that the Contractor and his foreman on the job shall familiar- 
ize themselves with the architect's and various other plans for 
steam heating, cable duct work, switchboard work, battery 
work, machinery and boiler layouts, etc., to avoid placing the 
conduits, outlets, etc., in such locations that they will inter- 
fere with said work as laid out, which would thereby necessi- 
tate their being moved. 

If the Contractor is in doubt as to the location of any 
such apparatus, fixtures or machinery, he shall apply to the 
Company for positive information, 



136 

If, on account of the failure of the Contractor to locate 
his electrical material in accordance with the above, it be- 
comes necessary to move conduits, outlets, etc., the same shall 
be done by the Contractor without any extra charge to the 
Company. 

AH material, apparatus, etc., of every description, called 
for in these specifications and drawings, shall be of the best 
quality and shall be approved by the Company before being 
installed. 

All work necessary for the complete installation of the 
apparatus, etc., shall be executed in a thorough, substantial 
and workmanlike manner to the entire satisfaction of the 
Company. 

The Contractor shall guarantee all work in this system to 
be free from defects and shall replace any material showing 
such defects within six months after completion thereof. 

All wires for the branch circuits shall be run on the loop 
system. All fuses shall be placed on the panel boards and 
main switchboard, and they shall all be of the Sachs Noark 
enclosed pattern, type "C," or equal thereto. 

The arc lamps shall be controlled from the same panel 
boards as the incandescent lamps, and each arc lamp shall be 
on a separate branch circuit. 

The laws, rules and regulations of the Department of 
Water Supply, Gas and Electricity, and the New York Board 
of Fire Underwriters, regulating this class of work must be 
complied with, and the Contractor must furnish the Com- 
pany with the usual certificates of inspection as to the wiring 
and fixtures from these respective Departments before the 
work will be accepted. 

The Contractor is to supply and erect all panel boards, 
switches, conduits, outlet and pull boxes, hangers, wires, 
cables, fixtures, heaters, etc., and all labor for erecting same 
to make the entire job complete in all its details, as called for 
in these drawings and specifications, to the complete satis- 
faction of the Company. 



The Contractor is not to supply or erect the main lighting 
and power switchboard, nor the feeds to same from the ser- 
vice, the station bus bars and battery. These will be supplied 
and installed by the Company. He shall supply and install 
complete the entire system of conduits, wires, etc., including 
every detail, from the lighting and power switchboard to the 
fixtures, motors, etc., and including the fixtures, but not the 
motors. 

The specifications are intended to include everything ne- 
cessary to completely finish the work, and the Contractor is to 
supply all labor, materials and appliances necessary to ac- 
complish that result, whether or not hereinafter set forth in 
detail, so as to make a thoroughly and completely finished 
job in every respect. 

All the work described in these specifications or shown 
on the drawings is to be executed to the true intent and mean- 
ing of said specifications and drawings. It is further stip- 
ulated that these specifications and drawings are intended to 
supplement each other, so that any work shown in the draw- 
ings and not described in the specifications, or vice versa, is 
to be executed as if it were described in the specifications and 
set forth in the drawings. 

As the work progresses, some other details may become 
necessary, for which the Contractor shall apply to the Com- 
pany. 

92. Switchboard : 

The main switchboard for feeding and controlling the 
light and power circuit for this building shall be arranged 
with the switches for the light and power grouped separately, 
with separate meters for each group. All, however, will be 
fed from the same sef of bus bars. Each lighting feeder shall 
have a triple pole, single throw knife switch and each power 
feeder a double pole, single throw knife switch. 

As it is at present undecided as to whether the conduits 
will come in at the top or bottom of the main lighting and 



i3^ 

flower switchboard, the Contractor shall apply to the Com- 
pany for accurate information on this point before finally 
arranging for securing these conduits in their places. 

This switchboard, as stated above, will be furnished and 
erected by the Company. 

93. Panel Boards: 

Wherever it is possible, panel boards shall be buried in 
the walls of the building to make a first-class job of conctealed 
work. 

All panel boards that are thus buried in the walls shall 
be incased in wooden boxes lined with sheet iron, having a 
gutter at least three inches wide, and a slate lining surround- 
ing the panel ; they shall be supplied with a trim and a door as 
hereinafter specified. All boxes that are thus buried shall be 
set so that the front edges of the boxes will come flush with the 
finished wall and the trim will lap over on the face of wall. 

All panel boards that must be exposed on the face of 
walls or on columns, in such places as the coal bunker floor, 
and in the coal tower on the bulkhead, shall be indased in 
cast iron or sheet iron boxes. They shall each have a slate 
lining around the panel, a slate lining on the inside of the 
door and a gutter at least 3 inches wide on all four sides of 
the panel. 

Each panel shall have fuses and switches in the main 
leads and fuses and switches in each branch circuit. They 
shall be fed from taps taken off the main feeder ; that is, in no 
case is a feeder to be run through the bus bars of one panel on 
its way to a more distant panel. Such a feeder shall be run 
around the gutter and taps taken from it into the bus bars of 
the panel. Or it may be run directly into the bus bars of the 
panel through the main switch and fuses and a tap taken off 
below the main switch, on the face of the panel, as a sub- 
feed to a more distant panel. Fuses shall be placed in these 
branch leads. 



139 

Each panel-board shall have the number of branch circuit 
switches called for on the plans and schedtile. 

Each panel-board shall have numbers placed on every 
switch and corresponding numbers on a schedule of circuits; 
This schedule shall be placed on the face of panel, in boxes 
with glass doors, or on the inside of the door in iron boxes. 
It shall be made in the form of card holders so that the cards 
will be removable and the face of the card shall be covered 
by a piece of mica or celluloid. 

As the feed to all the turbine lights and boiler room 
lights will be in duplicate, the lugs provided for the feeds on 
the panels controlling such lights must be arranged to receive 
the two feeds. 

All small terminal lugs may be cast composition, copper 
plated and polished, but where currents of over loo, amperes 
are to be handled the lugs are to be of pure cast copper and 
polished. 

These panel-boards shall all be made exactly in accordance 
with the Company's standard drawings for same. The trim 
for these panel-boards shall also be made from the Company's 
drawings and shall correspond with the surrounding finish. 
In the offices, the electric galleries, the entrance lobby and 
the toilet and locker rooms in the vaults under sidewalk, the 
trim will be of copper and bronze, which will be supplied by 
the masonry Contractor. The trim on the panel boxes in the 
basement of engine house, the entire Boiler House and the coal 
tower on pier shall be neatly made of iron with strong hinged 
doors and suitable catches, to be approved by the Company. 

94. Switches : 

All the switches on these boards are to be carefully and 
substantially constructed of the best material throughout and 
are to be of a design approved by the Company. They are to 
be strongly put together with good contact surfaces and cross 
section of conductors as specified below, and well and thor- 
oughly secured to the bases upon which they are mounted. 



140 

Particular attention shall be given to the handles and yokes 
that they shall be thoroughly and strongly secured to the 
blades by suitable bolts and studs. The clip blocks are to be 
of sufficient thickness to securely hold the clips, and said clips 
when set in place, shall not only be sweated in, but also secured 
with riveted pins. All the switches shall be well lined up, 
both vertically and horizontally. The blades shall enter the 
clips true and square and make proper contact. 

All switches must operate smoothly and easily, and in 
every respect must have a first-class finish. 

Switch handles are to be of hard wood, black japanned, 
for large switches, and of black fiber for switches of 50 
amperes capacity and under. 

All exposed metal parts of the switches and panels 
throughout the entire installation shall be highly polished and 
burnished, and finished in a first-class manner, so as to give 
the best possible appearance, except in the coal tower on pier, 
and in the coal pockets and ash rooms in the Boiler House 
In these places they may have a plain finish. 

All switches throughout this entire installation shall be 
made in accordance with the Company's standard drawings. 

95. Copper: 

In the construction of these switches, switchboards and 
panel-boards, wrought copper shall be used wherever possible, 
and this shall be high grade cold rolled bar copper of not less 
than 98 per cent, conductivity. Where it becomes necessary 
to use castings, these shall be of the purest cast copper with- 
out blow-holes, sand-holes or defects of any kind and shall be 
of at least 65 per cent, conductivity. 

All the rolled copper for these switchboards shall be fig- 
ured on the following basis: In cross section the current 
density shall not exceed 1,000 amperes per square inch ; sliding 
contact surfaces shall not exceed 75 amperes per square inch ; 
bolted contact surfaces shall not exceed 150 amperes per 
square inch ; sweated contact surfaces shall not exceed 250 



141 

amperes per square inch. Current density for cast copper in 
cross section shall not exceed 600 amperes per square inch. 

The foregoing will hold good not only on the main switch- 
board, but also on all panel-boards throughout the entire in- 
stallation. 

96. Fuses and Circuit Breakers: 

All fuses shall be Sachs "Noark" enclosed fuses, type "C," 
or equal thereto, on all switchboards and panel-boards, unless 
otherwise called for on the plans. Fuses shall be used on all 
switches up to and including 400 amperes capacity. The 
metal parts of fuses are to be polished in all panels except 
those in basement of Engine House, the entire Boiler House, 
and the pier. 

Above 400 amperes, circuit breakers shall be used, of a 
type which shall be approved by the Company. 

97. Slate : 

All slate supplied on this job for switchboard or any other 
electrical purpose shall be of the best grade and entirely free 
from cracks, metallic veins and other defects. It must possess 
high insulating qualities, which will be determined by the pur- 
chaser in the following manner: 

After the slate has been drilled and is ready to receive the 
switch or other parts to be mounted on same, a resistance 
measurement will be made between any two holes, which must 
measure not less than one megohm. This test applies to all 
holes through the slate that are one inch or more apart. 

Wherever a certain finish is specified, it shall be under- 
stood to mean that face, chamfers and edges shall be so fin- 
ished ; and it must be perfectly smooth with a high polish and 
thoroughly baked on. 

The finish on all the slate shall be such as will harmonize 
with adjacent conditions, as approved by the Company. 

In furnishing slate in which certain drilling is specified, 
the inside surface of all holes and the back of the slate must 



142 

have one coat of high grade black insulating varnish or paint. 

Slate furnished with drilling and switches mounted there- 
on must first be treated as above, then thoroughly baked for 
At least 36 hours before the switches are mounted. In mount- 
ing the switches, all heads and nuts of holding screws or bolts 
on the back of the slate must be let into counter-bores and the 
counter-bores filled flush with an insulating compound which 
will not become soft, or in any way change its form, at tem- 
peratures up to 100" C. 

In furnishing the slate, it is understood that the Contractor 
guarantees that same shall conform to these specifications in 
every particular, and if on test the slate is found not to con- 
form to the specifications in any one or more details, the pur- 
chaser reserves the option of replacing the defective slate at 
the expense of the Contractor or returning to the Contractor 
the defective slate with whatever may be mounted thereon or 
intended to be used with the same. All expenses of trans- 
portation, handling and boxing because of failure to meet 
specifications, to be borne by the Contractor. 

98. Conduits : 

No branch circuit conduits are to be less than %-inch 
loricated tubing. Each circuit shall be run in a separate tube, 
•except in certain special cases, which will be determined by the 
Company's Engineer. 

The sizes of all the other conduits are marked upon the 
plans and these sizes are to be installed as called for. 

The conduits for the feed cables from the service, the bat- 
tery and station bus bars to the lighting and power switch- 
boards will be supplied and installed by the Company. 

Conduits are to be installed for telephones as called for on 
the plans, but no wires are to be run in them under this 
contract. There will be about forty outlets on the telephone 
circuits. 



143 
99- Wires and Cables : 

No branch circuit wires shall be smaller than No. 12 B. 
& S. gauge. The sizes of all feeders and risers are marked on 
the plans and these sizes shall be installed as called for. 

The feed cables from the battery service and station bus 
bars to the lighting and power switchboard will be supplied 
.and installed by the Company. 

The lighting feeders will be three-wire throughout and 
the branches two-wire. The power feeders and branches will 
be two-wire throughout. 

The wiring throughout this installation shall be in ac- 
cordance with the following: 

All wire and cable shall be of the very best rubber-cov- 
ered moisture-proof insulation, of either Habirshaw, Grim- 
shaw, Okonite, Bishop, Roebling or of any other manufacture 
equally as good and must conform in every particular, wire, 
insulation and covering, to the specifications of the National 
Electrical Code. They shall also be in accordance with the 
rules of the Board of Fire Underwriters, in that all wire and 
■cable drawn in iron conduit tubing shall be double cotton 
covered. The following are exceptions to this: 

The feeds to the main lighting and power switchboard 
shall be lead-covered cables. Any cable larger than 500,000 
C. M. may be braided station cable rubber insulated, unless it 
IS run below the floor of the basement, in which case it shall 
"be lead-covered and waterproof. 

All wires and cables that are run below the basement 
floor level shall be lead-covered and waterproof. 

Wherever circuits run in close proximity to steam pipes, 
boilers, engines, ash chutes, heater rooms or in any place 
where the temperature exceeds 125" Fahrenheit the wires and 
cables composing such circuits shall be asbestos covered, mois- 
ture proof wire of the best quality. This wire shall be used 
throughout the Boiler House and the basements, and on the 
turbines. 



144 

loo. Heaters : 

The Contractor shall supply and install electric heaters of 
2,000 watts capacity where located on the plans. These heat- 
ers shall be connected to the 240-volt power circuits, two in 
series. 

The electric heaters shall be controlled from panel-boards, 
which in every case will be separate from the lighting panels. 

loi. Fixtures: 

In making his proposal, the Contractor shall allow Six 
thousand dollars ($6,000.00) for fixtures. This allowance shall 
include the following: 

Arc lamp brackets in engine room. 

Arc lamp brackets and posts, on coal tower and bulkhead.. 

Electroliers at entrance to building. 

Dome lights. 

One-light pendants. 

Three-light pendants. 

Six-light pendants. 

Wall brackets. 

Flexible arm brackets on boilers, etc. 

Special wall brackets in vestibule. 

Special show-window pendants in front of switchboards- 
Special four-light battery room pendants. 

Special three-light wall boxes, glass front. 

The arc lamp brackets called for around the sides of the 
engine room shall be ornamental bronze plated brackets. The 
height of these brackets from the floor is shown approximately 
on the plans. 

The arc lamps in the boiler rooms and over the coal 
bunkers shall be hung from the beams on hooks in a good 
snibstantial manner. Where they are in a position to be con- 
veniently reached from platforms, they may be hung directly 
on the hook; but, in all other cases they shall be provided with 
pulley and cord so that they may be lowered for trimming. 



145 

The arc lamps on the coal tower shall be hung from suit- 
able standard wrought iron pipe brackets, with pulley and 
cord where necessary. Standard arc lamp posts shall be used. 

At the main entrance of the building, two bronze electrol- 
iers of ornamental design are to be erected, each to carry a 
cluster of incandescent lamps. 

The dome lights called for in the vestibule and elevators 
shall be the standard countersunk dome light fixture with 
ground or opalescent shade, bronze finish. 

All one-light pendants called for shall be securely hung 
from the beams or center of arches with yi-'mch brass pipe, 
canopy and white enameled iron shade. No drop cords shall 
be used. The height of these pendants shall be about eight 
feet from the floor unless otherwise directed by the Company. 
Over the boilers, loricated tubing shall be used instead of the 
brass pipe. 

Three-light and six-light pendants shall be similar to the 
one-light pendants except that they shall have three and six 
lights in a cluster, heavier brass pipe and larger enameled iron 
shades, respectively. 

All wall brackets called for shall be well secured to the 
wall outlet boxes at a height of about 6' 6" from the floor or 
stair landings, and shall be of a neat bronze pattern with 
canopy and key socket. 

Flexible brackets on the boilers, over boiler feed pumps, 
etc., shall be made of waterproof flexible tubing of the proper 
length, and shall have waterproof sockets, and asbestos cov- 
ered wire, as specified for high temperatures. 

The special wall brackets called for in the vestibule shall 
be of an ornamental design in bronze. The height of these 
brackets from the floor will be given on the architectural plans. 
■ The special pendants called for in front of switchboards 
shall be show-window pendants with sufficient brass or bronze 
pipe drops to properly support the frame which carries the 
gang of lamps. The casing of this fixture is arranged so as to 
throw the light on the switchboard through a ground glass 



146 

front and protect the eyes of the operator from the direct rays of 
light. 

The four-light pendants called for in the battery room 
shall be the Faries porcelain cluster, four-light, with enameled 
sheet iron reflector, hung on loricated tubing from a ceiling 
outlet box, and shall be made as shown on the Company's 
standard drawings. 

The special three-light wall box in pump room and ash 
room sliall be a cast iron box, containing three lamp sockets 
and designed to be set into the wall or on a column between 
the , flanges. It shall be made as shown on the Company's 
drawing. 

All individual switches where shown on a line to a lamp 
or set of lamps shall be flush push-button switches of a stand- 
ard make, such as the Hart Switch Company, or equal thereto. 

The wall receptacles called for in the basement of the 
Engine House, in the Boiler House, in the vaults, etc., shall be 
the iron box receptacles containing a socket for single lamp 
or lamp cord. The ceiling receptacles in the same location 
will be of the same type. 

Where baseboard receptacles are wanted in the various 
offices, they shall be the standard type of flush washboard re- 
ceptacles with plug such as is made by the Hart Switch Com- 
pany, or .equal thereto, and shall be located as directed by the 
Company's Engineer. 

Where floor receptacles are wanted, same shall be located 
as the floor is being laid, under the direction of the Company's 
Engineer. These floor receptacles shall be the standard 
Chapman type,, or equal thereto. 

On the girders in the engine room, the 8-candle-power in- 
candescent laiTjps called for shall be held in keyless sockets 
properly secured to said girders so, that the lamp will extend 
through the sheet iron moulding which shall be furnished and 
placed upon the girders by the Contractor. 

The fixtures on the working circuits shall be receptacles 
similar in design to the Chapman floor receptacles, but ar- 
ranged in waterproof outlet boxes through which the circuit 



H7 

may pass on the loop system in the same manner that it 
does through the ordinary outlet box. They shall be made as 
shown on the Company's drawing. 

When any of the above fixtures are called for on the plans 
as "waterproof," they must be thoroughly and entirely deserv- 
ing of that description. They will not be accepted by the 
Company unless they are perfectly waterproof. 

All material and fixtures throughout the entire building 
shall be of the best quality and workmanship, and shall be 
approved by the Company before being installed, as herein 
specified. 

The Contractor is to . furnish no arc nor incandescent 
lamps. These will all be furnished by the Company. 

I02. Power Lines: 

On the power lines, the Contractor shall wire to all the 
motors shown and called for on the plans in the entire build- 
ing, as well as in the coal and ash tower on the bulkhead. 
These comprise ventilating fans for battery room, etc., eleva- 
tor motors, ash trolley, ash hoist,- ash conveyor, coal conveyor, 
coal hoist, machine shop, cranes, etc; In the case of the trolley 
road in the basement of Boiler House- for handling of ashes 
and the cranes above the turbines, the Contractor shall furnish 
and erect everything pertaining to the supply of current to this 
installation, excepting the trolley wire, supports, and protect- 
ing covers for same. At the end of the line, in each case he 
shall furnish a fused switch in a panel box just before reaching 
said trolley wires. 

In the case of the elevator, he shall run his leads to and 
connect to the line switch furnished by the elevator Contractor 
on the elevator motor starting mechanism. 

In all other cases, he shall run his lines to and connect to 
the line switch provided with the motor starting apparatus, 
and run the line in conduit; from the starting apparatus to the 
motor. 



14^ 

The Contractor shall, however, furnish no motors nor 
starting apparatus. , 

103. Engine Room : 

The lighting of the engine room is to be accomplished by 
arc lamps hung from the walls on brackets, and by incandes- 
cent lamps placed upon the roof girders. These arc lamps 
will be controlled from panel-boards conveniently located on 
the wall of the engine room proper, where shown. 

The girder lights will be 8-candle power lamps, spaced 
about eighteen inches apart, forty per girder. These lamps 
will be controlled from a panel-board on the sixth mezzanine. 
The location of this board is shown upon the plans. 

The engine room basement will have incandescent lamp 
outlets distributed around in the locations called for, including 
the vault in front of the engine room, and controlled from 
panel-boards as shown on the plans. 

104. Turbine Lighting : 

Each turbine generator is to have an individual panel- 
board for controlling the lights, mounted upon the wall near 
the machine. Each turbine will have about eighty incandes- 
cent lamps, distributed over the apparatus in locations called 
for on the drawings. 

105. Engine Room Monitor: 

This shall be lighted by incandescent lamps, the control 
of which will be included in the panel on the sixth mezzanine. 

106. Battery Room: 

The lighting of the battery room shall be done by special 
four-light clusters with enameled sheet iron shades, hung 
from the ceiling arches by loricated tubing from outlet boxes 
secured thereto. The conduit leading to these boxes will be 
run above the ceiling beams and bend through the arches. 



149 

107. Electric Sigjsi : 

The electric sign on the roof shall have about five hundred 
8-candle power incandescent lamps, controlled from a panel 
on the sixth mezzanine. 

108. Electric Galleries and Office Galleries : 

In the electric galleries and offices, incandescent lamps 
and working receptacles are to be installed as called for on the 
plans, especial care being taken to see that lamps are located 
exactly in the right places around D. C. and A. C. switch- 
boards, oil switches and in offices. And the Contractor shall 
consult the Company's Engineer finally on locations of these 
lamps just before placing the outlets, to make sure that no 
changes have been made in the plans. 

log. Stair and Elevator Lights: 

On each landing of the stairs, a one-light bracket is to be 
installed. Each elevator is to have a three-light dome fixture. 
These circuits will be controlled from the panel-boards on 
the lower floors nearest to the stairs and elevators upon which 
they are located. 

no. Boiler Room, First Floor: 

Arc lamps will be hung in main aisles opposite each pas- 
sageway between boilers. Incandescent lamps on flexible arm 
brackets carrying one light each shall be placed at the water 
gauge glasses and one at each steam gauge. One-light pend- 
ants shall be hung where called for above the boiler drums, 
and outlets on the working circuit distributed around the boil- 
ers and behind them in locations called for on plans. These 
lamps will be controlled from five panel-boards, as shown. 

III. Boiler Room, Second Floor: 

The lighting in this floor is a duplicate of that in the first 
floor, excepting in regard to the lighting on the stairs. 



I50 

112. Boiler House, Third Floor: 

This floor will be lighted with arc and incandescent lamps 
located as shown on the plans. A number of working outlets 
are also to be placed as directed by the Company's Engineer. 
These will all be controlled from two panel-boards in locations 
called for. 

113. Boiler House Monitors and Coal Pockets: 

The monitor passageways will be lighted with incandes- 
cent lamps and have a few working outlets. 

Arc lamps shall be hung over the coal pockets as shown 
on the plans, and all shall be controlled from the panel-boards 
located on that floor. 

114. Coal Tower on Bulkhead: 

Arc lamps shall be hung on the outside of the coal tower 
at each corner, and on outriggers over the water, sufficiently 
long to hold the lamp over the middle of a coal barge lying 
along the bulkhead. These outriggers, or "mast-arms," as they 
are usually termed, shall be so hung and pivoted that they may 
be swung down for trimming the lamps from the bulkhead, 
and also may be swung up against the tower, so as to clear the 
masts and rigging of a boat passing close by. 

There shall be a few arc lamps up in the coal tower and 
incandescent lamps around the various engines and motors. 
Also incandescent lamps shall be mounted out on the boom 
overhanging the river. All of these lamps that overhang the 
river shall be so guarded and shaded that the light from them 
shall not shine upwards into the eyes of the operator in the 
tower above, but the rays of light shall be directed down- 
wards into the coal barge and onto the traveling bucket. 

Incandescent lamps shall be placed also on the bridge be- 
tween the coal tower and the Boiler House, all as shown on 
the plans. 



151 

115. Bulkhead Lights : 

On the bulkhead between the building and the coal towers, 
arc lamps shall be located as shown on the plans. These arc 
lamps shall be carried upon suitable standard arc lamp posts. 

116. Note on Number of Lights, Fixtures, Etc. : 

The Contractor will be required to wire to the outlets, 
lamps, fixtures, boxes, etc., on the following schedule, but 
should there be a few more or less on account of changes 
determined upon at a later date, the extra charges, or rebate, 
as the case may be, for such changes shall be adjusted between 
the Contractor and the Company, before the work is per- 
formed. 



I ^ ' ■ 




WIRING DIAGRAM STATION LIGHTING. 






i«1 



— -lirjiia::: 




liii 






ritaii 

li Pi 



:^ 



III 
lltll 

if 



PLAN BOILER HOUSE LIGHTING. 



154 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for the 

COAL AND ASH HANDLING 
MACHINERY 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the West 
by 1st Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. Being 
a part of contract dated January 2, igo6, between the 
Mead-Morrison Manufacturing Company, Contractors,, 
and The New York Edison Company. 



I. General Description OF THE Work : 

The work to be furnished under this contract consists 
of:— 

A. All the machinery for two unloading towers, includ- 
ing boom, bucket, hoisting and trolley engines, sheaves, hinge, 
cables, guys, crusher and motor, gates and operating mechan- 
isms and all apparatus which goes to make up a complete 
tower. 

B. The complete machinery for one ash conveyor, in- 
cluding buckets, links, loaders, trippers, drivers, traction and 
sprocket wheels, rails, hangers, guides and all other mechan- 
isms necessary for a complete conveyor. 

C. The complete machinery for two endless rope cable 
roads, including driving m.echanisms, cars, grips, trippers. 



155 

cables, sheaves, takeups, idlers, bearings, track, ties, scales, 
fillers and all other mechanisms necessary to a complete cable 
road. 

D. The complete machinery for one ash railroad, includ- 
ing three (3) electric storage battery locomotives, cars, track, 
ties and switches, etc. 

The Contractor is to install same as specified, excepting 
the track, ties and switches, etc., for the ash railroad, provid- 
ing all bolts and other necessary fastenings. 

2. Work to be Furnished by the Company : 

The Company will provide all necessary excavations, 
fovindations, structural steel supports and certain hopper and 
chute work as noted on the drawings, also the steam, exhaust 
and drip connections to all engines, the wiring and cable con- 
nections to the starting boxes of all motors and from the start- 
ing boxes to the motors, inclusive of the necessary switchboard 
construction. The Company will cover the sides and roof of the 
steel structure and will build the ash railroad, the Contractor 
to furnish all of the material therefor, as herein specified. 

3. Coal Handling Towers: 

The towers are to be of the "two man" type, fitted with 
two-drum, direct connected bucket engines, single drum, direct- 
connected trolley engines, automatic bucket, hinged boom with 
galvanized steel rope supporting guys and manila side guys 
and single roll swinging block crushers with belt and motor 
drive. 

4. Direct Acting Bucket Engine: 

The design and dimensions of this engine, will be sub- 
stantially as follows : 

This engine will be double, having cylinders 14" diameter 
by 24" stroke, with two drums 24" diameter on the crank shaft. 




' . ■ J.ujjjjjllJri s;5»" 



GENERAL ARRANGEMENT COAL TOWERS. 




COAU TRACKS AND TOWERS. 




PERSPECTIVE OF COAL TOWERS. 



159 

Each drum will be provided with a suitable leather covered 
•conical friction surface, engaging a corresponding surface in 
the adjacent side of the friction member centrally located on 
the crank shaft between the drums. 

Each drum will be lagged on the wearing surface with 
54" steel, and provided with a suitable clamp for securing the 
end of the hoisting rope, and an oil reservoir for lubrication. 
The central friction member will be ribbed or otherwise so 
designed as to have a large radiating surface to dissipate the 
lieat generated in lowering the bucket. All mechanism for 
throwing the friction members into and out of engagement 
are to be of ample proportions, having means for adjustment 
and lubrication, those parts, subject to wear to be readily ac- 
cessible and easy of renewal. 

5. Bucket Engine Details: 

The crank shaft will be of hammered steel. The connect- 
ing rods will be of steel, forged and finished all over, having 
solid ends with adjustable bronze boxes. The piston rods will 
be steel, threaded and screwed into the crossheads a;nd secured 
by checknuts. They will have taper fit 3"-i' in the pistons, 
and secured with piston nuts having suitable locking device, 

The pistons will be of one piece, cored, with suitable rings. 
Crossheads will, be of the locomotive type — inverted. Reci- 
procating parts will be counterbalanced to prevent vibration. 
Valve motion will be generously proportioned, having large 
wearing surfaces.- A balanced "D" valve will be used. Frame 
is to be heavy and strong, well braced and ribbed. An auto- 
matic brake capable of sustaining the load at all points, will 
be provided to prevent backing down of the engine. 

6. Direct Acting Trolley Engine: 

This engine will be double, having cylinders 12" diameter 
by 15" stroke, with one drum on the crank shaft 12" diameter. 
This drum will have a suitable friction on one end and a hand 
brake on the other, controlled by the trolley man. The de- 



i6o 

tails of this engine will be similar to those of the bucket en- 
gine. 

7. Weights and Dimensions: 

The weight of the bucket and trolley engines combined 
is to be not over 19 tons; the extreme length of the bucket 
engine i4'-o J4" ; the outside width of frame 9'-6" ; width out- 
side to outside of cylinders i3'-o". 

8. Auxiliaries : 

All engines of whatever size will be provided with the 
necessary wrenches, oil cups, drain cocks and lever connec- 
tions for working same. A 4" Sullivan valve for the bucket 
engine and a 2" chronometer valve for the trolly engine will 
be furnished. A Richardson (double) automatic sight feed 
oil pump will be furnished and connected to each bucket and 
trolley engine. 

9. Operating Gear; 

Both buckets and trolley engines will be provided with 
the necessary friction and brake levers, suitable to take con- 
nection from the operating shafts. The necessary operating 
shafts, bearings, sleeves, levers and connections, latest im- 
provements and adjustments will also be provided for both 
engines. 

10. Test : 

Each engine will be thoroughly tested before leaving tl^" 
factory and will be delivered ready for service. All parts will 
be made to jigs and templates and must be interchangeable, 
so that repair parts can be readily supplied when required. 
The material, workmanship and construction of these engines 
will be thoroughly first-class in every respect. 



i6i 

11. Automatic Bucket: 

The capacity of these buckets will be i>^ tons and they 
will weigh with the chain not over 4,800 lbs. each. The shell 
will be made of ^/s" flanged steel plate with corners of varying 
radius and furnished with heavy jaw, running all the way 
around the mouth. The hinges will be cut solid from i" steel 
plate, riveted along the upper edge of the shell. The back of 
each shell will be reinforced at the top by a heavy steel cast- 
ing, running across from side to side. The casting will be 
constructed with lugs, to which the links will be pivoted which 
connect the top head with corners of the shell. The halves of 
the shell will be pivoted to the connecting shaft, 2)4" diameter, 
which runs through the cast iron bottom head, which carries 
the chain sheaves. The links connecting the top head with 
the shell will be made of 3" diameter wrought iron. The top 
head which carries the upper sheaves will be a steel casting 
provided with a renewable fair leader, to prevent the chain 
from twisting as it is led down to the sheaves. The sheaves 
in the top head will be twisted in relation to those of the bot- 
tom head in such a manner that the chains will lead true and 
parallel between the upper and lower sets of sheaves. The 
sheaves will be bronze bushed and grooved for %" opening 
and closing chain. The holes in the hinges through which the 
pivot pin passes and all other parts of the bucket mechanism 
subjected to wear are to be provided with hardened steel 
bushings. The bucket will be furnished complete with the 
necessary amount of %" opening and closing chain and coun- 
terweights, which must not impede filling. 

12. Boom and Trolleys : 

The booms for the towers will be made of two 12" chan- 
nels, reinforced with two 8" channels, one on each side of the 
boom. The channels are to have a removable wearing strip 
on the top flanges, with countersunk bolts, so as to facilitate 
renewal. Suitable attachments will be provided on the boom 
for the fastening of the guys and a suitable railing to allow 



l62 

for easy access to the sheaves at the outer end. The boom 
hinge will be of the universal "T" type. 

The trolleys will be of the two sheave type with channel 
frame. The carrying wheels of the trolley will be approxi- 
mately id" diameter, 2j^" face, bronze bushed, running on steel 
shafts carried in solid cast iron bearings. The frame of the 
trolley will have steel wearing strips, one on each side. 

13. Sheaves: 

The sheaves at the head of the towers will be approxi- 
mately 30" in diameter, bronze bushed, counterbored, and 
fitted with large oil cup. The block will have a forged frame 
of flat steel and will be attached to the steel work of tower 
by means of forged links with suitable attachments for fasten- 
ing to the tower. 

The sheaves at outer end of the booms will be approxi- 
mately 23" in diameter, bronze bushed, with shaft carried in 
solid cast iron bearings, attached to the main members of the 
boom. The sheave will be canted so as to bring the hauling 
cable in the center of the trolley and, at the same time, have 
the return cable to the engine clear the hoisting ropes of 
shovel. Malleable iron rope guards will be furnished for both 
parts of the trolley cable. The sheaves at inner end of booms 
will be 23" diameter, bronze bushed, running on a shaft and car- 
ried in a forged frame with swinging pivoted connections to 
the structural work of tower. 

14. Cables and Guys: 

The hoisting cables will be %" diameter plow steel hoist- 
ing cable. The trolley cable will be ^" diameter plow steel 
hoisting rope. The boom guys will be %" diameter galvanized 
wire rope, attached to suitable forgings on the boom ; each 
guy will be equipped with a i" turnbuckle. The guys at the 
.upper end will be attached to a steel swivel casting with shaft 
and bearings, securely attached to the structural work of 
tower. ; The side guys for the boom will be ji" Manila rope 



1 63 

with blocks of approved make, so arranged that the boom 
can be swung to either side as may be desired. 

15. Coal Crusher: 

The coal crushers will be of the single roll, swinging 
crushing block type. The roll will be approximately 24" dia- 
meter, 30" long, made in sections, securely bolted together and 
provided with key to prevent turning on the shaft. The teeth 
will be of the non-clogging type so arranged that the teeth will 
free themselves, even when working in sticky, damp coal. The 
diameter of the roll shaft will be approximately 4", running 
in babbitted bearings, cast solid with the frame. 

A 220 V. D. C< motor of design and make satisfactory to 
the Engineer is to be installed for driving the crusher. The 
crushing of the coal will take place between the single roll and 
the swinging crushing block. This block will be 2" thick, 
heavily ribbed and cross ribbed with a renewable face 2" thick. 
Crushing block will be pivoted on a 2%" shaft, to be held to 
its work by^Cast iron weights hanging on the outer arms of 
malleable iron brackets. The face of the rolls, teeth and crush- 
ing blocks will be chilled. The gears for driving the crushers 
are to be approximately 5" face, 2" pitch. The frame of the 
Crusher is to be made of cast iron very heavy section, securely 
bolted together and made in sections so that it can be removed 
without dismantling the machine or taking it from foundation. 
The bed plate of the crusher is to be of ample thickness, cast 
in one piece. All bearings will be cast solid with the bed 
plates and bearings will be furnished with removable and ad- 
justable caps. 

16. Ash Conveyor : ' 

The : Contractor will furnish and install in the coal and ash 
structure one line of ash conveyor of the overlapping gravity 
bucket type. , This conveyor will be fed from a hopper at ap- 
proximately the ground level and wHl discharge ; into the ash 
pocket through a movable dumping block. The conveyor will 



164 

rise to the upper level of the ash pocket through the towers 
at the ends of the coal and ash structure and will be provided 
with the necessary dumping mechanism, takeups, drivers, 
guides, stops and other auxiliaries and in all the details of its. 
design shall be an exact duplicate of the coal conveyors herein 
described, except that the ash conveyor buckets will be of the 
best quality malleable iron 24" wide by about 24" long. 

A moveable dumping carriage or tripper will be provided, 
consisting of the conveyor .dumping cams, mounted in the 
carriage, together with the endless chain, idler, sprocket and 
operating hand wheels, their shafts and bearings, and the 
tightener mechanism for taking up the slack in the endless 
chain, and to be so arranged that it can be readily moved along^ 
the trackway provided for the same. Two automatic stops 
will be provided to prevent the conveyor from running back- 
wards in case the current is cut off when the conveyor is fully 
loaded. 

17. Rail Stands^ Guards, Brackets and Rails: 

The lower and upper lines of the conveyor will be sup- 
ported upon cast iron rail stands, spaced about six feet centers 
and equipped with the necessary cast and wrought iron clips 
and bojts for securing the conveyor trackways to the same. 

There will be provided along the lower line of the con- 
veyor 3-16" steel curved cover plates or chain guards bolted to- 
the track stands, for preventing ashes from coming in contact 
with the moving parts of the conveyor chain. The cast iron 
rail brackets will be of the best quality gray iron castings, fit- 
ted with the necessary cast and wrought iron clips and bolts 
for attaching the T-rail, forming the trackway for the vertical 
risers and curves of the conveyor, to the brackets. Bolts will 
be provided for attaching these brackets to the structural work 
forming the support for the trackway of the conveyor. The 
trackway for the upper and lower horizontal lines, the vertical 
risers and the curves of the conveyor, also the trackway for 
the movable dumping carriage, will consist of 16 lb. T-rail 



1 65 

Illinois Steel Company's section, fitted with the necessary fish 
plates and bolts for the rail joints. The curved portions of the 
trackway to be bent to conform to the proper radius and re- 
quirements. Four rails will be provided for each of the verti- 
cal risers of the conveyor, properly tied and braced to prevent 
spreading or wrecking of the conveyor, should the chain part. 

1 8. Cable Railways : 

The Contractor will furnish and install two endless rope 
cable railway systems designed to take coal from the hoppers 
at the top of the coal and ash structure and deliver it into the 
various bunkers in the power station. These cable railways 
will be complete in every particular and must be designed to 
handle the coal with the least expenditure of labor, and to that 
end the grips, trippers and other auxiliary machinery must be 
as nearly automatic as possible. The Company will furnish 
the steel supports, bridge and housings but the Contractor is 
to furnish ties, rails and all other machinery and fastenings. 

19. Track Ties, Sheaves, Idlers and Drivers : 

The trackway for the cable road will consist of 25 lb. T- 
rail with fish plates and bolts. Ties to be 4" x 6" Y. P. prop- 
erly spaced and bolted to steel structure. Guard rails of wood 
■or metal will be furnished and installed on the bridge and 
curves and inside guard rails where required for safe opera- 
tion. 

The straight line idlers will be about 7J4" diameter 6" 
face, with steel shafts running in babbitted bearings with cast 
iron frames, properly spaced to keep the cable clear of ties or 
steel supports. One special oiling idler with oil reservoir will 
be furnished for keeping each haulage cable in proper con- 
dition. The curves will be equipped with continuous sets of 
idlers about gY/ in diameter over all, with cast guard rail to 
prevent the grip from striking the idlers when rounding the 
curves. The take up sheaves will be 40" diameter, scored for 



1 66 

^" cable, with babbitted cast iron bearings and frame com- 
plete. 

The loading sheaves are to be 36" and 40" diameter, with 
steel shafts pressed in, running in babbitted cast iron bearings. 
Sheaves to be furnished complete with frames. All necessary- 
grease cups and oiling devices will be furnished. 

The driver will be of the two drum type, drum 40" dia- 
meter scored for ^4" rope. The drivers will be furnished with 
all shafts, bearings, pinions and reduction gearings and equal- 
izers together with suitable frames, oiling devices, and holding 
down bolts. Suitable devices to be furnished for reducing the 
wear on the cable. The electric motor for driving the cable 
road will be of 220 volt direct current type, of ample horse 
power to operate the road when loaded to its fullest capacity 
and of a make satisfactory to the Engineer. 

20. Cable Cars, Cable and Valves : 

The cable cars will be of three (3) ton capacity, eight 
wheel, swivel grip, radial running gear, made of best quality 
of hard wood, thoroughly painted before assembling, lined 
with steel plate and equipped with springs, brakes and all re- 
finements of manufacture. Seven cars will be furnished for 
upper cable road and four (4) for cable road in boiler house. 
The haulage cable will be ^" diameter, cast steel, seven wires 
to the strand. The valves which control the discharge of coal 
from the hopper into the cable cars will be two in number, of 
the double cut-off type, 16" x 16" opening. The valves to be 
equipped with operating levers and handles, and to have 
flanges so that they can be readily attached to the hopper ; two 
similar valves are to be provided for the hopper between the 
upper and lower cable roads. 

21. Track Scale: 

The track scale for weighing the loaded cable road cars 
will be of five tons' capacity, of the Howe Scale Company's 



167 

manufacture, with platform 4' wide, 10' long; scale to be pro- 
vided with suitable beam box for enclosing the weighing beam. 

22. Ash Track,, Cars and Locomotives : 

The trackway will consist of made up track, with 40-lb. 
rail and 4" channel ties spaced about 2' centers ; gauge of track, 
24". Switches will be of the made up type, with tongues and 
levers for operating. The track layout is shown on drawing 
No. 14414. 

The ash cars — eight in number — will be of a special de- 
sign, discharging at one side only. These cars will have four 
wheels, and will be fitted with couplings for attachment to 
each other and to the electric locomotive. They will be of 
extra strong, all steel construction, with extra heavy frames, 
of one-half ton capacity. The electric locomotive will be of 
the eight wheel type, equipped with storage battery and mo- 
tors of design satisfactory to the Engineer. All machinery 
will be properly encased and the locomotive so- designed that 
it can operate under ash chutes from which water is constantly 
leaking. The locomotive will be amply powerful to haul a 
total load, including locomotive, of 14,000 lbs. at about two 
miles per hour up a 3 per cent, grade. The weight of the loco- 
motive will be at least 10,000 lbs. 

23. Painting: 

All metal work supplied with this contract will be painted 
at the shops of the Contractor with two coats of red lead and 
oil. The wire cables will be treated with oil properly applied, 
and the woodwork of the cars will be primed with white lead 
and linseed oil and then painted with two coats of approved 
paint. After erection, the booms and such other structural 
steel work furnished by the Contractor will be painted with 
one additional coat of red lead and oil. All painting is to be 
properly done in dry weather and under cover, care being exer- 
cised to secure a perfect job. 



1 68 

29. Guarantee : 

The Contractor is to furnish and install a coal and ash 
handling system which will be complete in every respect. He 
is to guarantee the materials and workmanship of the installa- 
tion as being first-class in every respect and suited to the 
work for which they are intended. He is to guarantee that the 
system will handle steam sizes of anthracite coal from boats 
alongside, at a normal rate of 200 tons per hour continuously 
and at a maximum rate of 300 tons, for short periods of time. 

He is to guarantee that the ash conveyor will handle wet 
ashes at the normal rate of 50 tons per hour and at the maxi- 
mum rate of from 60 to 70 tons per hour for short periods. 



169 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for 

ONE ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANE 

for the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the West 
by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. Being 
a part of contract dated February 25, 1905, between 
Manning, Maxwell & Moore, Contractors, and The 
New York Edison Company. 



Type: 

The Crane is of the type manufactured by the Shaw Elec- 
tric Crane Company. 

Capacity : 

Main hoist 50 net tons. Test load 60 net tons. Aux. hoist 
5 net tons. Test load 7J^ net tons. 

Span: 

Centre to centre of runway rails 53 feet 3 inches. 

Hoist: 

Vertical movement of main block 82 feet 3 inches. Ap- 
proximate maximum speeds in feet per minute: 




SHAW FIFTY-TON TRAVELING CRANE. 



lOO 


100 


125 


150 


7K 


22 


480 


350 



171 

Motors : 

Hoist. Trolley. Bridge. 

Main. Aux. 

Full load 12 50 

Xo load 30 120 

H. P. of motors 65 22 

Speed, r. p. m 450 350 

Voltage : 

Line voltage at crane 22b volts direct current. 

Main Wires: 

Main line wires, anchors and carriers included for a 
length of run not exceeding 300 feet. 

Bridge Wheels: 

Number of wheel? used 8, diameter 24 inches. 

Runway Rail: 

A. S. C. E. standard 70 lb. rail recommended. 

Rope and Sheaves: 

Pitch 
Dia. rope. No. parts, dia. sheaves. 
Main hoist . . .. . lyi" 8 30" 

Aux. hoist ...... H" , 2 

Drawings : 

Outside dimfensions and extreme positions of hook as per 
accompanying drawing, 3-G-969. 

Special Features. 

General Specification : 

The attached General Specification, except as noted below, 
constitutes part of this contract. 



172 

Guarantee : 

It is guaranteed that the crane will be constructed of 
suitable materials in a substantial and workmanlike manner; 
also that it will handle the regular service load continuously 
at the highest speed given for such load, without dangerous 
heating of the motors and other electrical apparatus ; and that 
the speeds of the various movements shall be readily controll- 
able up to the limits specified. The Contractor will agree to 
furnish without charge, new parts to replace any which shall 
prove defective in material or workmanship within one year 
from date of putting this crane in operation. 

Bridge : 

The bridge consists of two box girders placed on top of 
steel truck beams. Chemical and physical properties of ma- 
terial are according to Manufacturers' Standard Specifications 
for Railway Bridge Steel. Workmanship is of the best quality. 

The bridge consists of two girders, securely connected at 
the ends. Rails are attached centrally on the top flanges and 
the space between the girders is left clear for hoisting ropes. 
Girder sections are made such that the stresses set up by the 
full load and the weight of the crane are not over 12,000 
pounds per square inch of net section in tension, or 9,000 
pounds per square inch in compression, but the compression, 
strains are reduced below that figure when necessary to give 
sufficient rigidity under all working conditions. 

When span is not excessive, each flange member is usually 
of one piece without splice. Web splices are made to give full 
strength to the section and stiffeners are provided where 
needed. Diaphragms are provided at frequent intervals. Care- 
ful attention is given to rivet spacing. 

When head room over runways will permit, the girders 
are placed on top of structural steel truck beams, and fastened 
-with fitted bolts or rivets ; but when head room is limited, a flush 
construction is to be used in which the girders are butted against 
the truck beams. 



173 

Long and heavy cranes, requiring four wheels under each 
end, have separate truck beams for each girder. The top 
flanges of the girders are connected at their ends by wide 
plates, reinforced by angles. This connection is rigid against 
racking strains but flexible vertically, allowing the wheels to 
follow any vertical irregularity or deflection of runway, and 
distribute the load uniformly on the four wheels. 

Bridge Driving Mechanism : 

Heavy chilled wheels of special iron are used. Cross 
shaft is driven near the center. A powerful foot brake is 
provided. Bridge motor gear and pinion are enclosed. 

The crane is carried on heavy chilled wheels made of a 
special car wheel iron. Treads are ground true and to uniform 
circumference. The wheels are keyed to long and heavy quills, 
which are fitted with loose bronze bushings and run on fixed 
pins, giving most perfect lubrication and exclusion of dirt. 
Driving gears are keyed to the quills. 

Cage and Platform : 

The cage is large and convenient. Controllers are usually 
placed in rear. A platform extends full length of crane and is 
provided with hand rail. 

The operator's cage is constructed of steel angles and is 
supported at one end of the crane, below and at one side of the 
bridge. The controllers are placed behind the operator and do 
not obstruct his view. Only the operating levers are in front 
of him. A ladder reaching the platform gives easy access to 
bridge driving mechanism and trolley, facilitating proper care 
of motors and machinery. 

Trolley : 

Trolleys are heavy and substantial. Special attention is 
given to accessibility. 

Trolleys have structural steel frames and two hoisting 
drums. Two types are made. Type A has the hoist motor and 



174 

brakes in the center, making a short trolley and giving close 
approach of the hook to both runways. Type H has the load 
girt and upper sheaves placed high, giving the greatest pos- 
sible height of hoist. The. motor and brakes being at one end, 
somewhat lengthens the trolley and limits the approach of 
the hook to one runway. Either type A or H is furnished, 
depending upon whether the greatest possible amount of trol- 
ley travel or of hoist is desired. 

Drums are grooved to tak.e the full run of rope without 
overlapping, without injurious side pull from the grooves 
and to give vertical hoist. Grooves are cut from solid metal. 

All frames are made strong and rigid, so that bearings will 
remain in line. 

Auxiliary Hoist: 

Auxiliary hoists are provided when required on cranes of 
ten tons capacity and larger. 

Limit Switch : 

Each hoist has an automatic limit switch, which prevents 
over-travel of the lower block in hoisting. 

Load Brake: 

Each hoist is provided with a load brake, which is ap- 
plied by the weight of the load and released by the rotation of 
motor in lowering direction. The friction surfaces run in an 
■oil tight casing, securing constant lubrication and freedom from 
dirt.. The friction bands, for operating the pawls, surround the 
hub of the casing, excluding dirt. 

Motor Brake : 

Each hoist is provided with a motor brake, which is re- 
leased by the current which operates the motor and is ap- 
plied by gravity when the current is interrupted. It is carried 
-on the trolley frame and not, attached to the motor. 



175 
Lower Blocks and Ropes: 

All hooks are forged from tough refined iron. Sheaves 
are of large diameter. Rope is special and extra flexible. 

All hooks of IS tons capacity and over, swivel on ball 
bearings. Sheaves have deep grooves and are well guarded 
to protect them from accidental injury and to keep the rope 
in place. Grooves are turned. Diameters are much larger 
than specified by rope makers, ensuring durability of the rope. 

We use a special rope, having 37 wires to the strand, part 
plow steel and part crucible steel, making it extra strong and 
very flexible. A factor of safety of about eight is provided in 
the rope. 

Gears: 

The drum gears and their mating pinions have cast teeth, 
of a form to give great strength ; all other gears are cut from 
solid blanks. Pinions are of steel forgings. All gears have 
wide faces and sufficient strength to stand the overloads to 
which they are subjected by suddenly starting, stopping and 
reversing the motors. 

Bearings : 

Capped bearings are provided as far as possible for all 
shafts. All capped bearings are babbitted with a good quality 
of babbitt metal. All wheels and sheaves running on fixed 
pins are fitted with loose-bronze bushings. 
Factor of Safety : 

A factor of safety of five will be provided in all parts, the 
fibre stresses of which are not specified. 

Motors : 

Motors are of • the Shaw make. Speeds are slow, shafts 
large and mechanical construction simple and strong. Insula- 
tion, is perfect and workmanship first-class. Coils are machine 
formed and interchangeable and armatures are easily remov- 



176 

able. Designs are right for crane work. Capacities given are 
mechanical horsepower not electrical horse power. 

We recommend open type motors, but furnish enclosed, 
motors when so specified. Our enclosed motors have large 
doors, which fully expose brush holders and commutator. 
Armatures, brush holders, field coils and frames are the same 
as open motors. One type can be converted to the other at 
any time by providing new yokes. All sizes have four poles.. 
Field frames are soft steel. Yokes are heavy and rigid. 

The armatures are wound with machine formed coils, any 
one of which can be removed and replaced without destroying 
other coils. The coils are thoroughly insulated from one an- 
other and from the core. Commutators are large and of the- 
best construction. 

Brush holders are of the loose carbon type. No current 
is carried through springs. In operation, they are perfect and 
in convenience of inspection and renewal of brushes they 
have no equal. 

The motors are designed to stand the hard, rough work 
peculiar to crane service. They can be reversed suddenly 
under full load and run with 50 per cent overload without 
flashing or injurious sparking at commutators. 

All motors are given a test in our shop with full load. 

Controllers : 

All electrical parts are removable from front and top with- 
out moving the controller from its position in the cage. A 
strong magnetic blowout works over the whole range of con- 
tacts. All brushes and the blowout coil are carried on a single 
piece of insulating material. There are no external electrical 
parts. There are no gears or cams through which power is 
transmitted. 

Our type S controller has been designed to meet the 
severest requirements of crane service. We use a special re- 
sistance material, which has a practically constant co-efScient 
of resistance regardless of variations of temperature. It is so- 
arranged as to provide good ventilation and is doubly insu— 



177 

lated from the case. Any resistance card can be taken out 
through the door in front of the case by unbolting the elec- 
trical connections. 

The blowout coil is carried with the brushes, making a 
short and powerful magnetic circuit and concentrating the 
magnetic lines at each point where the electric circuit is 
broken. The block carrying the blowout coil and all brushes 
can be removed by loosening two bolts and can be as quickly 
replaced. Contact strips are renewable. 

As no electric parts are exposed, the danger of accidental 
contact with "live" points is entirely removed. 

The controller is operated by a forward and backward 
movement of a long lever, standing in a vertical position and 
swinging through a small angle, a movement much to be pre- 
ferred over a short arm, swinging around either a vertical or 
horizontal axis. As the motion is not transmitted through 
gears or cams, which cause friction and lost motion, the move- 
ment is positive and very easy. 

Other Electrical Apparatus: 

Wires for moving contacts are of hard drawn bare copper;' 
other wires are rubber covered and thoroughly protected. 

Rolling contacts are provided for taking current from 
main conducting wires to the crane and from bridge cross 
wires to the trolley. 

A slate switchboard in the cage is fitted with main switch, 
fuses and ground detector lamps. 

Electrical Test: 

All electrical work, including motors and controllers, is 
tested with an alternating current of 1,500 volts. 



■78 



SPECIFICATIONS , 

Accompanied by Drawings for 

ONE ELECTRIC TRAVELLING 
CRANE 

for the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the West 
by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. Being 
part of contract dated November 23, 1905, between 
the Case Manufacturing Company, Contractors, and 
The New York Edison Company. 



1 . Factor of Safety : 

This crane will be proportioned so that the factor of safety 
will not be less than five when the crane is operated to its full 
capacity, based on the ultimate strength of the material used. 

2. Material : 

The girders and miscellaneous structural material will be 
made of medium steel, to conform with the specifications 
adopted by the Association of American Steel Manufacturers. 
Except where chilled iron is specified, all iron castings will be 
of tough gray metal, free from injurious coal shuts or blow 
holes, true to pattern, and of a workmanlike finish. Steel cast- 
ings will be of tough metal, having an ultimate strength and 




CASE SEVENTY-F[VE-TON TRAVELING CRANE. 



i8o 

chemical analysis best adapted to their requirements. Shaft- 
ing bearing metals and other materials not specified will be 
strictly first-class. 

3. Girders : 

The girders will be made up of plate and angle sections 
so designed that the maximum load will not produce a strain 
to exceed one-fifth of the ultimate strength on the lower 
flange, while the upper flange is sufficient to withstand its 
compression and the lateral strain due to the sudden starting 
and stopping of the bridge under full load. The web will be 
stiffened by diaphragms, which extend the full depth of the 
girders between the webs and abutt on the under side of the 
flange plates, the cover plates will be continuous and the web 
plates shall not be spliced nearer than 15 feet either way from 
the centre line. 

4. End Trucks: 

The end trucks will consist of i beam sections, with 
suitable castings to hold the bronze bearing boxes, all properly 
and securely bolted or riveted together. The double flange 
truck wheels will be of cast iron, with chilled treads finished to 
diameter and keyed to the axles. The end trucks will be held 
by special swivel castings of cast steel, securely bolted to the 
bottom flange plates of the girders, with reamed and turned 
bolts. The two girders will be held in place by a proper dis- 
tance piece of built up section securely riveted and bolted to 
the ends of the girders. 

5. Bridge Drive: 

The bridge motor will be located near the operator's cage 
and its armature shaft will extend to the center of the girder 
where the motor pinion engages the main drive gear, thus 
equalizing the torsion in the longitudinal or squaring shaft. 
The gears will be cut from solid blanks. The motor pinion 
and main drive gear will be enclosed in an oil-tight gear case. 



i8i 

6. Trolley: 

The trolley will be of the single drum type, with side 
frames of cast iron. The drums will be machine-turned and 
grooved right and left, with ample size to take the full amount 
of cable without over lapping. All gears will be machine cut 
from the solid blank and the pinions machine cut from the 
forged steel blank. All high speed gears will be enclosed in 
oil gear cases. The trolley will be provided with a steel cross 
girt rigidly connecting the side frames and providing a sup- 
port for the upper cable block so located that the load is equal- 
ly distributed on the track wheels. The hoisting blocks will 
be composed of bronze bushed, machine turned sheaves of suit- 
ably large diameter, properly connected to the cross-head. 
The hoisting rope will be of the best quality wire rope with 
a sufficient number of parts to safely handle the load with a 
factor of safety of at least 5. Sufficient rope and drums are to 
be provided in order that the hook of both the main and aux- 
iliary hoists may come within five feet of the engine room 
basement floor as shown in the attached blueprint No. 14,537. 

The steel hook will swivel readily on the ball bearings 
between the hardened steel plates. The trolley truck wheels 
will be of the same type as those specified for the bridge truck 
wheels. The crane will be equipped with the General Electric 
Company's motors of the dust-proof series reversible type, 
provided with ring oiling bearings and specially wound for the 
crane service. The mechanical and electrical parts will be 
perfectly balanced and only the best of material used in their 
construction. The motors will stand 1,500 volts alternating 
current as a protective test and will stand fifty per cent, over- 
load without sparking appreciably. 

7. Controllers : 

Each motor will be provided with an independent con- 
troller of ample size and capacity to completely control its 
operation. The controllers will have close regulation and ab- 
solute control of the motor. On the brake, the circuits will be 



l82 

in a strong magnetic field reducing arcing to a minimum. The 
contacts will be of ample size, interchangeable, and will be 
readily replaced. The resistances will be of the ventilated 
type mounted in separate frame from the controller. 

8. Limit Switches : 

Each hoisting mechanism will be provided with an auto- 
matic circuit breaker, limiting the upward travel of the hoist- 
ing block and preventing over travel of the hook. 

9. Operator's Cage Platform : 

The operator's cage will be located beneath and outside 
the end of one girder; the actual location of this cage will be 
given later. A foot-way will be provided the entire length 
of the bridge, furnished with hand railing, for inspection of the 
tracks, trolley, motors, etc. 

10. Bridge Brake: 

A foot brake will be provided of the proper strength to 
effectually control the crane on the run-ways. This brake 
will be arranged to operate from the cage and will be inde- 
pendent of all electrical apparatus. 

11. Electrical Brake: 

The armature shaft of the hoisting motors will be pro- 
vided with an electric brake operated through the medium of 
a solenoid magnet, connected in such a manner that should 
the supply of current fail from any cause, the brake is im- 
mediately applied preventing the dropping of the load. 

12. Mechanical Brake: 

The main and auxiliary hoists will be supplied with an 
entirely independent mechanical brake, in addition to the elec- 
trical brake described above. This brake will be arranged so 



i83 

as to absolutely prevent the load from lowering, unless the 
motor is revolved by power in the lowering direction. 

13. Run-Ways: 

The longitudinal run-ways and rails will be furnished and 
erected by the Company, as shown on the Company's drawing 
No. 14,537. 

14. Conductors : 

Two conductors for supplying current to the crane will 
be provided by the Company, of the dimensions and within 
the location as shown on the Company's drawing. 

15. Electrical Equipment : 

The crane will be equipped throughout with all the neces- 
sary Switches, cut-outs, fuse boxes, circuit breakers and wires, 
all of ample size, fitted up and arranged in strictly first-class 
manner and thoroughly installed. Suitable contact shoe for 
taking the current from the rails provided by the Company, will 
be furnished by the Contractor. 

TABLE OF DIMENSIONS, SIZES, AND SPEEDS. 

Capacity, maximum work load, main hoist 75 tons 

■ Aux. " 5 

Span, center to center of run-way rails 53' 3" 

Lift, maximum lift of main hook 85' 

" " Aux. " 85' 

Height of crane from top of run-way rails, about. . . 10' 3'" 
Crane bridge projects at each end beyond center of 

run-way rails 106' J4" 

Per minute. 
Approximate speeds under full load, bridge travel .... 225 ft. 

Main hoist 10 ft. 

Trolley travel 100 ft. 

Auxiliary hoist 50 ft. 



i84 

All of the above speeds increase with decrease of load. 

Size of motor bridge SO-H. P. 

Main hoist 75-H. P. 

Trolley ; 15-H. P. 

Aux. hoist 30-H. P. 

All electrical equipment will be proportioned for an elec- 
tro-motive force of 250 volts direct current. 

Size of run-way rails, 80 pounds, American Society of 
Civil Engineers' standard. 

Detailed drawings shall be submitted to the Mechanical En- 
gineer for his approval before commencing work. 



18:; 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

BOILERS AND SUPERHEATERS 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, being a 
part of Contract dated December 30, 1903, between 
the Babcock & Wilcox Company, Contractors, and The 
New York Edison Company. 



Description : 

Each boiler shall be composed of twenty-one sections or 
slabs, each section to be composed of fourteen best lap-welded 
charcoal iron boiler tubes made from the best knobbled ham- 
mered charcoal iron blooms, each tube to be four inches di- 
ameter and eighteen feet long, connected at the ends by con- 
tinuous staggered headers or uptakes and downtakes, and 
fastened therein by being expanded into bored holes. 

Each header to be formed of open hearth steel plate 
forged to shape and provided with handholes placed opposite 
the end of each tube, of sufficient size to permit the cleaning, 
removal and renewal of a tube through the same. Each hand- 
hole will be provided with a forged steel cap fastened with 
wrought iron bolt, safety clamp and cap nut, all joints being 
made tight, metal to metal. 




CROSS SECTION BABCOCK & WILCOX BOILER. 



i87 

The several sections to be connected at each end to three 
42" steam and water drums and at one end to a mud drum, by 
means of lap-welded wrought iron tubes four inches diameter 
and of suitable length, expanded into bored holes. 

The three steam and water drums shall be 42" diameter 
and 22 feet long, connected to the back headers by vertical 
back circulating tubes, and to be made of open hearth steel 
9-16" thick. The longitudinal seams of the drums to be butt 
strapped, seams strapped inside and out, secured by six rows 
of rivets; circular seams to be double riveted. All holes for 
longitudinal seams to be punched 3-16" smaller than the di- 
ameter of the rivets to be used and drilled out to full size after 
the sheets are rolled and assembled with their butt straps. 
After drilling, the straps are to be removed, all burrs cleaned 
off and the plates assembled, metal to metal, with parallel 
turned bolts fitting the holes before rivetting. The transverse 
or roundabout seams will be punched to diameter of the rivets 
to be used. 

All rivetting to be done by hydraulic presses and the 
rivets held until black. The heads will be of open hearth 
steel plate ^" thick, hydraulic flanged. The front and rear 
heads will be provided with manholes fitted with wrought 
steel manhole plates and guards. 

Each drum will be fitted with a steam valve nozzle, 5^" 
opening with I2j4" flange and safety valve nozzle, 5" opening 
with 11" flange, faced in a lathe and of a design to be agreed 
upon. 

The crossboxes for connecting the sections to the drums 
shall be hydraulic forgings, formed of open hearth steel plate 
^" thick. 

To each drum will be fitted a steel spool piece having a 
5/^" opening with 12^" flange, faced true and having fine- 
tool finished seat raised 1-32", flange to be drilled with 10" 
bolt circle eight i" holes straddling center lines. 

Mud drums will be of steel 149 inches long, each to be 
provided with three handholes and two nozzles for blow-off 
pipe, 2y^' opening. The location and bolting of the blow-off 



i88 

nozzles to be in accordance with drawings to be approved by 
the Company. 

The mud drum handhole plates to be faced and held in 
position by handhole bolts and nuts. 

Each boiler to be supported from wrought iron beams of 
the building and left free to expand or contract entirely inde- 
pendent of and without affecting the brickwork and so ar- 
ranged that the removal or repair of any portion of the brick 
setting may be done without in any way disturbing or mov- 
ing the boiler or connections. The necessary hangers and 
cast iron beam saddles to be provided by the Company. 

Each boiler to be provided with three Consolidated Mfg. 
Company's nickel seated safety valves 4" diameter, set to blow at 
225 pounds. To the delivery opening of each safety valve will 
be attached a muffler located not less than four feet above and 
eighteen inches to one side of the center of the safety valve. 
With each boiler will be furnished the following fittings : 
One steam gauge with I2j4" dial. 

Two stand pipes with glass water gauges, each fitted with 
independent cleaning pipes and valves and with three pat- 
ent gauge cocks with lifting handles and each bolted to flanged 
necks riveted to drumheads. Each drum will be fitted with 
one combination stop and check valve to be bolted on special 
bronze pad casting. 

All of the above to be connected by extra heavy annealed 
brass pipe, all pipe to be extra heavy iron pipe sizes, connected 
with extra strong composition fittings without gaskets. The 
supply pipe to each drum shall be 2" in diameter. The main 
feed supply pipe starting at a point about four feet above the 
floor at one side of the battery to pass up over the battery and 
down the side of the second boiler to a point about four feet 
above the floor line. In this piping between the two boilers 
shall be located a 3" Eaton, Cole & Burnham, Chapman or 
Best, extra heavy bronze gate valve. The 2" supply pipe from 
each drum to be connected to 3" pipe above referred to. 

To each boiler will be attached one stop valve %" di- 
ameter, for attaching dusting pipe connections. 



i89 

The fronts of the boilers to be of ornamental pattern, con- 
taining large doors necessary for access to ends of the tubes. 
Tube doors to be supported from building structure or from 
angles to be fvumished by Contractor. All parts will be ample 
in strength with joints fitted. 

No lower half firing fronts, no grates and no bearing bars 
will be furnished by the Contractor. 

The fixtures of each boiler will consist of flame bridge 
plates with bolts and special fire brick for lining the flame 
bridges, bridge wall girders and bars, binders and bolts. Regu- 
lar style of cleaning doors will be furnished and located to 
suit the plan of steam piping. There will be four buckstays 
for each battery. 

With each boiler will be furnished a regular damper frame 
without damper or damper fittings. The requisite lintels will 
be furnished for all openings in walls, necessary anchor bolts 
for fronts, and wrought iron doors and frames for obtaining 
access to the rear of boiler. 

With each battery will be furnished one steel wrench 
fitting manhole nuts, one tube scraper with handle, one set 
of fire tools consisting of poker, slice bar and hoe, also a hose 
and pipe for blowing dust from exterior of the tubes. 

With each boiler will be furnished a Babcock & Wilcox 
patent superheater guaranteed to superheat the steam loo to 
125 degrees above the temperature due to the pressure carried. 
Each superheater will consist of seamless steel U-shaped tubes 
expanded into forged steel distributing and collecting headers. 
The ends of the tubes will be readily accessible to handholes, 
all parts conveniently located for inspection and repair. Proper 
dusting doors and cleanout doors will be provided and set to 
give ready access to superheater chambers. 

All pressure parts to be tested and made tight under hy- 
drostatic pressure before leaving shop, as follows : 

Sections, 400 pounds; drums, 325 pounds; mud drums, 325 
pounds. 

When erected complete on foundation, the whole struc- 
ture to be tested and made tight at 325 pounds. 



All material and workmanship to be first-class in every 
particular. 

All castings used in the pressure parts shall be sound, 
free from sponginess, pitting and porosity and from shrinkage 
and other cracks. Castings of any metal designed as pressure 
parts and shown by water test to be unsound, porous or 
spongy will be rejected and not be caulked, peened nor 
plugged in any way. 

All boiler tubes will be made of the best knobbled, ham- 
mered charcoal iron blooms of standard weight. 

The boilers specified to carry 225 pounds working pres- 
sure if desired. 

In the brickwork to be provided by the Contractor, first 
quality brick only will be used. The fire bricks are under no 
circumstances to be wet, but will be dipped in fire clay batter 
and laid by rubbing down to place in order to completely fill 
the joints, making them as thin as possible. 

All red bricks will be first quality hard burned, without 
cracks and with true surfaces. No bats nor bulged brick will 
be used in any part of the setting. In laying up the walls, 
every fifth course will be headers, the walls will be true to 
line and in every respect a first-class job. No joints to be 
thicker than 5-16". The red bricks will be laid in mortar 
composed of one part Portland cement, two parts lime and 
three parts sand. 

At each side of each furnace, a fire brick arch will be pro- 
vided. 

The flame plates will be held in position by cast iron 
retaining bars built into the walls. The back corner of the 
hanging bridge wall to be completely protected by a cast iron 
girder not less than 10 inches deep, or other approved con- 
struction. 

All work to be subject to the approval of the Company. 

It is understood that this agreement covers a design of 
setting as follows: 



igi 

Center Walls: 

Center walls are to be 32" thick, with a 6" air space and 
within the following limits are to be laid only with fire brick. 

From 12" below the top of the grate at every point to 12" 
above the highest point of the lower row of tubes, and in the 
length from the boiler front to 18" back of the front face of the 
bridge wall. Outside of the' above limits, the center walls 
will be laid with a core of red brick with a face of fire brick at 
no point less than 4>^" thick through the whole center wall. 
Through and through headers are to be laid every other course. 
In the stretcher course back to the outside bricks, the bricks 
must be laid transversely so as to lap each outside header 
brick of the course above and below by at least 4 inches. No 
broken brick whatsoever are to be used in the construction of 
either the center or the side walls. 



Side Walls: 

Side walls are to be laid i7/4" to I7J^" thick and in no 
place within the furnace dimensions as indicated under the 
subheading "center walls" are they to have less than 9" of fire- 
buck lining. Outside of the above dimensions, the least lin- 
ing may be 4j4" thick, the lining of the side wall through. out 
the boiler must be laid with headers every other course and 
at the fifth course, these headers must be through and through 
headers, tying the outside red brick of the wall to the firebrick 
lining. No broken brick are to be used in the side walls. 

Fire Clay: 

Fireclay for joints to be worked as thin as possible, the 
bricks to be brought to as close a joint as possible with each 
•other. The mortar for red brick is to be made of one third 
■cement and two thirds lime mortar. 



192 

Rear Wall: 

There is to be no brick work in the rear wall, except sucb 
as may be required above and at the side of the damper frame. 
The back of the setting below the damper frame is to be made 
up of the wrought iron plates and doors in the usual manner. 
All outside walls are to be faced with first quality white ena- 
mel brick. The firing fronts to be lined in the usual manner 
and fire brick arches to be supplied for the firing doors. 

The boilers to be set with 8'- 3" furnaces, that is, the bot- 
tom ends of the front headers shall be 8'-3" above floor line. 

It is understood that proper supports on foundations for 
masonry work of the boilers below a point 3 inches below the 
floor line will be furnished by the Company and that no special 
brickwork between the side and middle walls of the furnace 
incidental to the type of stoker or furnace adopted by the 
Company is included in this contract. It is agreed that should 
any variation be made from the method of setting above speci- 
fied, the compensation or deduction therefore shall be made 
on the basis of cost to the Contractor of twenty dollars per 
thousand for red brick laid, forty-five dollars per thousand for 
fire brick laid and seventy-five dollars i>er thousand for second 
quality enameled brick laid. 

Guarantee : 

The Contractor guarantees that each boiler, under normal 
evaporating conditions, will generate 22,000 pounds of steam 
per hour from and at 212 degrees Fahr. at its best evaporative 
efficiency and will be capable of being forced to give a steam 
capacity at least 50% in excess of the normal, and that when 
any of the boilers equipped with superheaters is operated under 
the above conditions, the steam will be superheated not less than 
100 to 125 degrees above the temperature due to the pressure 
carried. 



193 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

BOILER FIRING FRONTS 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on 
the West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of a contract dated February 15, 
1906, between the Babcock and Wilcox Company, 
Contractors, and The New York Edison Company 



DESCRIPTION. 

Boiler Firing Fronts: 

There are to be seventy-two (72) of these fronts — thirty- 
six (36) batteries; their design and details being shown on the 
accompanying prints, which are as follows: 

8036 Details of firing doors. 

8063 Details of ash pit doors. 

12417 Diagram of boiler for both floors. 

14245 Details of boiler fronts. 

14868 Details of new dead plates for boilers. 

Each boiler front is to be divided into three (3) panels, 
and each panel is to be provided with two (2) doors — ^the upper 
one being the firing door, and the lower one, the ash pit door. 



194 

These three panels are to be exactly alike and are shown in de- 
tail on drawing No. 14245. 

Filling in the spaces between the middle panel and the two 
end panels and overlapping the same are to be two splice plates 
designated as "middle splice plates." Filling in the spaces be- 
tween the end panels and the building columns and overlapping 
the panels are to be two splice plates designated as "end splice 
plates." These splice plates are detailed on drawing 14245. The 
panels and splice plates rest on and are grouted' in. the concrete 
floor. Holes are to be provided at the top of each panel and splice 
plate, as shown in the drawing, for bolting the same to the chan- 
nel-and-angle-iron shelf which is to run from column to column 
across each boiler. Each "end splice plate" is to have bolted to 
it, on the inside, as shown on drawing 14245, three (3) clamps, 
for holding the adjoining panel and the splice plate together; and, 
for the same purpose and on the same side, each "middle splice 
plate" is to have four (4) clamps bolted thereto. 

The dead plates, chairs and the brackets for supporting the 
dead plates are shown, in detail, on drawing 14868, which draw- 
ing, for the matter of these details, supersedes drawing No. 14345- 

The firing doors are shown, in detail, on drawing No. 8036.. 

The ash pit doors are shown, in detail, on drawing No. 8053. 

The channel-and-angie-iron shelf is shown, in detail, on 
drawing No. 14245. 

The clamps are shown, in detail, on drawing No. 14245. 

Tlie Contractor is to mark, in a manner to be designated by 
this Company's Engineer, with individual numbers, each part 
which is intended to make up a complete front for the boiler on 
that number. 

Material : 

The panels ; splice plates ; dead plates and their chairs and 
brackets; firing doors; and ash pit doors, are to be of cast iron, 
of a tough gray mixture. 

The clamps are to be of wrought steel. 

All castings are to be free from injurious cold shuts, blow 
holes or other imperfections. 



195 

Finish : 

All castings are to be true to the patterns and all parts of the 
material herein specified to be furnished by the Contractor, are 
to conform, in every respect, to the detailed drawings, of which 
blue prints are submitted herewith. 

The firing doors are to be provided with frames; checks; 
handles ; air valves, etc. 

All holes are to be drilled, unless otherwise indicated on the 
drawings. 

All material and workmanship are to be subject to the ap- 
proval of this Company's Engineer. 

Erection : 

This Company will do all of the erecting of the material 
herein specified to be furnished by the Contractor; but the Con- 
tractor is to furnish and supply all of the bolts, nuts, clips, etc., 
which will be necessary to form parts of the finished structure, 
or for attaching the same to the structure now in place. 

Delivery : 

All of the material herein specified to be furnished by the 
Contractor is to be delivered where, and as, hereinbefore speci- 
fied, or at such point in the immediate vicinity as may be later 
directed and as per the following schedule : 

Between date of contract and June i, 1906: 
Twenty-four (24) fronts for the following numbered boil- 
ers, as per drawing No. 12417: 



8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


18 


On first floor. 


19 


21 


23 


25 


27 


29 




58 


60 


62 


64 


66 


68 


On second floe 


69 


71 


73 


75 


77 


79 





Between June i, 1906 and December i, 1906: 



196 

Twenty-four (24) fronts for the following numbered boil- 
ers, as per drawing No. 12417: 



32 


34 


36 


38 


40 


42 


On first floor. 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


48 




82 


84 


86 


88 


90 


92 


On second floor. 


93 


94 


95 


96 


97 


98 





On demand between December i, 1906 and June i, 1907: 
Twenty-four (24) fronts for the following numbered boil- 
ers, as per drawing 12417: 



I 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


On first floor. 


7 


9 


II 


13 


15 


17 




51 


52 


53 


54 


55 


56 


On second floor. 


57 


59 


61 


63 


65 


67 





■97 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

BOILER FIRING FRONTS 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on 
the West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of the contract dated September 26, 
1905, between Edwin Burhorn, Contractor, and 
The New York Edison Company 



A. Drawings : 

14245 — Detail of boiler fronts. 

8036 — " " firing doors. 

8053— " " ash pit doors. 

8052— " " dead plates "A", "B" and "C". 

B. Materials and Workmanship: 

The fronts are to be made of tough gray cast iron, free from 
injurious cold shuts, blow holes or other imperfections, are to 
be true to pattern, having a workmanlike finish and are to con- 
form in every respect to the detailed drawings submitted. 



198 

C. Description : 

Each boiler front is divided into three (3) panels and each 
panel is provided with two (2) doors, the top door being the fir- 
ing door and the lower one the ash pit door. These three panels 
are exactly alike and are shown in detail on drawing 14245- Six 
(6) of them are required for each battery (three (3) per boiler). 
Filling in the spaces between the middle panel and the two end 
panels and overlapping the same are two splice plates, designated 
as "middle splice plates". Filling in the space between the end 
panels and the building columns and overlapping the panels are 
two splice plates designated as "end splice plates". These splice 
plates are detailed on drawing 14245. The panels and splice 
plates rest on and are grouted in the concrete floor. Cored holes 
are to be provided at the top of each panel and splice plate, as 
shown in the drawing, for bolting the same to the channel-and- 
angle iron shelf which runs from column to column on each boil- 
er. Near the bottom and on the inside of each splice plate, a 
clamp is to be bolted, holding the panels and splice plates to- 
gether, and for each of the two middle splice plati's, two inter- 
mediate clamps are to be provided. These clamps are detailed 
on drawing 14245. To each of the middle sphce plates, the brac- 
kets supporting the dead plates are to be bolted; those brackets 
are shown in detail on drawing 14245. The dead plates "A", "B" 
and "C" are shown on drawing 8052. The plates "A" rest on 
and are bolted to the brackets. The plates "C" rest on the brick- 
work. The dead plates "E" rest on the plates "A" and "C". 
The cast iron firing doors are shown in detail on drawing 8036 
and are to be provided complete with frames, checks, handles, 
air valves, etc. The cast iron ash pit doors are shown in detail 
on drawing 8053. The channel-and-angle iron shelf is shown in 
detail on drawing 14245 and is to be bolted to the "tee" iron sup- 
port of the upper tube doors of the boiler, which "tee"' iron is 
provided by the Company. This structure is not to be bolted 
to the building; columns. 



199 

D. Material List: 

Fronts for twelve (12) batteries of two (2) boilers each 
(referred to on the drawings as "sets") are required. A bill 
of material is given on drawing 14245. 

E. Erection : 

All of the above work is to be erected in a thorough and 
workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 
All bolts, nuts, clips, etc. forming a part of the structure or nec- 
essary to attach the same to the material now in place including 
the drilling of holes for same are to be provided by the Contrac- 
tor. 



200 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for the 

GRATES 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on 
the West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of the contract dated September 21, 
1905, between Neemes Brothers, Contractors, and 
The New York Edison Company. 



General Description: 

Twenty-four sets of combined dumping and shaking grates 
are to be furnished, each complete with beams, links, levers and 
all other parts necessary to a complete dumping grate. Each 
grate will be approximately 12 feet 7 inches wide by 10 feet o 
inches deep, as shown on accompanying blueprint No. 13953, 
and is to be of proper proportions for burning No. 3 Buckwheat 
coal, with a forced draft of 2 inches water gauge. 



201 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for the 

ASH DOWNTAKE GRATES AND 
FORCED DRAFT MECHANISMS 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of the contract dated August i, 
1905, between Edwin Burhorn, Contractor, and 
The New York Edison Company. 



I . Description : 

The Contractor is to furnish the following material as de- 
tailed on the above drawings: 

All pieces called for in list on drawing No. 12929 except 
those marked A. B. C. D. and F. all complete as shown. A 
sufficient amount of hand chain is to be provided for each of the 
valves "E" to reach to about four feet from the second floor. 
A device is to be provided at each sprocket wheel to prevent the 
chain from riding ofif. 

The ash downtake gates, shown on drawing No. 13611 ; there 
are to be 48 of each. 

The forced draught operating mechanisms is shown on draw- 
ing No. 13805 which include the operating mechanisms only, 



202 



the damper, shaft, bearings and extensions for attaching mechan- 
ism to be furnished by another Contractor. 

The smoke damper operating mechanism is shown on drawing 
No. 12987, the dampers with extension shafts being furnished 
by another Contractor. The pieces shown rivetted to flues and 
uptakes are to be drilled for ^" rivets. 



2. Material : 

All cast iron used shall be of a superior grade of remelted 
cast iron, to be of even grain, free from sand holes, blow holes, 
cold shuts and other defects. All castings shall be clean and 
smooth, especial care being taken to remove all fins and other 
projections from the inside of the downtakes. Castings are to 
be delivered in an unpainted condition. 

All material must be satisfactory to the Engineer. 

Steel may be used in all places where wrought iron is called 
for on the drawings. 

All of the bolts, nuts, clips, washers, supports, anchors or 
any other material necessary to the complete installation of the 
apparatus both within itself and where it attaches to other work 
already installed is to be provided by the Contractor. 

3. Workmanship: 

All workmanship is to be first class in every respect. The 
flanges on all pipes are to be faced absolutely parallel ; holes 
are to be drilled, not cored. Gates and valves are to be faced 
and drilled in the same manner. All gates and valves of the 
same size are to be interchangeable, and are to work freely and 
to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 

The operating mechanisms are to be built substantially as 
shown on the drawing. All workmanship must be satisfactory 
to the Engineer. 



203 

4- Deliveries : 

On or before the first day of September, 1905, the follow- 
ing material is to be delivered at the station : 

One quarter of the material specified on drawing 12929. 

24 Forced draught mechanisms R. H. as per drawing 13805 

24 Forced draught mechanisms L. H. as per drawing 13805. 

24 Flue draught mechanisms as per drawing 12987. 

I Uptake operating mechanism as per drawing 12987. 

12 Ash gates (20 x I2j^) 13611. 

12 Ash gates (24 x 24) 13611. 

With necessary bolts, nuts, etc. 
which is one quarter of the entire material. 

On or before the first day of October, 1905, the second 
quarter. 

On or before the first day of November, 1905, the third 
quarter. 

On or before the first day of December, 1905, all of the 
remaining material, specified herein. 

5. Erection : 

All of the erection will be done by the Company. 



204 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 
FORCED DRAFT APPARATUS 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

Being a part of the contract dated December 23, 1904, 
between the B. F. Sturtevant Company, Con- 
tractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



1. To BE Furnished: 

The following apparatus and material : 

A — Eight (8) Fans connected to 

B — Eight (8) Engines. 

C — Four (4) sets of steel plate ducts with dampers and con- 
nections. 

2. Fans : 

For the first and second tiers of boilers, the Contractor will 
furnish eight (8) high efficiency pressure blowers with full 
housing, of not less than 3-16" steel plate, approximately 12' o" 
high, with no angle corners or bracing less than 2" x 2j-^" x 3-16" 
L's. 

Each fan is to have a blast wheel of the Sirocco type, 70" 
diameter by 3' o" in width at the periphery. 

For the first tier of boilers, the Contractor will erect four (4) 
of these fans, as shown on drawing, No. 125 12, in the Boiler 
House Basement, on the concrete foundations. 



205 

For the second tier of boilers, the Contractor will erect four 
(4) of these fans, as shown on drawing No. 12462, under the 
second floor on a steel and concrete platform. 

3. Engines : 

The Contractor is to furnish eight (8) engines as per the 
following specifications, erecting them, directly connected to the 
fans. 

Type: 

To be Sturtevant, 7}^" and 13" x 6>4" double-acting, 
vertical, compound, fully enclosed, arranged for direct connec- 
tion to the fans. 

Rating : 

To be 65 H. P., based on 290 r. p. m., with an initial steam 
pressure of 175 lbs. at the throttle, cutting off at 45% stroke in 
the high pressure cylinder. 

Dimensions : 

Diameter of cylinder, 7J4 " and 13". 

Length of stroke of piston, 6j4". 

Diameter of shaft, 3 15-16". 

Diameter and length of main bearings, 3 15-16" x 6" (3). 

Diameter and length of crank pin 4" x 45^". 

Diameter and length of cross head pin, 2^" x 3>^". 

Size of cross head, 5" x 9". 

Diameter of steam pipe, 2^". 

Diameter of exhaust pipe, 3^". 

Cylinders : 

To be of close-grained cast iron, drilled and tapped for in- 
dicators, drains, etc., equipped with lubricators made by the Sight 
Feed Oil Pump Company. 



206 

Valves : 

High and low pressure valves will be of the piston type. 

Frame : 

The reciprocating parts of the engine are to be enclosed by a 
substantial cast iron frame having doors at the front for access to 
the connecting rod and main bearings. The upper part of frame 
is to be separated from the under part by a horizontal partition, 
keeping the water drip from the stuffing boxes of the piston rod 
from the oil in the frame body. 

The frame is to act as a receptacle for oil which is to be 
used as a system of splash lubrication. All doors and ends of 
bearings are to be made absolutely tight, preventing any oil from 
oozing through from the inner side of the casing. 

TiECIPROCATING PaRTS : 

All of which are to be made of the very best quality of forged 
■steel. All bearings are to be lined with the best grade of white 
metal, hammered and bored. Wrist pins are to be lined with the 
best Navy composition. The cross head slides are to be lined 
with white metal ; the cross heads being of cast steel. The work- 
manship and materials throughout are to be of the very best grade 
and thoroughly adapted to the various requirements for which the 
•engines are to be used. 

Holding Down Bolts: 

To be provided by the Contractor. 

'Crank Shaft: 

To be of forged steel, forged in one piece. 

Governor : 

To be a throttling governor and satisfactory to the Engineer. 
Each engine is to be provided with a cast iron drip pan with drain 
pipe connection down to floor. 



207 

4. Ducts : 

The Contractor will furnish four (4) sets of steel ducts as per 
•drawing No. 11611. The material used in these ducts is to be 
in no case less than 3-16" thick and in the connections between the 
ducts and the ash pit, in no case less than }i" thick. A sufficient 
amount of angle and tee iron bracing is to be installed to make 
the ducts rigid, and all joints so made are to be absolutely air 
tight. 

In each duct, the Contractor is to install three dampers, one at 
the center and one at the outlet of each fan. These dampers are 
to be of approved design and are to be equipped with some satis- 
factory operating device. 

In each duct, the Contractor is to provide six connections 
to boilers but the Company will furnish the necessary dampers 
and mechanisms for same. 

All duct work is to receive two coats of paint when com- 
pleted, which paint is to be approved by the Engineer. 

A sufficient number of manholes are to be provided in each 
of the four ducts to allow easy access to any part of same. 

5. Guarantees : 

The Contractor agrees that each of the above units, when 
■operated at a speed of approximately 290 r. p. m. will deliver 
■90,000 cubic feet of air per minute, measured at the fan outlet, 
and that, while delivering this amount of air, will maintain, in the 
ash pits of the boilers to which it is connected, a pressure equal 
to 2" of water, with a normally thick fire of small anthracite 
coal on the grate. 

6. Erection : 

The Company will provide all the necessary foundations to 
receive the above apparatus; they will also do all the necessary 
cutting away of concrete or removing of pipes or other inter- 
ferences with apparatus already installed ; they will also make all 
the necessary steam, exhaust and drip connections to the engine. 

The Contractor is to erect all of the above specified work. 



208 

including the cutting of concrete for the setting of the hold- 
ing-down bolts for both the fans and the engines, the grouting 
of the same and the hanging of the steel duct, all in a thorough 
and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 

7. Dates of Completion : 

At least four (4) fans with engines and ducts complete 
ready for use by Sept. 15, 1905, the remaining four by Feb. i, 
1906. 

8. In General: 

It is further understood that three complete sets of detailed 
drawings of the fans, engines and the duct construction will be 
submitted by the Contractor for the approval of the Engineer 
before starting any of the work. 



209 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

FORCE DRAFT APPARATUS 

of the New Waterside Power Station. 

Being a part of contract dated February 21, 1907, 
between the B. F. Sturtevant Company, Con- 
tractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



General : 

The Contractor hereunder is to furnish the following equip- 
ment: 

Ten (10) Engines. 
Eight (8) Blowers. 



ENGINES. 

Type: 

The engines are to be of the single, vertical, simple, double- 
acting, enclosed type arranged for direct connection to the 
blowers. 



2IO 



Rating : 



They are to be of 65 horse power on a basis of 290 r.p.m. 
and with a pressure per square inch, at the throttle, of 120 
pounds of saturated steam; and shall also operate satisfactorily 
in every respect with a pressure per square inch, at the throttle, 
of 200 pounds of steam with 100 degrees, Fahrenheit, of super- 
heat. 

Cylinders : 

The C3dinders are to be of the best grade of hard, close- 
grained charcoal iron ; fitted with liners of similar material which 
will wear smooth and be satisfactorily durable. The liners shall 
be bored true and smooth and be counter bored, and shall be of 
such thickness that after removal of 3-16 of an inch by reboring, 
the fibre stress will not exceed 2,000 pounds per square inch 
under a steam pressure of 200 pounds per square inch. The 
cylinders are to be lagged with 85% carbonate of magnesia 
covered with planished iron jackets. 

The cylinder and valve-chest heads are to be carefully fitted 
to insure proper metallic joints. All stuffing boxes are to have 
composition bushings. All cylinders are to be drilled and tapped 
for indicator, relief and drain connections, etc., and equipped 
with positive sight-feed lubricators. 

Valves : 

The valves are to be of cast iron, of the piston type, and 
without packing rings. They are to operate in removable bush- 
ings with milled ports, and of first quality, hard, charcoal iron; 
these bushings being forced into place and held by screws. 

Pistons and Piston Rods : 

Tlie pistons are to be of cast iron and of light though rigid 
design, recessed for the ring on the piston rod and fitted with 
cast iron "Ramsbottom" packing rings. 

The piston rods are to be of the best crucible, forged steel, 



211 

carefully ground to size. They are to be securely fastened to the 
pistons by a taper fit and nut, and to the crossheads by a screw 
thread and jamb nut. A ring is to be forged on the rod to form 
a shoulder for the piston. 

Crcsshe^ds and Guides : 

The crossheads are to be cast steel, carefully annealed, and 
shall have ample means for adjustment. The wearing surfaces 
are to be exceptionally large and faced with genuine "Babbitt" 
metal, and provided with an approved method of lubrication. 

The wrist pins are to be of the best nickel steel; they shall 
be accurately ground to size, flattened on opposite sides, and 
located mid-length of the shoe-bearings. They shall be accurately 
fitted into the crossheads with taper fits and securely held in 
each case by a key and nut. 

The guides are to be of the bored type, easily removable 
from the frame when desired, and shall be of hard, close-grained 
cast iron. 



Connecting, Valve, and Eccentric Rods : 

These are to be of the very best crucible, forged steel. 

The connecting rods are to be of the marine type and care- 
fully designed as to lightness and strength. The crank-pin boxes 
are to be of the best cast steel carefully annealed, lined with 
genuine "Babbitt" metal thoroughly peened, and then bored to 
gauge. Adjustment is to be provided for by through bolts with 
locknuts and cotter-pins — suitable liners being included. 

The cross-head ends are to be of the marine type with bronze 
or steel boxes, babbitted and adjusted by liners and bolts, 

The valve-rods shall be carefully ground to size. The 
eccentric rods are to be fitted with bronze bushings forced 
into place, bored and reamed to a proper fit, for the reception of 
the eccentric rod pins which are to be of the best nickel steel and 
carefully ground to size. 



212 



Crank-Shafts : 

The crank-shafts are to be of the best crucible steel, each 
forged in one piece, turned true, ground to size, polished, and 
fitted with proper annealed cast-steel counterweights securely 
fastened in place by bolts and dowels. 

Special care shall be given to the fitting of the shafts to their 
bearings. 

Each shaft is to be provided with oil-deflecting rings forged 
directly thereon to prevent the oil from flowing out of the ends of 
the bearings. 

Each shaft shall be provided with keyways for the eccentrics 
and the flywheel, and with an approved coupling on the driving 
end. 

Fly-Wheels : 

The flywheels shall be accurately turned and balanced, have 
an odd number of arms and be of the very best quality of cast 
iron. 

Eccentrics : 

The eccentrics and their straps are to be of the best quality 
of cast-steel. The straps shall be lined with "Babbitt" metal and 
provided with an approved method of lubrication. 

Main Bearings : 

The main bearings are to be exceptionally large and fitted 
with removable shells lined with genuine "Babbitt" metal care- 
fully peened in place, and bored accurately to gauge. 

Provision for adjustment for wear shall be made by means 
of liners. 

These boxes are to be so designed as to be readily removable 
for examination or re-babbitting by simply relieving them of the 
weight of the shaft. 



Frames and Beds : 

The frames are to be of a design giving ample strength and 
rigidity, and allowing entire accessibility of the working parts for 
their removal; all of such parts being completely enclosed, all 
doors and bearings being oil-tight. Each crank-case is to have 
removable covers on the ends, and doors at the front and back 
for access to the interior thereof. The upper part of the frame 
is to be separated from the under part by a horizontal partition, 
keeping the drip of the cylinder and valve chest stuffing-boxes 
from the oil in the frame body. A suitable sub-base is to be 
provided for each engine frame ; the surface of its joint therewith, 
and the bottom of the engine frame being planed for a proper 
bearing. 

A drip-pan is to be furnished having a pipe leading to a 
reservoir provided with a visible gauge showing the amount of 
fluid therein. 

The frames, sub-bases and drip-pans are to be of a good 
<iuality of cast iron. 

Governor : 

An approved throttling governor is to be provided. 

•General : 

With each engine there shall be provided a throttle valve of 
approved design, the necessary relief valves, complete indicator 
■connections and rigging, an approved sight-feed oil pump for 
cylinder oil, a complete general oiling system and the required 
■foundation bolts with their anchor plates, nuts and washers. 

The "Forced System" of lubrication is to be used; the oil 
being brought to the engine under a pressure of 30 pounds pro- 
vided by the Company. 

All wearing surfaces are to have accurate and simple means 
for adjustment, which, so far as possible, shall be so arranged 
that the wear and consequent adjustment will not disturb the 
alignment of the working parts nor alter the steam distribution. 



214 

All flat wearing surfaces are to be scraped by hand to sur- 
face-plates. 

All exposed nuts and cap bolts subject to frequent removal 
shall be finished and case-hardened. 

All machine work throughout is to be made to gauge and 
shall be interchangeable; and skilled inspectors will subject each 
part to careful inspection at each stage of manufacture. 

All stuffing boxes are to be provided with metallic packing of 
an approved type. 

All exterior finished parts of each engine shall be polished, 
and all exterior surfaces of castings shall, before shipment, be 
filled, rubbed and painted in a neat, workmanlike and approved 
manner. 

It is the intention under this specification to obtain an engine 
that will operate, under fire-room conditions, continuously for 
twenty-four hours per day and six days per week, under a pressure 
of 200 pounds of steam, with 100 degrees, Fahrenheit, of super- 
heat, without undue wear or heating. To this end all bearing and 
wearing surfaces are to be o-tra large ; the oiling arrangement 
adequate ; all shafts, rods, pins, keys, and bolts and other parts of 
the best material, and fitted for the service herein specified; and 
all workmanship of the highest quality. 

The engines are to be high grade in every particular; neat 
and attractive in design ; scientifically proportioned in all respects ; 
and satisfactory in every way to the Mechanical Engineer of the 
Company. 

Guarantee : 

The Contractor hereunder guarantees that each engine will 
operate without undue wear of any of its parts and practically 
without noise and perceptible vibration, and that he will furnish 
or replace any part which, within one year of operation, proves to 
have been defective in design, material or workmanship. 



215 

FANS. 



Type: 



The blowers are to be of the full-housed, pressure, steel plate 
type, with "Sirocco" wheels. 

Capacity : 

Their capacity shall be the delivery of 90,000 cubic feet of 
air per minute, at approximately 300 r. p. m. under conditions as 
hereinafter specified. 

General : 

The casings of these blowers are to be at least 3-16 of an 
inch thick and well braced \i?ith angle sections in no place smaller 
than 2" X zYz" x 5-16". 

Two of these blowers are to have angular, top discharge — ■ 
one right-hand and one left-hand; and six are to have horizontal 
top discharge — three right-hand and three left-hand. All are to 
have single inlet. 

Each blower shall have two bearings, and the inboard end 
of the shaft shall be of proper length and fit and turned to receive 
a suitable coupling for the driving engine. 

Each blower shall be provided with a swing or pivoted 
damper, with operating lever and locking device, within the casing 
and so designed as to prevent a back flow of air from the duct 
when the blower is not in operation. All material and workman- 
ship are to be subject to the approval of the Company's Mechani- 
cal Engineer. 

Guarantee : ' 

The Contractor is to agree that each blower will be of high 
efHciency, and that when operated at the before stated approxi- 
mate speed it will deliver the hereinbefore called for quantity of 
air per minute measured at the blower outlet; and that with two 
units, each delivering this amount of air into opposite ends of a 



2l6 

duct having a cross sectional area of thirty square feet, and an 
approximate length of one hundred feet, and with six ash pit 
connections — nine feet by nine inches — from the top of the duct, 
there will be maintained in the ash pits to which they are con- 
nected a pressure equal to 2" of water, with normally thick fires 
of small anthracite coal on the grates. He is to further guarantee 
that the Company will be protected against loss or damage through 
defective material or workmanship for the term of one year from, 
the date of its acceptance of the equipment. 



217 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

ECONOMIZERS 

of the New Waterside Power Station. 

Being a part of the contract dated March 13, 1907 
between the B. F. Sturtevant Company, Con 
tractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK. 

There are to be eight (8) "Sturtevant" Standard Fuel 
Economizers; installed as four units, in connectioii with twenty 
Babcock & Wilcox boilers of 650 B. H. P. each, and for a service 
of twenty-four (24) hours per day. Two of the economizer 
units are to be installed in connection with 5200 B. H. P. (2600 
B. H. P. each), and the other two economizer units in connection 
with 7800 B. H. P. (3900 B. H. P. each). 

The four economizers for the lower floor of the boiler house 
are to consist, each, of 336 pipes in 56 sections of 6 pipes per 
section; the four for the upper floor are to consist, each of 312 
pipes in 52 sections of 6 pipes per section ; the total number of 
pipes for the four units being 2,592. 

The pipes of the several sections of each economizer shall 
be so arranged that those of any one section will stand centrally 



2l8 

opposite the spaces between those of the adjoining section; thus 
staggering their' location. 

The length of each economizer for the lower floor shall be 
36'-3"; the length for each economizer for the upper floor shall 
be 33'-io". The width between walls for each group, throughout, 
shall be lo'-o". The height of all sections shall be io'-2j4" and the 
height, overall, of each complete unit i2'-6" on ist floor and 15'- 
i^" on 2nd floor. 

The total heating surface to be installed under these 
specifications is to be 32,308 square feet, and the aggre- 
gate capacity of the four units in feed water to be heated, 163,296- 
pounds per hour. The length of all economizer pipes shall be 9'- 
o" ; their outside diameter 4-9/16" ; and the thickness of their walls 
j4". They shall be cast on end in dry sand moulds. 

All economizer pipes are to be connected to the top and 
bottom headers by taper, iron-to-iron joints without packing or 
cement; each pipe being seated separately from the top, thus 
allowing its withdrawal and replacem.ent without disturbance of 
any other pipe. 

The caps over the tops of the pipes are to have taper ground 
seats ; they are to be seated from the inside, without through bolts 
or packing. 

The several sections shall be connected at the top by lateral 
side joints and secured by heavy outside bolts; each joint to be 
independent of any other. At one end of the bottom headers the 
several sections shall be connected to the wall boxes, or mani- 
folds, by means of taper ground seats and outside bolts ; which 
latter are also to secure, opposite each bottom header, hand hole 
plates having taper, ground seats. 

The wall box, or manifold, for connecting several bottom 
headers shall be made up of one length, or more, as the number 
of sections may require; each two adjoining lengths to be con- 
nected by means of a "U" bend, providing for expansion and 
contraction. Each economizer shall be provided with a proper, 
approved and efficient scraper-mechanism with lifter rods and 
guide plates; the scrapers to be operated by a suitable pulley 
motion and positive reversing gear. 



219 

Each economizer is to be provided with the following named 
accessories : 

One 2" Relief valve ; 

One 2>4" blow-off valve; 

One Water-inlet connection; 

One Water-outlet connection; 

The necessary "U," bends for the wall box; 

The necessary cast iron, and properly fitted, doors and 
frames for the soot pit ; 

The bed plates for the top of the foundation walls ; 

An asbestos covering for the top of the economizer. 

In addition to the foregoing, the Contractor shall also pro- 
vide for the complete economizer installation herein specified, 124 
heat non-conducting covers for the fronts of the economizers; 
and 20 special side dampers, or baffle plates, for the space between 
the backs of the economizers of each unit, together with the nec- 
essary steel cover-plates for this space. 

Each section of each economizer shall be subjected by, and 
at the expense of, the Contractor, in the presence of a representa- 
tive of the Company, to a shop hydrostatic test of three hundred 
fifty (350 pounds per square inch), and which test is to be satis- 
factory to the representative. After its erection each complete 
economizer is to be tested to 200 pounds hydrostatic pressure per 
square inch and proven to be water-tight in all its joints. 

Each economizer is to safely withstand a working pressure 
of 200 pounds per square inch, and the relief valve shall be set 
to operate at that pressure. 

All materials to be used in the construction of the herein 
specified economizers shall be of the best of their various kinds ; 
all workmanship shall be first-class in every particular ; and both 
materials and workmanship are to be satisfactory to the En- 
gineer. 

The Contractor guarantees to furnish and repair all parts 
necessary due to defective material or workmanship for one year 
from the date of the contract to which these specifications are 
annexed and of which they form a part. 

The Contractor is to do the erecting of all of the apparatus 



220 

herein specified to be ftirnished by him ; supplying all material 
and necessary appliances therefor except the foundations ; leaving 
all joints absolutely tight against leakage; and installing com- 
plete and satisfactory equipments ready for connections and in 
accordance with the intent of these specifications and the here- 
inbefore referred to drawing. 

The Contractor shall annually make two inspections of the 
herein specified economizers ; one inspection internal and one 
inspection external and shall send to the Company a report of 
each inspection. The Contractor's charge for these inspections 
shall not exceed for each economizer the sum of Fifty Dollars 
($50.00) per annum; and there shall not be any charge made for 
the inspections during the first two years of installation of the 
«conomizers. 

The Company is to furnish all materials for, and build, all 
needed foundations, settings and brickwork for the herein speci- 
fied economizers and in accordance with the plan or plans there- 
for which shall be provided by the Contractor; it being under- 
stood, that the foundation for any given economizer shall be in 
readiness for its erection at least six weeks prior to the date of 
completed erection of the latter. The Company will also provide 
and place all required dampers in the main flues between the up- 
takes of each boiler in order that the amount of gases from the 
several boilers can be regulated to suit the respective areas of the 
■economizer units as consistent with the variation of boiler duty; 
and will further provide and place between the economizer units 
and the stack the necessary automatically operated dampers for 
controlling the velocity of the furnace gases as the best operation 
of the economizers may demand. 



22 I 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

Turbine Driven Centrifugal Boiler 
Feed Pumps 

of the New Waterside Power Station. 

Being part of the Contract dated May 13. 1907, 
between the D'Olier Engineering Company, Con- 
tractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



General : 

Each of the 8 units will consist of an 8" five-stage pump, 
direct-coupled, by means of flexible coupling, to a steam tur- 
bine, both pump and turbine being mounted on a heavy cast- 
iron baseplate, making the unit self-contained. Each pump 
will have a rated capacity of 1,000 g. p, m. when operating 
against a total head of 700 feet, approximately 300 pounds at 
a normal speed of 1,650 r. p. m. There will also be one 8" 
check valve for each pump for 300 pounds working pressure. 

An approved throttle valve will be furnished with each 
turbine and the necessary special wrenches will be supplied 
for both turbines and pumps. 



f»fO OF ^m^ ...^ gaAftww . . 



















, e:-n& ^ 








/V" 
















' 


■^ 






























Vn 






>« 






*"* 
















*t. 












^' ' 










g 












<« 


















;.. 












1^ 






Oi 






« 




< 


s 








•? 




















Vi 












5i 












•^ 








1. 




^ 






X\ 






l« 


^ 








i^OftfE J 


gwi= i'. 


h- 


- 








' 




1 


e'-ii" 


e 




, ^-3"* 


^e-f^ ' . 




i 




_*ri 


p yx rmaoii 


<• mm-jotn 


(£«_ 





■» 




GENERAL DRAWING D'OLIER FEED PUMP AND TERRY TURBINE. 



223 

Workmanship Guarantee : 

The pumps, turbines and appurtenances are guaranteed 
against defective workmanship and material for a period of 
one year from date of shipment, and should any such defect 
■develop within this time a new part will be furnished to re- 
place same, f. o, b. Waterside Station, without charge. 

We guarantee the efficiency of the pump end of the unit 
to be not less than 65% when delivering 1,000 g. p. m. against 
a total head of 700 feet, when handling water not exceeding 
200 degrees Fahr., delivered to the pump suction under a head 
■of not less than 6 feet. 

Measurements to be made as follows: The total head 
shall be measured by a gauge placed close to the suction inlet 
of the pump, and a gauge placed close to the discharge outlet 
of the pump, with the necessary correction for the location of 
the gauges. 

PUMPS. 
Make : 

The pumps will be of the design as furnished by the 
D'Olier Engineering Company, as set forth more in detail 
below. 

The pumps will be of the single-suction five-stage type, 
stages being arranged in series between the suction and dis- 
charge, the last stage being at the extreme opposite end of 
the pump with reference to the first stage. The pump case 
will be horizontally divided through the centre, thus permit- 
ting inspection and cleaning of the interior, without disturb- 
ing suction or discharge piping, or bearings, or the disturbing 
of the steam turbine or alignment of turbine or pump. 

Capacity : 

Capacity — 1,000 U. S. gallons fresh water per minute 



224 

against a total suction and discharge head of 700 feet (includ- 
ing frictional resistance in piping). 

All capacities are based on handling hot water at a tem- 
perature not to exceed 200" Fahr., the water being de- 
livered to the pump under a head of not less than 6 ft. 

Other capacities with 700 ft. total head are as follows : 



1,000 


g-p- 


m 


— approx 


imately 


1,650 r. 


p. m 


900 


J 




— 




1,630 


11 


800 


» 




— 




i>595 


j> 


700 


i 




— ' 




1.575 


tt 


500 


J 




— 




I.S30 


» 


300 


) 




— 




1,500 


jj 



While the pumps are designed for 300 lbs. working pressure, 
this pressure may be made much less if desired, by reducing 
the speed of the turbine and pump more than above indicated, 
and there will be no difficulty in bringing the speed down to a 
point to maintain 200 lbs. discharge pressure, or to any point 
between 200 and 300 lbs. that might be desired. The maxi- 
mum quantity of water delivered at any given pressure will 
be maintained at approximately 1,000 g. p. m. 



Governing Devices: 

To maintain a constant discharge pressure with varying 
quantities of water (automatically), a pressure regulator will be 
supplied to operate in conjunction with and to be part of the 
turbine governor for constant speed ; or if it is found more ad- 
vantageous, a separate regulator will be supplied to control 
the pump unit independently of the turbine constant-speed 
governor. It is, therefore, contemplated that the pump will be 
entirely automjatic in its operation when maintaining a con- 
stant discharge pressure. 

Balancing Device : 

The pump will be balanced against end thrust in such a 
manner that the stuffing box at the discharge end of pump 



225 

will be subjected to a pressure slightly above atmospheric. 
This pressure will be controlled and maintained constant by 
means of a relief valve, the drain from the relief valve being 
carried to the pump suction, thus preventing any waste of 
water. 

General Dimensions: 

Diam. of suction — 8". 
Diaml. of discharge — 8". 
Rated Speed — 1,650 r. p. m. 

Impellers : 

Impellers to be of the enclosed single-suction type, with 
backward curved blades, properly proportioned for the duty, 
and made of bncmze. 

Guide Vanes : 

Guide vanes will be cast solid with the supporting ring 
with a separate cover ring or side plate, all of bronze, and 
removable from the pump case. They will be designed with a 
view of meeting the special conditions required. 
Shaft and Sleeves : 

Shaft will be of steel, and between the impellers and at the 
outer ends where it passes through the stuffing boxes, it will 
be protected by bronze sleeves, which are renewable. 

Case: 

Case will be made of cast iron, and made in two pieces, 
divided horizontally through the centre and designed for 300 
lbs. working pressure The upper half of the case may be re- 
moved, permitting inspection and cleaning of the interior of 
pump without disturbing the suction or discharge piping or 
bearings. The partition walls between stages will not reach 



226 

entirely to the shaft, but a bronze partition ring will be in- 
serted between them and the shaft. 



Packing : 

Stuffing boxes with gland and take-up studs are provided 
for fibrous packing. 

Bearings : 

Bearings to be of the self-oiling ring type, ball seated, 
split and removable, and so arranged that no oil can pass into 
pump case. In connection with the bearing housings, are cast 
drip pockets for oollecting any drip from the stuffing boxes. 

Suction and Discharge: 

Suction and discharge openings to be flanged, faced and 
drilled to the New York Edison Company's standard. 

Mounting : 

Both pump and turbine will be mounted on a one-piece 
sub-case of cast iron, turbine and pump to be connected bv 
flexible coupling. 

STEAM TURBINES 
Make: 

The turbines will be of the design as manufactured by the 
Terry Steam Turbine Company as set forth more in detail be- 
low: 

The turbine will be of the single-wheel Terry type, and 
of such design that the main portion of the turbine case is sub- 
jected only to exhaust pressure. 



227 

Steam Conditions: 

The turbines are to be designed for 175 lbs. steam pres- 
sure at the throttle, and 100° superheat. They will also be 
designed to operate with 200 lbs. steam pressure, when neces- 
sary, and will be capable of delivering full rated power with 
170 lbs. gauge pressure saturated steam. The Company is to 
provide free exhaust connections that the turbine may not be 
subjected to back pressure. 



Capacity : 

/ 

The rated capacity of each turbine will be 300 brake H. P. 
when operating at a speed of 1,650 r. p. m. and the steam 
nozzles or jets are to be designed for steam conditions as 
named above. In order to secure a less quantity of water than 
the rated capacity of each pump, the turbine will be so de- 
signed that it may be operated at a speed as low as 1,450 
r. p. m. ; or any speed between 1,450 and the full speed At 
the reduced speeds, the turbine shall have sufficient capacity 
to drive the pump when delivering the lesser quantity of water. 



Governing Devices: 

A fly-ball type centrifugal governor to be mounted on the 
main turbine shaft, and will operate in connection with the 
balanced type of piston valve for maintaining the turbine at a 
substantially constant speed. This design of governor and 
valve is subject to any changes that may be found necessary, 
under subject "Governing Devices" for pump. The governor 
valve shall be provided with bronze stem working through a 
gland of brass, and the throat of the stuffing box shall be 
bushed with brass where it comes in contact with the stem. 



228 

Turbine Wheel : 

The turbine wheel will be 3 ft. in diameter, and composed 
of two discs of hard "saw" steel ; buckets to be miade of rolled 
steel, dove-tailed into these discs, and securely fastened there- 
in. 

Shaft : 

Turbine wheel will be mounted on a shaft of hammered 
steel, which will measure 2}i" in the bearings. 

Bearings : 

Bearings to be of the self-oiling ring type, with two oil 
rings for each bearing; bearings to be split and removable, of 
cast iron, lined with best babbitt metal, supported at the cen- 
ter only and enclosed by dust-proof felt washers. 

Case: 

The case will be of cast iron, made in two pieces, divided 
horizontally through the centre, and so designed that the up- 
per half may be removed, permitting of the inspection of the 
turbine wheel, without disturbing the steam or exhaust con- 
nections. The housings for supporting the main bearings will 
be cast with the lower half of the case. 

Reversing Chambers : 

Mounted within the lower half of the case are reversing 
chambers of cast bronze, machine-smooth and polished. In 
connection with the bronze reversing chambers, there will be 
eight nozzles or jets designed for the steam conditions herein 
called for. 



229 

Packing : 

The shaft will be provided with stuffing box and suital)le 
packing where it comes through the turbine case. 

Pipe Flanges: 

The steam and exhaust openings are to be flanged, faced 
and drilled to the New York Edison Company's standard. 

Mounting : 

Turbine will be mounted on same sub-base as supplied 
with the pump, and connected to the pump by means of a 
.flexible coupling. 

Steam Consumption: 

With 175 lbs. steam pressure and 100° superheat at the 
throttle, and no back pressure, the Contractor guarantees the 
turbine to use not to exceed 32 lbs. of steam per Brake H. P. 
per hour. 



2 30 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for the 

TURBINES FOR THE BOILER FEED 

PUMPS 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of contract dated January 2, 1906, 
between the Terry Steam Turbine Company, 
Contractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



General Description : 

8 Turbines of the Terry type will be furnished of 225 brake 
horsepower each, and running at a speed of 1,650 revolutions 
per minute. 

Economy : 

The Contractor guarantees that with steam at 175 lbs. per 
square inch pressure and 100° Fahr. of superheat, the turbines 
will operate on 32 lbs. of steam per brake horsepower per hour. 

Failure to obtain this economy may be deemed sufficient 
cause for the rejection of the apparatus. 

The Contractor will guarantee the turbine for a period of 
one year from date of starting same, against defective design, 
workmanship or material, and if trouble arises from the above 
defects, the Contractor agrees to repair same without cost to the 
Company. 

Delivery : 

Delivery will be F. O. B. cars or boat at Hartford, Conn. 



231 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

FEED PUMPS AND HEATERS 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, being a 
part of Contract dated January 12, 1906, between The 
Piatt Iron Works Company, Contractors, and The 
New York Edison Company. 



Victor Turbine Pumps: 

Eight (8) No. 6 four stage Victor Turbine Pumps are to 
be furnished, each pump to have a capacity of 1,000 U. S. gallons 
of water per minute under a total head of 500 feet. 

Speed: 

1650 rev. per minute. 

Pump Shell: 

Pump shell to be of cast iron. 

Pump Runner: 

Pump runner to be of composition bronze. 



232 



Pump Bearing? ■ 



Pump bearings to be liberal in size and specially designed 
and constructed for the work in hand. 

Pump Shaft : 

Pump shaft to be of hammered iron or forged steel. 

Pump Base: 

Pump to be provided with cast iron subbase, especially 
designed and constructed to take care of the steam turbine 
which will be furnished by another Contractor to drive the pump. 

Accessories : 

All nuts subject to frequent removal will be cast hardened 
and all necessary oil cups and lubricators will be provided. 

Erection : 

Erection to be done by the Company. 

FEED WATER HEATERS. 
No. OF Units: 

Four (4) Stilwell heaters will be furnished. 

Capacity : 

Each 500,000 lbs. water per hour. 

Over all Dimensions : 

Length 22' -o" ; width 6'-o" ; height to face of flange on ex- 
haust outlet 1 1 '-4". 

Connections : 

Diameter exhaust opening any size up to 30". 
Cold water supply 8". 
Pump suction 16". 
Over flow 8". 



233 
Pans: 

Number of tiers of pans, 4. 
Number of large pans, 16. 
Number of small pans, 16. 

Contents : 

Total cubical contents about 1,000 cu. ft. 
Cubical contents storage chamber, 587 cu. ft. 

Shell: 

Shell of the heater to be of best grade of cast iron with 
all joints machined and fitted together with indestructible 
gaskets to insure entire freedom from leakage; the water in- 
let pipe to be of brass. There will be one hinged door large 
enoiigh to permit of easy entrance to all parts of the heater. 

Oil Separator: 

Heater to be equipped with an efficient oil separator, 
which shall practically eliminate the oil from the exhaust 
steam before it comes in contact with the water. The separ- 
ator is self cleaning and is drained through a drip pipe which 
should be connected with waste ways and always open. 

Overflow : 

Overflow is of the water sealed type, placed at the back 
of heater and arranged with wide opening at the water line, 
which acts as a skimmer. The water passes through this 
■opening to water seal or traps, which while of ample size is 
arranged to withstand a pressure corresponding to that car- 
ried in the heater. This arrangement efifectively seals the 
opening and prevents the entrance of air into the heater with- 
out using a check valve. 



234 

Pans: 

The pans are to be of cast iron of the inner and outer dis- 
charge counter current type, supported on Bridgetree in the 
upper part of the heating chamber opposite the two rectan- 
gular exhaust openings, which admit steam to the heating 
chamber. The pans are securely held in place in such a man- 
ner that they cannot be dislodged by the pulsations of the ex- 
haust, though they can be readily removed through the clean- 
ing door. 

Water Supply: 

Outside of the heater on the inlet pipe is placed a balanced- 
valve for regulating the cold water supply, which valve is con- 
trolled by a ventilated copper float carried in the heater. 
Protection of Pump Suction : 

The pure water chamber which surrounds the pump suc- 
tion is separated from the filtering chamber by means of 
screened plates or gratings, which prevents the filtering ma- 
terial from passing over the pump. 

Accessibility : 

Every provision is made for examining and cleaning all 
parts of the heater without disturbing any pipe connection, 
the openings being of large size and conveniently located. 
The face or joint of cleaning doors and flanged openings are 
arranged with special form of bolting (standard bolts slipped 
into slots). The doors are hinged so that they may be swung 
to one side and are large enough for a man to enter. 

Fittings : 

With the heater proper as specified above, there will be 
furnished the following fittings: ventilated copper float, cold 
water regulating valve with crank, levers and rods for con- 
necting same to float, Bibbcock, water gauge glass and fitting 
and all openings for steam or water ready for connection. 



235 
Performance : 

This heater is sold to perform the following duties pro- 
vided it is connected and operated in accordance with the in- 
structions of the Contractor. 

First : 

To deliver water suitable for boiler feed or other pur- 
poses; i. e., to give protection against cylinder oil carried in 
the exhaust steam entering the heater. 

Second : 

Given a sufficient and continuous supply of exhaust 
steam, heater will raise the temperature of feed water to 210° 
or 212" Fahrenheit. 

Third: 

To give all the purification that can be obtained by heat- 
ing water to the temperature of exhaust steam by furnishing 
large depositing, settling and filtering surface and by saving 
and utilizing the steam condensed in heating the water. 

Fourth : 

The heater will not cause any back pressure on the steam 
engine, as the combined area of the steam passageways 
through it are largely in excess of the area of the exhaust pipe 
entering it. 

Fifth : 

To automatically regulate the cold water supply, keeping 
it down to the amount actually required over and above the 
condensed exhaust, thus preventing waste of water. 



236 



Sixth : 



The material used and the workmanship furnished to be 
first class in every respect ; the fittings to be of superior quality 
and particularly adapted to their work. In general, the heater 
is guaranteed to be simple and highly efficient and reliable in 
operation, easily and quickly cleaned and thoroughly well 
made in every particular. 

Erection : 

Erection is to be done by the Contractor. 



237 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

8000 Kilowatt Turbo-Generators 

of the New Waterside Power Station. 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by I St Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 
being a part of the contract dated June 29th, 1905, 
between the General Electric Company, hereinafter 
called the Contractor and The New York Edison 
Company, hereinafter called the Company. 



This contract covers two (2) turbine units of 8,000 K. 
W. capacity each. 

The turbines will be of the Curtis type and designed ta 
operate condensing. 

Generator : 

The generator will be of the four pole A. T. B. type of 
8,000 K. W. capacity, and when running at its normal speed, 
750 revolutions per minute, will deliver three phase current of 
25 cycles per second at a pressure of 6,600 volts, at the rate of 
700 amperes per phase. 

The Contractor guarantees that the turbine and generator 
connected therewith will run continuously at its normal rat- 



S/£XS ^^^K^T/O^ 



^/fW/T fl£\f/}T/OfV 




GENERAL DRAWING CURTIS TURBO-GENERATOR. 



239 

ing without undue heating, undue noise or vibration. The 
variation of speed shall not exceed 2% from no load to full 
load, but sudden variation of load may cause 4% momentary 
speed variation. 

The regulation of the generator or the rise in potential 
when full non-inductive load is thrown off, the speed and 
excitation remaining constant, will be 8%. 
Temperature Rise at 100 Per Cent. Power Factor: 

Full load, 24 hours, 40° C. 

I2j<^% overload, 24 hours, 45° C. 

50% overload, 2 hours, 55" C. 

Insulation Tests: 

Field, 1,500 Volts. 
Armature, 13,200 Volts. 

Maximum Excitation : 

Voltage, 125; K. W. 50. 

The turbine and generator will not be injured by 75% 
■overload applied momentarily. When making the tempera- 
ture test, the overload will immediately follow the full load 
run. 

Noise : 

The turbo-generator covered in this contract will make 
no more noise than the units already installed and on order. 

Temperature Test: 

The temperature rise will be taken by a thermometer 
and based on a room temperature of 25° C. In the event of 
the room temperature differing from 25° C, the observed rise 
in temperature will be corrected J^% for each degree C. that 
the room temperature differs from 25° C. 

The insulation test will be made by applying an alternat- 
ing current between the windings and the core for one minute. 



240 

The excitation specified will be sufficient to excite the 
machine when operating at 80% power factor and the given 
overload in current. 

Dimensions : 

Diameter of base 15 ft. 2 in. Height 32 ft. 

Approximate Weights : 

Net 700,000 lbs. Shipping 775,000 lbs. 

Foundations : 

Foundations with foundation bolts to be furnished by the 
Company. 

Installation : 

The Contractor will furnish all labor necessary for instal- 
ling the apparatus and a competent man to superintend the 
erection on foundation, also to start the apparatus and place 
it in good operative condition. The Contractor agrees that 
the installation shall be done in a thorough and workmanlike 
manner. 

The Company will provide a crane capable of handling 
the heaviest piece, oil and operating force, necessary openings 
in walls, runways, timber, blocking, etc., and will bring steam' 
to the turbine and take exhaust from the exhaust opening. 

Accessories : 

This contract includes throttle valve, screen in main steam 
pipe, steam gauges, vacuum gauges, water pressure gauge, com- 
plete set of wrenches, speed regulating governor, emergency 
stop and a suitable field rheostat for the generator. 

This contract does not include steam generating apparatus,, 
condensers, pumps (air, circulating or feed pumps), exciter, 
switchboard equipment, automatic relief valve connecting tur- 



241 

bine to atmospheric exhaust, or piping other than that which 
is supported by, and forms a part of the turbine structure. 

For supplying water to the step bearing, the Contractor will 
furnish two steam driven pumps, each capable of furnishing 
12 gallons of water per minute at 800 lbs. pressure. 

For supplying oil to the other bearings, the Contractor will 
furnish two steam driven pumps each capable of furnishing 
3.2 gallons of oil per minute at 35 lbs. pressure. 

The Contractor will also furnish in connection with the 
oil pumps, two suitable tanks, each having a capacity of 85 gal- 
lons. 

This contract does not cover piping necessary to connect 
pumps to the water lubricated step bearing or oiling system. 
Such piping will be furnished by the company. Galleries and 
platforms attached to the turbine structures will be furnished 
in accordance with drawings submitted by the Contractor. 

Guarantee : 

The Contractor guarantees the apparatus specified herein 
to be of the full working capacity as rated and agrees to cor- 
rect any defects in same which develop under normal and proper 
use within one >ear from the starting thereof, provided, the Com- 
pany gives the Contractor immediate written notice of such de- 
fects and provided further that during said period, the appar- 
atus shall not be taxed beyond its normal capacity, shall be reg- 
ularly cleaned and cared for and in other respects shall be op- 
erated in a normal and proper manner. 



242 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

7500 Kilowatt Turbo-Generators 

of the New Waterside Power Station. 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the West 
by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, being a 
part of the contract dated July 6, 1905, between 
the Westinghouse Machine Company, Contractors, 
and The New York Edison Company 



General Description : 

The general design to be in accordance with the outline 
drawing accompanying these specifications. The turbine to be of 
the type known as the Multiple Expansion parallel flow and 
adapted for driving a direct connected generator, running at 750 
r. p. m. and giving 3,000 alternations per minute. 

The turbine together with the generator to be mounted on a 
continuous bed plate, provided with suitable supports for turbine, 
generator, generator bearings, etc. 

All revolving parts to be accurately balanced so as to run 
smoothly and without undue vibration or noise. 

Material and Workmanship : 

The various materials entering into the construction of the 
turbine to be of first class quality and in kind conforming to the 




GENERAL DRAWING WESTINGHOUSE GENERATOR. 



244 

most approved practice as regards each individual part of the 
machine. 

The workmanship to be of high grade character in every 
detail. 

Dimensions and Weights (of Turbine) : 

Max. length of turbine alone, about 3S'-o" 

Max. width of turbine, about i7'-o" 

Max. height above floor level, about iS'-o" 

Total approximate weight of turbine 450,000 lbs. 

Approximate weight of heaviest piece 80,000 lbs. 

Approximate weight of generator 250,000 lbs. 

Dimensions and Weight of Combined Unit: 

Maximum length over all, about So'-o" 

Total approximate weight 700,000 lbs. 

Capacity : 

To develop 7,500 kilowatts when operating at 750 revolutions 
per minute, with dry saturated steam of 175 lbs. gauge pres- 
sure per sq. in. at the throttle and with a pressure in the exhaust 
pipe of 2 inches of mercury absolute at the turbine exhaust outlet. 

The turbine will be capable of operating in an efficient and 
serviceable manner under all fluctuations of load within its speci- 
fied capacity and with any quality of steam between saturation 
and 125 degrees Fahr. superheat. 

Parallel Operation: 

Having no reciprocating parts, the turning effort being prac- 
tically uniform during one revolution, and the rotating parts hav- 
ing considerable mass and velocity, the angular speed of the tur- 
bine will be substantially constant, insuring the successful opera- 
tion of alternating current generators in parallel which is hereby 
guaranteed. 



245 
Economy : 

The quantities of steam hereinafter given include all steam 
. used or consumed by the turbine and all leakages or losses in the 
turbine but does not include steam consumed by the auxiliaries. 

It is understood that the regular conditions under which these 
turbines are to operate will be as follows: one hundred seventy- 
five (175) lbs. steam pressure, two (2) inches of mercury ab- 
solute back pressure and one hundred («ioo) degrees Fahr. of 
superheat. 

The steam consumption will not exceed the following quan- 
tities when operating at 750 revolutions per minute; with steam 
superheated 100 degrees F. above the temperature of saturated 
steam, measured at the throttle at a pressure of 175 lbs. gauge per 
sq. in., and with a pressure in the exhaust pipe of 2 inches of 
mercury absolute: 

Full load ( 7,500 K. W.) 15.9 lbs. steam per K. W. H. 

K load ( 5,625 K. W.) 16.8 " 

y^ load ( 3,750 K. W.) 18.3 " " " 

1% load ( 9,375 K. W.) 16.5 " " " 

I J^ load (11,250 K. W.) 17.6 " " " 

Overload : 

The turbine is to be provided with a secondary governor valve 
by means of which 50% overload may be developed, or full load 
developed when operating without condenser, during which time 
the turbine will work smoothly and properly and without undue 
wear. 

The valve is to be automatically operated by a suitable mech- 
anism in connection with the governor and arranged to open 
whenever the load exceeds the amount that the turbine can carry 
when normally operating. It will similarly operate should the 
vacuum or steam pressure fall to a point where the turbine is un- 
able to normally carry the load and will automatically return to 
its seat when the excess capacity of the turbine is no longer re- 
quired. 



246 

Cylinders : 

To be of close grained cast iron and designed so that the 
tensile stress shall at no time exceed 2,000 lbs. per square inch. 
The high pressure sections of the turbine to be so designed that 
the stresses shall not exceed the above when subjected to a steam 
pressure of 200 lbs. per square inch. 

The low pressure section of the cylinder, where the normal 
stresses are usually less than the above, to be designed so that 
the stresses shall not exceed 2,000 lbs. per square inch when sub- 
jected to the highest pressure due to operation under the before- 
mentioned overload, or for non-condensing operation. 

Glands : 

Suitable glands or packing to be provided which will effectu- 
ally prevent leakage where the turbine shaft passes through the 
ends of the cylinder. These glands to be water sealed, no other 
oil or lubricant being necessary. No oil used in the turbine will 
be able to find its way into the cylinder through these glands. 

Turbine Blades : 

To be of suitable material of best mechanical construction 
and of form and dimensions most conductive to high economy. 

Main Bearings: 

To consist of heavy cast iron shells lined with babbitt metal 
and to have ample surface so as to run cool and without undue 
wear. The outer surface of the cast steel shells to be spherical, 
fitting in a corresponding concave seat to permit the self-aligning 
of the bearings. The bearings to be conveniently adjustable for 
taking up wear and arranged so that they may be readily taken 
out of the turbine without first removing the turbine shaft. The 
turbine bearings will be mounted on extended portions of the 
turbine cylinder and the generator bearings on massive cast iron 
pedestals bolted to the bedplate. 



247 

JJedplate: 

A suitable bedplate with planed supports or bearing pads for 
turbine, generator, etc. is to be provided. To be made of cast 
iron of box pattern heavily ribbed and of sufficient depth and 
strength to secure rigidity of the turbine. 

Shaft : 

To be of best quality of open hearth steel ; to have mounted 
thereon suitable cast steel rings for carrying the turbine blades, 
these castings to show the following physical characteristics in a 
standard test specimen 2 inches long and J4 an inch in diameter. 

Tensile strength not less than 65,000 lbs. 

Elastic limit not less than 30,000 lbs. 

Elongation not less than 15%. 

When operating at maximum load, the stresses in the shaft 
due to combined twisting and bending moments shall not exceed 
a fibre stress of 8,000 lbs. per square inch. 

Coupling : 

A suitable coupling to be provided for connecting the turbine 
and generator shafts; to be of steel and arranged to be readily 
disconnected. The stress in this due to maximum load shall not 
exceed 9,000 lbs. per square inch. 

Governor : 

A suitable and sensitive governor to be provided for control- 
ling the speed by varying the admission of steam; to be driven 
directly from the turbine by means of positive gearing. When 
the turbine is operating under normal conditions the, difference 
between the speed at friction load and the speed at full load will 
not exceed 3 per cent, of the average speed, and the governor 
will be certain and positive in its operation. The variation in 
speed may be greater than above specified, should the character 
of the load of the turbine be such as to render desirable a greater 
variation, such for example as the operation of alternating cur- 



248 

lent generators in parallel. In this case, the governor will be so 
proportioned that there will be no tendency for the load to surge 
between one turbine and another with which it may be connected 
in parallel. 

The Company is to signify when accepting these specifica- 
tions, which regulation will be the more desirable for the partic- 
ular purpose for which he intends to use the turbine. Means 
to be provided whereby the tension of the governor spring may 
be varied in either direction while the turbine is running, without 
in any way disturbing its operation otherwise than making the 
desired change. Necessary apparatus on the turbine to be pro- 
vided to enable the operator to control the distribution of load be- 
tween turbines from a common point. Connections to such ap- 
paratus and central control to be provided by the Company. 

Lubrication : 

The lubrication of all main bearings to be affected by a con- 
tinuous circulation of oil supplied by a system of delivery and 
drain pipes, and a suitable oil reservoir located in the bedplate. 

A suitable oil pump of simple and durable construction to be 
furnished and a means of driving same by the turbine. An oil 
cooling coil to be provided, arranged within suitable water cham- 
ber through which the oil will circulate. The water chamber to 
be provided with suitable water connections. All necessary pip- 
ing for the above' purposes will be attached and fitted to the tur- 
bine in a first class workmanlike manner. All oil piping above 
the floor level and in sight to be of brass or copper with polished 
brass fittings. The bearing pedestals will be provided with baffle 
plates which will effectually prevent any leakage of oil. 

In addition to the above, will be furnished a full complement 
of small oil cups for the governor gear, etc. There will be no 
means by which it will be possible for oil to enter any of the 
steam chambers of the turbine and thereby come in contact with 
the exhaust steam. 



249 

Throttle Valve: 

A suitable throttle valve to be provided, equipped with a 
small by pass for warming up purposes. 

Governor Valve: 

The governor valve for controlling the admission of steam 
to be of the balanced poppet valve type, made of hard cast iron 
and enclosed within a suitable steam chest. To be operated by 
the governor by means of suitable mechanism. 

Safety Stop: 

A quick operating throttle distinct from that referred to on 
page 249 is to be provided, which in combination with a separate 
auxiliary governor, will automatically close- itself, should the 
turbine speed exceed the safe limit. Means to be provided for 
adjusting this governor, whereby the device will act at any pre- 
determined speed. Means also to be provided for operating this 
safety stop by hand from a point in close proximity to the turbine. 

Inspection : 

The Company, or its representative is to be at liberty to in- 
spect the work at any reasonable time during the construction. 

Lifting Gear, Tools, etc. : 

A complete set of wrenches to be furnished to fit all nuts. 
Also all- necessary eye bolts for handling the various parts, as 
well as suitable lifting yokes and gear for removing the turbine 
shafts. 

Painting : 

The work to be of high finish throughout and all parts that 
are not polished will receive two coats' of filler rubbed down 
smooth and one coat of flat paint before shipment. Any further 
painting to be done by the Company after erection. 



250 

Lagging : 

All cylinders, etc., and surfaces where radiation will occur, 
to be well and sufficiently lagged so far as may be practicable and 
expedient. The cylinders are to be covered with steel plate 
jackets, neatly painted and secured with steel binding strips and 
corner plates. To be arranged so as to be conveniently removed. 
No screws having a diameter of less than 3-16 inches to be used 
in this work. 

Limits of Turbine: 

Unless otherwise stated in these specifications or otherwise 
agreed upon in writing, the turbine builder's work will begin at 
the inlet valve of the turbine and will end at the exhaust con- 
nection provided on the turbine. The company therefore will 
furnish all steam and exhaust piping outside the above limitations. 
All steam and exhaust pipes must be arranged so that they cause 
no stress on the turbine either by their weight or by their expan- 
sion, and expansion joints must be provided in these pipes should 
it be otherwise impracticable to relieve such stresses. 

In the interest of both parties to these specifications, it is 
expedient that the turbine builder have the privilege of examining 
plans showing the steam and exhaust piping and the arrangement 
of the condenser. The Company will' also provide the necessary 
piping to bring water for cooling the oil to a valve provided on 
the turbine, and furnish the piping that forms the overflow for 
this purpose as called for on the outline drawing accompanying 
these specifications. 

No weight of exhaust pipe other than the expansion joint 
and no weight of the steam pipe beyond the safety stop shall be 
borne by the turbine. 

TURBO ALTERNATER. 

General Description: 

This alternating current generator will have a rotating field 
and will be of the turbo type. Th^re will be four poles and the 



251 

frequency will be 3,000 alternations per minute (25 cycles per 
second) at a normal speed of 750 revolutions per minute. It will 
deliver 3 phase current at 6,600 volts. 

Generator to be of the enclosed type and to operate without 
undue noise or vibration ; i. e. : The turbo-generator units of sim- 
ilar size and speed or turbo generator units of type and size 
now in the Waterside Station of The New York Edison Company. 

General Construction : 

The rotating part will be built of high-grade steel and will 
be mounted upon a forged steel shaft. 

This rotating part will form the field of the machine and 
will carry the field windings, which will be substantially sup- 
ported against displacement, vibration and centrifugal 'force. 
Means will be provided for dissipating heat generated in the field 
windings. 

The weight of the electrically and magnetically inactive 
material will be reduced to a minimum in order to decrease the 
weight on the bearings. The external frame will be designed to 
allow access to the stationary armature windings. 

Material and Workmanship: 

To be first class throughout, of a nature best suited to the 
requirements of the various parts and to be complete and suffi- 
cient in every detail. 

Normal Full Load Rating : 

The normal rating of this generator will be 655 amperes per 
terminal at 6,600 volts and lOO per cent, power factor. The nor- 
mal rated output therefore will be 7,500 kilowatts. 

Efficiency : 

The efficiencies are based on C^R losses in the armature and 
field coils and armature iron loss. These losses are determined 
separately. At the normal rated current and voltage and 100 



252 

per cent, power factor, the efficiency will not be less than 95.5 
per cent, at one half load ; 96.7 per cent, at three quarters load ; 
97.5 per cent, at full load, and 97.8 per cent, at one and one 
quarter load. 

Excitation : 

This generator will be separately excited. The field will re- 
quire approximately 240 amperes at 100 volts when the generator 
delivers its normal rated current at normal voltage and 100 per 
■cent, power factor. At maximum load, the exciting current will 
increase to 300 to 350 amperes, depending on the adjustment of 
the load. 

■Collector : 

The collector will be of ample size for the maximum current 
to be carried. The brushes will be of carbon and there will be 
'6 brushes per collector ring. 

Armature: 

The armature will be of the slotted drum type. The core will 
be built of laminated steel of a high magnetic quality. The lami- 
nation will be supported by a cast iron frame or yoke and dove- 
tailed accurately thereto. The laminated core thus built up will 
be held firmly in place between two end plates. The armature 
winding will consist of cable wound coils, formed and insulated 
before being placed in the slots. The coils will be held in the 
slots by overhanging tips of teeth. The insulation of the arma- 
ture conductors will consist of sheet material of high insulating 
quality, applied in overlapping layers. This will be held in place 
with tape and the whole will be treated with a moisture-proof 
and oil-proof compound. After completion, the insulation of the 
armature winding from the core will be subjected to a momentary 
puncture test of 22,000 volts alternating E. M. F. 

Field : 

The field poles will be made of steel. The steel pole pieces 
and the field winding will be so proportioned as to reduce the 



^53 

armature reaction and self induction to a low limit. The field 
coils will be wound with strip copper. The insulation of the field 
coils from the poles will consist of several layers of fibrous ma- 
terial and will be substantial and permanent. After completion, 
the insulation of the coils from the poles will be subjected to a 
momentary puncture test of i,ooo volts alternating E. M. F. Coils 
to be wound in slots cut in the field core and held in place by brass 
wedges driven into slots. 

Regulation : 

The rise in voltage with full load (lOO per cent. Power 
Factor) thrown off will not exceed lo per cent, with constant 
speed and constant excitation. 

Temperature : 

The generator will deliver its normal rated current at nor- 
mal voltage and loo per cent, power factor for twenty-four hours 
with a rise in temperature not exceeding 35 degrees Centigrade 
in any part ; at the same voltage and power factor, but a twenty- 
five per cent, greater current, it will operate for 24 hours with a 
rise not exceeding 50 degrees Centigrade; at the same voltage 
and power factor, but a fifty per cent, greater current, it will 
operate for 3 hours, succeeding full load run with a rise not ex- 
ceeding 60 degrees Centigrade. Temperature to be measured by 
a thermometer in accordance with A. I. E. E. rules. 

Ventilation : 

Throughout the armature spider, core and windings, large 
and open ventilating ducts will be provided. The design of the 
rotating parts will be such as to set up a forced circulation of 
air through these ventilating spaces. Similar ventilating spaces 
will be provided in the field coils, so that a free circulation of air 
may be maintained while the machine is in operation. The end 
windings of the armature will be so arranged that the air will 
circulate freely among them, thus keeping the temperature very 
low. 



254 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for 

Two Surface Condensing Equipments 

for the new Waterside Power Station 

Being a part of the contract dated December 20, 1905, 
between the Alberger Condenser Company, Con- 
tractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



Conditions of Service and Guarantee : 

Each of the two condensing outfits hereinafter specified is 
to be run in connection with a steam turbine and is to be ca- 
pable of condensing steam from same at the rate of 180,000 lbs. 
per hour and of maintaining a vacuum of 28 in. of mercury, re- 
ferred to a 30 in. barometer, when supplied with condensing 
water at a temperature not exceeding 70 deg. Fahr. Furthermore, 
each of these outfits is to maintain a vacuum of 275^ in. of mer- 
cury, referred to a 30 in. barometer, when condensing steam at 
a rate not exceeding 220,000 lbs. per hour, temperature of cir- 
culating water not to exceed 70 deg. Fahr. 

All piping, fittings and the turbines are to be tight and free 
from air leaks and the piping and fittings outside of those covered 
by these specifications is also to be tight and so designed as not 
to interfere with the successful operation of the apparatus covered 
by these specifications. 




'I t 




GENERAL LAYOUT ALBERGER CONDENSERS. 



256 

The above guarantees are to be obtained with the dry air 
pumps running at no greater speed than 100 r. p. m., circulating 
pumps 250 r. p. m., hot well pumps eighty double strokes per 
minute. 

Deliveries : 

The first condenser to be delivered, erected and in running 
order not later than May 20th, 1906. 

The second condenser to be delivered, erected and in run- 
ning order not later than June 20th, 1906. 



APPARATUS AND MATERIAL COVERED BY THIS 

CONTRACT AND FOLLOWING 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Two (2) Standard Surface Condensers. 

Two (2) Corliss Dry Vacuum Pumps. 

Two (2) Centrifugal Circulating Pumps. 

Two (2) Automatic Hot Wells and Hot Well Pumps. 

Two (2) Expansion Joints. 

Two (2) Sets of Piping. 

Two (2) Sets of Gauges. 

Work to be Done Under this Contract: 

The above apparatus and material to be delivered, erected 
and run under service conditions at the Waterside Station of the 
New York Edison Company, upon foundations with bolts pro- 
vided by the Company. 

The Company is to accord to the Contractor the use of such 
travelling cranes or other devices as may be available and with- 
out charge and is also to provide openings for the entrance of the 
apparatus and to remove as far as possible any existing obstacles 
to the proper and speedy erection of the apparatus, having due 
consideration for the work of other contractors. 



257 

Design and Workmanship: 

The design as a whole and in detail and the workmanship 
to be to the approval of the Mechanical Engineer of the Com- 
pany and his representatives. 

Drawings : 

One copy each of the working drawings to be submitted to 
the Mechanical Engineer of the Company for approval before 
work is put in hand. 

A book of drawings is also to be left with the Company for 
use of the Station Engineer and is to contain all working draw- 
ings. 

CONDENSERS. 

Number : 

There are to be two (2) surface condensers complete as per 
these specifications and in every necessary and usual detail. 

Size: 

Each condenser is to contain 25,000 sq. ft. of surface meas- 
ured on the outside of the tubes between the tube heads. 

Form : 

These condensers are to be rectangular in form with the 
entrance for the exhaust steam on the top and with the entrance 
for the circulating water at the bottom and the exit of the latter 
at the top of the opposite end so as to give three passes of water 
through the condenser. 

Shell : 

The shell is to be of close grained cast iron with properly 
placed openings for cleaning and inspection. The condensers are 
to have an ample steam space at the top and suitable means for 
proper distribution of the exhaust steam over the top of the tubes 
and throughout the tube space. 



-/&-4k- 



•■^i-*^ 







g= 



^ 



-^ 



1^ 



^^^x— ^ 



^ 



HI 

I ••in 



f \ 



DETAIL OF SHELL, ALBERGER CONDENSER. 



259 

Heads to be of close grained cast iron bolted to shell and 
to have division plates so arranged as to pass the water three 
times through the, length of the condenser. Doors on heads 
to be not less than one inch in thickness and well ribbed, to be 
provided also with at least two manhole doors and covers 
twelve inches by sixteen inches opposite each end of each pass. 
Studs for these covers to have case hardened nuts. A one-inch 
air vent will be provided at the top of each water head and 
also on the doors just below each division plate. A two-inch 
drain valve to be placed at bottom of each water head. 

All joints in water ends to be of rubber. The flanges and 
faces are not to be porous. Each section of the shell must 
machine up in such a manner that while it allows a full thick- 
ness of flange yet the total length is such that the length of 
tube extending through the packing shall be as called for later. 

If the tube sheets are held between the flanges of the shell 
and covers, the bolts for this purpose are all to be collar bolts 
or other suitable means so that condenser may be tested for 
leakage, and so that, while operating the same, we may take 
ofif the heads for removing the tubes without endangering the 
joint between tube sheet and shell. 

The clearances between the sides of the shell and the sides 
of the outside vertical row of tubes is in no case to be greater 
than three-eighths of an inch. 

Tube Heads : 

The tube heads are to be of rolled brass not less than one 
inch thick carefully drilled to template and tapped to receive 
the threaded composition followers. The tube heads are to be 
so spaced that there will be in the first tube nest four steam 
channels through it of an aggregate area of thirty per cent 
of the area of the steam inlet nozzle on the condenser, and the 
second nest is to have three channels of an aggregate area of 
twenty per cent, of the steam inlet nozzle. 



26o 



Tubes : 



The tubes are to be of No. i8 B. W. G. of seamless drawn 
Muntz metal and are to be one inch outside diameter and be- 
tween fifteen and sixteen feet long. 

Packings : 

The tubes are to be secured in the tube heads by means 
of Argand wick packing held in position by followers or glands 
of composition. These glands are to be so constructed as to 
prevent the tube from crawling out of the packing. 

The tubes are to be of such a length that with at least 
oncrfourth of an inch of solid packing and the glands screwed 
in at least one-half of an inch at both ends of the tubes, that 
when the tube is driven tight against the shoulder of the fer- 
rule at one end it will project at least five-sixteenths of an inch 
beyond the one-fourth of an inch of packing at the other end. 
The ferrules to be of such a length that with the above con- 
ditions there is at least one-quarter of an inch of total play 
between the ends of the tubes and the shoulders on the ferrule. 

The ferrule holes are to be clean tapped to the bottom of 
the packing space. 

Channels : 
See Shells. 

Supporting Plates: 

Each condenser is to have two supporting plates extending 
from the bottom to the top of the shell and supporting in two 
places all of the tubes of the condensers. These supporting 
plates to be of cast iron approximately one inch in thickness 
carefully drilled to template to receive the tubes, and all burrs 
cleaned off. An additional supporting plate will be provided 
under the steam inlet to take in six vertical rows of tubes the 
whole width of the condenser. 



26l 

Openings : 

There is to be one opening on the top of the condenser 
rectangular in form equal to the area of the exhaust opening 
of a 7,500 K. W. steam turbine. There is to be a non-conden- 
sing exhaust opening forty-two inches in diameter, or equiva- 
lent area located on the side of the steam space for free ex- 
haust to the atmosphere. There is to be a condensed water 
opening on the bottom of the condenser through which the 
water of condensation is to pass to the condensed water pump. 
There is to be an air opening on the side of the condenser at 
the top of the lower pass which is to allow the air to pass to 
the dry vacuum pump. There is to be a circulating water inlet 
at the bottom of one channel and an outlet at the top of the 
opposite channel. There will also be an opening about half 
way up the condenser which will be connected to the suction 
of the hot well pump for removing the vapor therefrom. 
Other smaller openings to consist of drains, air vents, etc. 

Material and Workmanship : 

The material and workmanship of these condensers to be 
first class, of a kind suitable for the purpose, and to approval of 
the Company. All bolts and nuts exposed to circulating water to 
be of bronze. 

Principle of Operation: 

The separation of the water of condensation and the air re- 
maining after condensation is to take place within the condenser 
in such a manner that the condensed water is withdrawn from the 
bottom of the condenser while the air passes upward around the 
cool tubes containing the incoming cold circulating water as it 
flows to the opening which connects to the dry vacuum pump. 
This separation, diversion and cooling of the air is accomplished 
by means of a division plate in a manner covered by letters patent. 
All of the functions of an outside air cooler and hot well are thus 
accomplished without extraneous attachments. 



262 

DRY VACUUM PUMPS 

Description:- 

There are to be two (2) dry vacuum pumps. These dry 
vacuurn pumps are to be of the horizontal pattern having steam 
and vacuum cylinders mounted upon one common cast bedplate 
which is to also carry the crank end, the steam cylinder being 
placed between the vacuum cylinders and the crank end. The 
steam and vacuum cylinders in addition to being mounted upon 
the bedplates are to be connected rigidly by horizontal tie rods. 

Size:' 

Each dry vacuum pump is to have one 10" x 24" stearn 
cylinder and two 24" x 24" vacuum cylinders working in multi- 
ple. 

Speed : 

The normal speed of these vacuum pumps to be 100 rev. 
per minute but they are to be capable of operating at a lower 
rate of speed according to the requirements of the service. Steam 
pressure for most economical operation 175 pounds. 

Steam Cylinders: 

Steam cylinders to be of close grained iron of ample thick- 
ness for reboring. To be provided with indicator openings. 

Steam Pistons: 

The steam pistons are to be made with spider and adjust- 
able bull rings, fitted with a single self-adjusting packing ring; 
this ring where split to be covered with a brass keeper making 
a steam tight and felf-adjusting joint. The ring is to be held 
to the bore of the cylinder by light corrugated springs. 




GENERAL DRAWING ALBERGER DRY VACUUM PUMP. 



264 

Steam & Exhaust Valves : 

The steam and exhaust valves are to be of the Corliss type, 
cylindrical in form and operated by a standard releasing gear 
swinging on a common centre with the valve stems, and per- 
mitting of high speed in case of emergency without undue noise 
or jar. 

The releasing catches are to be provided with hardened steel 
hook plates made removable and are to have eight wearing edges. 
The valve connections are to permit of the closest adjust- 
ment while the vacuum pumps are running, thus facilitating the 
setting of the valves with the indicator. 

Valve Stems: 

The valve stems to be made of solid phosphor bronze or 
steel at the option of the Company. The tee heads are to be de- 
tachable from the valve. 

Valve Bonnets : 

The valve bonnets are to be of the cone style and highly 
polished. 

Wrist Motion Valve Gear: 

The wrist motion valve gear is to be designed to give the 
quickest possible action to the valves. The steam and exhaust 
valve bearings are to be large and the valves are to seat by grav- 
ity thus taking up their own wear without the use of springs. 

Dash Pots: 

The dash pots are to be of the vacuuin type with air cush- 
ioning regulator; the vacuum plunger is to be arranged with 
self-adjusting packing so that a high uniform vacuum may be 
obtained, giving the quickest possible action in closing the valves 



265 

Regulating Governors : 

The regulating governors are to have levers with sliding 
weight adjustments and automatic speed stop motion, which are 
to operate in case of breakage of governor belt so as to stop the 
vacuum pump. Any variation of speed necessary is to be ac- 
complished by an adjustment of the governor while running, 
the function of the governor being to maintain a constant speed 
under all variations of load, due to fluctuation of vacuum and 
steam pressure. 

Vacuum Cylinders: 

The vacuum cylinders are to be of fine close grained cast 
iron of ample thickness for reboring. One side of each cylinder 
is to be provided with a valve chest in which are to be placed 
the positively actuated air inlet valve and automatic outlet valves. 
Cylinders to be provided with indicator openings. 

Water Jackets: 

The vacuum cylinders and also the front and back cylinder 
heads are to be water jacketed for the circulation of cooling 
water. 

Air Valves : 

The outlet air valves to be of special composition and auto- 
matic in their action, these valves are to be guided by tubular 
stems sliding in a tubular guide and held to their seats by light 
composition springs. The inlet valves are to be of the slide 
valve type operated by means of an eccentric and suitable valve 
rod connections from the main crank shafts. These positive 
inlet valves to be provided with a flash port which is to con- 
nect the two ends of the air cylinder when the air piston is at 
the extreme end of the stroke and is in this manner to allow the 
air atmospheric pressure in the clearance space to expand back 
into the opposite end of the cylinder at the end of the stroke, 
reducing the pressure in the clearance space to practically that 
of the vacuum being carried and thus eliminating the prejudicial 



266 

eifect of the clearance. Particular care to be had that the valve 
faces and seats of the slide valves are free from patches and any 
imperfections, and that they are scraped to a true flat surface all 
over. 

Piston Rods: 

The air and steam piston rods are to be of steel of ample 
size and securely fastened to the pistons with nuts and lock nuts. 

Fly Wheels : 

There are to be for each machine two fly wheels approxi- 
mately four feet in diameter of ample weight and with faces 
turned true. 

Crank Shafts: 

The crank shafts are to be of the best hammered iron each 
made in one piece and having diameter and bearings of ample 
proportion for the work to be performed. 

Main Frames: 

The main frames are to be of the box bedplate type and to 
extend under the entire length of each pump supporting the 
vacuum cylinders, steam cylinder, guide and crank shaft. They 
are to be extremely rigid so that the machine will maintain its 
alignment during shipment and when placed upon the founda- 
tions. 

Crossheads : 

The crossheads are to be of the solid box form with forged 
steel crosshead pin and crosshead shoes are to have circular bear- 
ings on wearing surfaces lined with genuine babbitt metal ; the 
shoes are to be adjustable vertically by parallel wedges. The 
crosshead pin and shoes are to be capable of ready removal by 
taking crosshead off from the piston rod. 



267 
Connecting Rods : 

The connecting rods are to be of the best forged iron with 
baljbitted bronze boxes and to have wedge and screw to adjust 
for wear. 

Pillow Blocks: 

The pillow blocks are to be extra heavy, cast on main bed- 
plate and provided with boxes made in four parts; these boxes 
to be arranged to be taken out without removing the shaft, and 
are to be adjustable for wear by means of large screws. There 
is to be provided a large reservoir on top with special sight feed 
valves arranged so that no sediment can flow into the journal; 
these boxes are to be lined with genuine babbitt metal. 

Lagging : 

The steam cylinders are to be covered with best non-con- 
ducting material and encased with No. 14 B. W. G. sheet steel 
lagging. 

Wrenches and Oil Cups: 

There will be provided suitable wrenches for the removal 
of all nuts, Richardson pump for steam and vacuum cylinders 
and necessary oil cups for bearings are to be furnished. The lub- 
rication of the air cylinders is to be a matter of careful design. 
Lubrication of steam cylinders to be supplied through Richard- 
son pumps. 

FouNDATiO'N Plans: 

Complete foundation plans showing the position of the foun- 
dation bolts and size and location of steam and air openings are to 
be furnished. 



268 

Workmanship and Material : 

All workmanship, material and finish to be first-class and in 
keeping with the best engine practice. The vacuum in the air 
cylinders is to come within one pound of absolute when the 
inlet nozzle is blanked off. 

CIRCULATING PUMPS 

Description : 

There are to be two (2) centrifugal circulating pumps. 

These circulating pumps are each to consist of a centrifugal 
pump mounted on the same bedplate and directly connected to 
a pair of vertical steam engines. The centrifugal pumps are to 
be of the double suction balanced type and the engines are to 
have piston steam valve and are to be controlled by a throttling 
governor. The cranks are to be set at ninety deg. so that the 
engines will start up at any point of the revolution. 

Size: 

Each centrifugal pump is to have two twenty-two inch suc- 
tion openings and one thirty inch discharge opening. The pair 
of engines is to have two twelve by twelve inch cylinders or 
larger if necessary to obtain the required power to handle the 
necessary amount of water with cut off not to exceed fifty per 
cent of stroke. Cylinders to be mounted upon the same crank 
shaft. 



Speed : 

The normal speed of these circulating pumps to be two hun- 
dred and fifty rev. per minute but they are to be capable of 
change of speed while running by an adjustment of the governor. 
The steam pressure for most economical operation is 175 lbs. 




GENERAL DRAWING ALBERGER CIRCULATING PUMP AND ENGINE. 



270 

Centrifugal Pumps: 

The centrifugal pumps are to be of the improved double 
suction type so arranged that the water enters the pump from 
both sides at and directly opposite the centre of the revolving 
impeller forming a balanced suction and dispensing entirely 
with end thrust of shaft. The shell of each pump to be a true 
volute cast separately from the two side plates which are bolted 
thereto. This shell to be of cast iron of ample thickness and to 
be bored and faced where the two side plates are secured. Upon 
the highest part of this pump shell, there is to be provided an 
opening for priming connections and a suitable opening is also 
to be arranged at the bottom of the pump for the purpose of 
draining the pump casing. 

Side Plates: 

The removal side plates are to be provided upon each side 
of the pump and the interior surfaces are to be machine finished. 
These side plates are to be slightly larger in diameter than the 
impeller so that the latter with its shaft may be removed. 

Impellers: 

The impellers are to be of the enclosed type. The form of 
the blades of the impellers is to be such as will result in the high- 
est efficiency under the conditions of service. The impellers are 
to be keyed firmly upon the shafts and balanced for quietness at 
the speed of running. 

Shafts: 

The shafts are to Jbe of best quality mild steel covered with 
•composition where they are in contact with the circulating water 
and where they pass through the stuffing boxes. 

Stuffing Boxes: 

The stuffing boxes upon each side of the pumps are to be 
made in two parts so that they can be easily removed from the 
shaft without disturbing any parts of the pumps. 



271 

Water Packing: 

The stuffing boxes are to be provided with lantern glands 
taking water from the discharge pipe so as to prevent leakage 
of air around the shaft. 

Suction Elbows: 

The suction elbows are to be of cast iron and of a shape to 
give an easy entrance of the water to the pump casing consist- 
ent with compactness of the machine. On the highest point of 
the suction, a bossed opening for 2j4" pipe is to be left for at- 
taching an air syphon. 

Shaft Couplings: 

Forged shaft couplings are to be provided to connect the 
pump shaft with the engine shaft. 

Steam Cylinders: 

These steam cylinders of the engine are to be of close 
grained cast iron of ample thickness for reboring and are to be 
lagged with 85 per cent, magnesia and No. 14 sheet steel secured 
with steel bands or cast iron stoves. 

Frames : 

The frames of the engines to be enclosed so that all of the 
moving parts may run in oil. Each frame is to be provided with 
a door on the side to give free access to the interior. The crank 
casing is to have a top plate fitted with stuffing boxes where 
piston rods go through. The cylinders are to be separated from 
the frarnes by a distance piece giving ample space to work on 
cylinder stuffing boxes. 

Piston Valves: 

The steam inlet and outlet valves to be of the plug-piston 
type with grooves instead of rings and are to be provided with 
removable liners and bridged ports. 



272 

Crank Shafts: 

The crank shafts to be of forged steel made in one piece 
and are to be balanced with counter weights. 

Connecting Rods: 

The connecting rods to be of forged steel and of the mar- 
ine forked type. The boxes for the crank pin and crosshead 
pin to be of bronze, lined with best babbitt. 

Governor : 

The governor to be of the centrifugal throttling type with 
safety attachment to prevent running away in case of breaking 
of the governor belt, also to be fitted with attachment to permit 
of change of speed while running. 

Bedplates : 

Each of these circulating units is to have a substantial cast 
iron bedplate which is to support the pair of engines and cen- 
trifugal pump. This bedplate is to be provided with a lip around, 
the outer edge to collect oil and other leakage. Suitable opening, 
is to be provided to drain off the liquid collected. 

Bearings : 

Bearings of the centrifugal pump to be babbitted and in- 
dependent of shell. 

Material and Workmanship : 

All forgings are to be of the best open hearth steel and all 
castings are to be free from blow holes or flaws. The cast iron in; 
the steam cylinders is to be close grained, hard and uniform in 
character. All parts requiring babbitt lining are to be fitted with 
genuine babbitt. The engine is to be arranged with all necessary 
connections for drips and to be provided with openings for in- 
dicators. All nuts subject to use to be case hardened. The 
material and workmanship to be first class and of a kind suitable 
for the purpose. The cylinders are to be carefuly cleaned of 



in 

any core, sand, chips, filings, etc. just before erection, and if 
required by the Mechanical Engineer of the Company cylinders 
are to be pickled when they come from foundry. Centrifugal 
pump shell to be subjected to a water pressure of 30 pounds. 

All pins and bearings throughout to be adjustable. Cylin- 
der lubrication to be supplied through a Richardson sight feed 
pump and all other lubrication arrangements to be specially com- 
plete and subject to approval. 



HOT WELLS AND HOT WELL PUMPS 

Number: 

There are to be two (2) automatic hot wells and hot 
well pumps of the duplex direct acting type. 

Capacity : 

Each hot well pump is to be 8 x 10 x 12 or equivalent 
and capable of removing 250,000 lbs. of steam per hour and of 
delivering same against atmospheric pressure at a height not 
more than 25 ft. above the pump. The piping between the pump 
and this receptacle to be of ample size. 

Automatic Hot Well : 

The hot well is to consist of a closed cast iron chamber suitably 
attached to the bottom of the surface condenser so that the water 
of condensation will freely flow into the former. This hot well 
will contain an open float which will be filled with water and it 
shall be counter-balanced by means of a spiral composition spring. 
The motion of the float is to be transmitted by means of a stem 
through a stuffing box. A crank on the outer end of the stem 
is to operate the valve of a balanced steam valve on the supply 
pipe to the hot well pump. 



274 

Specifications of Piping. 

There are to be two (2) sets of piping for each condenser 
with its circulating, vacuum and hot well pump. This piping 
is to consist of discharge pipe from circulating pump to con- 
denser. 

Air pipe from condenser to dry vacuum pump. 

Water pipe from condenser to hot well and hot well 
pump, and also equalizing or vapor pipe to condenser side. All 
piping is to be subject to approval of the Company and according 
to their plans. 

Specifications of Gauges. 

There are to be two (2) sets of gaviges, one for each con- 
denser. 

One vacuum gauge for suction of circulating pump. 

One discharge gauge for discharge of circulating pump. 

One absolute vacuum gauge for condenser. 

Two thermometers and two wells, Hohmann & Maurer. 

The three gauges are to be mounted on a ULiat cast iron 
gauge board and placed in an approved position. 

Specification of Expansion Joint. 

There are to be two (2) expansion joints, one for each con- 
denser. These joints to consist of two iron flanges with connect- 
ing piece of copper arranged to take up any slight movement be- 
tween the piping and the condenser shell or between the turbine 
and condenser shell if the condenser is placed close to the turbine 
opening. All nuts, bolts and gaskets are to be included. 

Hot Well Pump: 

The hot well pump will be connected to the hot well by 
means of a short suction pipe and through this pipe will receive 
the water of condensation which is to discharge to the elevated 
receptacles. The speed of this pump is to be controlled by the 



275 

above mentioned balanced valve to remove the water from the 
hot well at the same rate as it is formed in the condenser. The 
speed of this pump in regular operation not to exceed 70 ft. per 
minute piston travel. The cylinder linings and piston rods of 
this pump to be of composition and the suction valves to be of 
hght sheet metal and discharge valves of rubber. 

Lubricator : 

This pump to be fitted with a one quart Detroit sight feed 
lubricator. 

Material and Workmanship: 

The material and workmanship of these hot wells and 
pumps to be first-class and of a kind suitable for the purpose. 
The valve motion of this pump to be of forged steel and all valve 
seats are to be screwed or otherwise securely fastened to their 
valve decks. 

Superheated Steam : 

As 100° superheated steam will be used on this apparatus, 
particular care will be used in the lubrication of all valves. 

Wrenches: 

A complete outfit of wrenches and special tools will be fur- 
nished for each of these installations. 

Stair Railings: 

All stairs, ladders and railings to be according to the stan- 
dard design of the Company. 



276 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for 

Two Surface Condensing Equipments 

for the new Waterside Power Station 

Being a part of the contract dated March 2, 1906, 
between Henry R. Worthington, Incorporated, Con- 
tractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



I. Description — Of one equipment: 

Condenser : 

The condenser is to have 25,000 square feet of cooling sur- 
face, with ample steam space at the top to insure uniform dis- 
tribution of the exhaust steam throughout the tube space ; it is 
to be capable of condensing continuously 180,000 pounds of steam 
per hour and of forming and maintaining uninterruptedly, while 
so doing, a vacuum of 28 inches ; or when condensing continu- 
ously 220,000 pounds of steam per hour, of forming and main- 
taining uninterruptedly a vacuum of 27 J4 inches; both of these 
absolute pressures being re'ferred to a requisite supply, per unit 
of time, of circulating water at a temperature of 70 degrees 
Fahrenheit, a barometric reading of 30 inches and a proper as- 




GENERAL LAYOUT, WORTHINGTON CONDENSER. 



2 78 

sembling of all parts associated with the forming and maintain- 
ing in the condenser of the desired absolute pressure. 

The body of the condenser is to be rectangular in form, of 
proper design and thickness and provided with a Worthington 
inner cooler. As it is not to rest on the air pump, it is to be 
provided with suitable supporting saddles or feet so arranged as 
to permit of its resting upon such proper piers, columns, beams 
or other supports as will be installed for that purpose by this 
Company. 

The hot well is to consist of a suitable receptacle, or reser- 
voir, which is to be provided at the bottom of the condenser body 
and to which the suction of the hot well pump is to be connected. 

A suitable baffle plate is to be provided and so arranged as 
to efficiently distribute the exhaust steam throughout the space 
provided therefor and to relieve the tubes of its impact. 

A suitable supporting plate for the reception and support 
of the condenser tubes is to be provided and located and properly 
fastened mid-way of their lengths and, in adition, arranged 
so as to assist in the distribution of the exhaust steam. 

Each tube is to consist of one uninterrupted, straight 
length of such material as is later herein specified and without 
upsets or flanges ; and, during the operation of the condenser, 
all of the outer surface of each tube is to be in effective contact 
with the steam to be condensed. 

A suitable stuffing box, having an internal screw thread, 
is to be provided in each tube head for each end of each tube, 
and through which boxes the tube is to pass, with sufficient pro- 
jection thereinto to permit of properly packing it. Each stuff- 
ing box is to be provided with a ferrule having an external screw 
thread and an inner, circumferential projection or lip; the ob- 
ject of this lip being to secure the tube in position by limiting 
its "creeping", though, at the same time, allowing freedom for 
expansion and contraction. This ferrule is to act as a gland 
for the stuffing box — being screwed into the latter through the 
medium of a special tool applied to a transverse slot in one end of 
the ferrule—rendering at the same time a readily possible and 




DETAIL OF SHELL, WORTHINGTON CONDENSER. 



28o 

practicable provision for removing th-e tubes or repacking the 
stuffing box. 

Circulating Pump : 

The circulating pump is to be of the Worthington, hori- 
zontal shaft, volute type having a single, side suction and en- 
closed impellers. It is to be capable of delivering to the conden- 
ser 27,000 gallons of circulating water per minute against a to- 
tal head of 20 feet when operated at a speed not to exceed 250 
R. P. M. 

The suction opening and the discharge opening are each 
to have a minimum diameter of 30 inches. 

The main casing is to be volute in form and of proper 
thickness to withstand all stresses incident to normal service. 
The side plates are to consist of removable covers making a 
male and female fit with the casing and fastened thereto by 
means of suitable bolts. The general design is to be such as 
will permit of the removal of the internal parts without entirely 
dismantling the pump. 

The impellers are to be of the enclosed type, cast in one 
piece and having a single, side suction ; and with a balancing 
chamber — thus reducing the end thrust to a minimum. The 
impeller casting when mounted, with all moving parts, on the 
shaft is to be in perfect rotative balance. 

The shaft is to operate in outboard bearings to be carried 
on brackets extended from the main casing. The shaft is to 
have the necessary and proper stuffing boxes, the latter, where 
required, to be provided with water seals consisting of lan- 
tern glands in the boxes, and connected by means of suitable 
piping with the water under pressure on the discharge side of 
the pump. This method of sealing is to effectually prevent suc- 
tion air leaks, an essential to the successful operation of the 
pump. The shaft is to be provided with a shoulder against 
which the impeller casting will be held by means of a nut on the 
suction side. 

The circulating pump is to be operated by a direct-connected 



28l 

steam-driven Morris engine. This engine is to be of the vertical, 
two-cyHnder, simple, non-condensing, high-speed, crank-case 
type. It is to be of 240 B. H. P. capacity, and when run at its 
normal speed of 250 R. P. M., with a pressure, per square 
inch, above the atmosphere, at the throttle, of 175 pounds of 
steam with 100 degrees of stiperheat, the circulating pump, to 
which it is to be connected, shall deliver to the condenser the 
hereinbefore specified quantity of circulating water under the 
conditions there stated. 

The cylinders are each to be of a diameter of 12 inches and 
a stroke of 12 inches. 

The valves are to be of the piston type. 

The steam inlet and the exhaust outlet are to be 5 inches 
and 6 inches in diameter respectively. 

The frame of this engine is to be of the type fully enclos- 
ing a certain portion of the reciprocating and other moving 
parts — commonly known as "crank-case" — and providing there- 
by, for such parts, one of the means for a system of "splash" 
lubrication. 

In the front of the crank-case portion of the frame two 
openings and in the back one opening, all of rectangular form, 
are to be left for easy access to the interior thereof. Those open- 
ings are to be closed by hinged doors with gaskets to form oil- 
tight joints and secured by the requisite number of cap screws. 

The upper end of this enclosing portion of the frame is to 
be formed by a horizontal head or partition, which shall separate 
the cylinders from the crank-case proper by a distance sufficient 
to allow easy access to the main stuffing boxes and to the auxili- 
ary stuffing boxes or water glands which are to be provided in 
this horizontal head or partition. Proper openings are to be left 
into this separating space for the before mentioned access to the 
stuffing boxes; and which openings are to be closed, dust-tight, 
by removable cast iron doors fastened by the proper number of 
cap screws. 

The crank shaft is to be a one-piece forging, fitted with a fly 
■wheel of suitable proportions and proper flange coupling. 

The cranks are to be counterbalanced. 



282 

A suitable bed-plate to receive and have properly secured 
thereto, the circulating pump and its engine is to be furnished 
by the Contractor. 

Turbine Hot Well Pump: 

Each hot well-pump is to be of the horizontal shaft — two 
stage — turbine type, having a single, side suction and enclosed 
impellers. Each pump is to be capable of delivering, against a 
total discharge head of 25 feet, 500 gallons of condensed steam 
per minute from the hot well at the bottom of the herein specified 
surface condenser with which it is to be connected, and in which 
there is being maintained, at the time, an absolute pressure cor- 
responding to the reading on a mercury column of 28 inches or 
more, coincident with a barometric reading of 30 inches. 

The suction opening and the discharge opening are to have 
minimum diameters of 6 inches and 5 inches respectively. 

The suction connection is to be of special design and pro- 
vided with a vapor pipe inlet to the condenser shell. 

The main casing is to be annular in form, of sufficient thick- 
ness and provided with suitable feet. 

The suction head is to be of such design as to permit of the 
removal of all internal parts without entirely dismantling the 
pump. 

There are to be provided all necessary openings, such as 
suction, discharge, drain, vent, etc. 

The impellers are to be of the enclosed type, cast in one 
piece and having a single, side suction, and with a balancing 
chamber — thus reducing the end thrust to a minimum. 

The discharge from each impeller is to be conducted through 
a set of stationary guide or diffusion vanes so designed as to 
transform velocity into pressure with the least possible loss of 
efficiency. 

These vanes are to be easily removable, should such removal 
be necessary or desired. 

The shaft is to operate in outboard bearings, to be carried 
on brackets extended from the main casing. The shaft is to have 
the necessary and proper stuffing boxes, the latter where required,. 



283 

to be provided with water seals consisting of lantern glands in 
the boxes, and connected by means of suitable piping with the 
water under pressure on t'he discharge side of the pump. This 
method of sealing is to effectually prevent suction air leaks, an 
essential to the successful operation of the pump on high vac- 
uums. The shaft is to be provided with a shoulder against 
which the impeller casting will be held by means of a nut on the 
suction side. 

The hot well pump is to be operated by an electrically-driven 
motor which the Contractor is tO' furnish. The motor is to be 
wound for a direct current of 220 volts, and it is to be of 20 h. p. 

Dry Vacuum Pump: 

The dry vacuum pump is to be steam-driven and of the 
Laidlaw- Dunn-Gordon-single-horizontal-tandem-rotative type. 

The steam cyhnder is to be of a diameter of 13 inches; the 
air cylinder is to be of a diameter of 32 inches ; both cylinders 
are to be of a stroke of 24 inches. 

The valves for the steam end are to be of the Corliss type ; 
those for the air end are to be of the Cincinnati type. 

The steam inlet and the exhaust outlet are to be 3 inches and 
4 inches in diameter respectively. 

The air cyhnder is to have a water jacket which shall com- 
pletely surround it; the coring to be so arranged as to ensure 
the most thorough and effective circulation of the cooling water. 
The construction of the heads and of the connecting housings is 
to be such that all of the air joints may be broken and renewed 
without disturbance of the other parts. 

The air suction valves are to be enclosed and suction ports 
are to be provided, thus ensuring quiet action and permitting the 
air to be drawn from the coolest source conveniently available. 

All clearances are to be of the minimum volume— the head 
and the piston being faced to ensure this. 

The air cylinder is to be provided with an improved positive 
motion gear. 

The frame of this air pump is to be of the forked type, witlv 



284 

one main bearing, of the quarter-box design, located on each side 
of the crank. 

The crank shaft is to be of forged steel and have two properly 
proportioned fly wheels. 

Connections and Expansion Joint: 

An exhaust connection from the exhaust nozzle of the tur- 
l)ine to the exhaust nozzle provided therefor on the condenser is 
to be furnished by the Contractor. It is to be of proper size and 
form to suit the requirements of the installation. 

All the necessary air and water connections, of sizes and 
forms to comply with the local necessities, are to be included in 
the herein specified condensing equipment. 

2. Material: 
-Condensers : 

The shells and the heads, and the bonnets and the cover heads 
are to be of cast iron. 

The tube heads are to be of brass. 

The tubes are to be of Admiralty mixture. 

The ferrules (glands) for the tube head stuiSng boxes are 
to be of brass. 

The packing is to consist of fibre and corset lacing, as 
adopted by the Bureau of Steam Engineering of the United States 
Navy, or Allen's patent packing. 

All interior bolting which is to be in contact with the circu- 
lating water is to be of composition. 

Hot Well Pumps : 

The main casings, impellers and diffusion vanes are to be 
tnade of a strong, close-grained cast iron. 
The shafts are to be of machine steel. 



285 
Circulating Pumps : 

The main casings, side plates and impellers are to be made 
of a strong, close-grained cast iron. 

The shafts are to be of forged steel. 

Engine for Circulating Pumps and Dry Vacuum Pumps : 

All cylinders are to be of a selected, close-grained cast iron, 
as hard as can be machined. 

The frames and bed plates and fly wheels are to be of a good, 
close-grained gray cast iron. 

The cross-heads are to be of cast steel and are to be babbitt 
faced. 

The connecting rods and crank shafts are to be of forged 
steel. 

3. Finish : 

All cylinders are to be bored true and smooth and to be 
sufficiently thick to allow re-boring twice. They are to be tapped 
for connections for indicators, drains, etc. and those of the cir- 
culating pump engines are to be lagged with 85% carbonate of 
magnesia which is to be covered with Russia iron held by steel 
bands. The steam cylinders of the dry vacuum pumps are to be 
lagged with 85 9^ carbonate of magnesia which is to be covered 
with planished iron held by polished angle iron corners in the 
usual manner. 

All pistons are to have self-adjusting rings. 

All piston rods are to have approved packing. 

All pump shafts and crank shafts are to be accurately ma- 
chined and polished ; the pump shaft to be close fits in their hubs. 

All usual and necessary parts are to be properly finished. 

The out-board bearings are to be babbitted and ring-oiled. 

The fly wheels are to be keyed to the shafts and have rims 
of square cross-section, turned true and faced on their sides. 

There shall be provided all usual and necessary means for 
adjustment for wear. 

All joints of the crank-cases shall be oil-tight. 



286 

The tube heads and the supporting plates of the condensers 
are to be properly drilled for the reception of the tubes; those 
in the tube heads to be, in addition, tapped to receive the glands 
of the stuffing boxes. 

The impellers of the hot well pumps and of the circulating 
pump are to be machined and polished. 

All cored water passages of the hot well pump and of cir- 
culating pump are to be clipped and filed smooth. 

The diffusion vanes of the hot well pump are to be ground 
and polished. 

All nuts subject to frequent removal are to be case hard- 
ened. 

Openings ample in number and in size are to be left in 
the condenser shells and in the pumps casing for interior 
access or other purpose, and provided with suitable covers 
or plates. 

The casing of each circulating pump is to be provided 
with a boss, drilled, tapped and plugged for the later attach- 
ment of an a.ir ejector for the purpose of priming the pump. 
All flanges shall be properly faced and drilled. 
All the usual and necessary fixtures throughout shall be 
furnished by the Contractor, including Richardson sight-feed 
lubricators, grease and oil cups, cylinder relief valves, cylinder 
drain cocks or valves, the vacuum and pressure gauges and 
the thermometers and their wells as hereinbefore specified and 
complete sets of drop forged wrenches. 

All material and workmanship are to be satisfactory to 
the Engineer. 

4. Test : 

The condenser tubes are to be subjected to an internal, 
cold, hydrostatic pressure test of 500 or more pounds per square 
inch. 

Acceptance tests of the condensing units shall be made 
prior to the final payment therefor; these tests to be conducted 
by representatives of the Company and of the Contractor 
on such lines as shall be later determined. 



28; 
5- Erection : 

The Contractor is to do all the erecting of the equipments 
herein specified to be furnished by him; leaving all joints 
absolutely tight against leakage and all complete and ready 
for service. 

The Company will supply and erect the necessary founda- 
tions, supports and anchor bolts; leaving the same ready for 
reception of the herein specified equipments. It will also sup- 
ply the suction connections from the circulating water wells 
to the nozzles of the circulating pumps and the discharge 
connections from the discharge nozzles of the condensers to 
the discharge wells ; and all steam, exhaust and drip piping 
for the engines of the circulating and dry vacuum pumps. 

A travelling crane, with a capacity of fifty tons, will be 
in service in the station and may be used by the Contractor 
for erecting the herein specified equipment. 

6. Guarantee : 

The Contractor guarantees that the equipments herein 
specified to be installed by him will be efficient and satisfac- 
tory appliances for their intended purpose under the conditions 
stated ; and he further guarantees all material and workman- 
ship entering into their installation for the term of one year; 
and without that time will replace, without charge therefor, any 
imperfect part. 

Painting :' 

The exterjors of the condenser bodies and of the casings 
of the pumps are to receive each a coat of filler and a finishing 
coat of paint before leaving the shop. 

The engines of the circulating pumps and the dry vacuum 
pumps are to receive a filler, be rubbed smooth and then 
finally painted. 



288 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by Drawings for 

Four Surface Condensing Equipments 

for the new Waterside Power Station 

Being a part of the contract dated October 12, 1906, 
between the Wheeler Condenser & Engineering 
Company, Contractors, and The New York Edison 
Company. 



I, Description — Of one equipment: 

Condenser : 

The condenser is to be of the Wheeler dry-tube type 
with a minimum of 18,000 square feet of cooling surface, with 
provision permitting the later installation of additional cooling 
surface up to 24,000 square feet if necessary. It is to have 
ample steam space at the point of entry of the exhaust steam 
to insure uniform distribution thereof throughout the tube 
space, and it shall be capable of condensing continuously 180,- 
000 pounds of steam per hour and maintaining uninterrupted- 
ly, while so doing, a vacuum of 28 inches, with circulating 
water at the temperature not exceeding 70 degrees Fahren- 
heit and a barometer reading of 30 inches. 



oir 



< 



t^ 




GENERAL LAYOUT WHEELER CONDENSER. 



290 

The body of the condenser is to be rectangular in form 
and in three parts. It is to be of a high grade of close-grained 
cast iron and of proper design and thickness to satisfactorily 
resist external atmospheric pressure and, in general, for its 
intended purpose. 

It is to be provided with suitable feet so arranged as to 
permit of its resting upon piers, columns, beams or other supports 
as will be installed for that purpose by this Company. 

The inlet and the outlet for the circulating water shall 
have diameters of 30 and 36 inches respectively and their noz- 
zles shall be so arranged as to permit of the removal of the 
bonnets without disturbing the piping. 

A suitable opening in proper position on the side of the 
shell is to be left for connection of the condenser to the dry 
vacuum pump. This opening is to be provided with a suitable 
internal shield to prevent water of condensation from reaching 
the pump. 

The bonnets and covers of cast iron shall have suitably 
placed openings with man-hole plates, to allow of interior ac- 
cess without removal of the bonnets or covers. 

The hot well is to be located at the bottom of the con- 
denser body to collect the water of condensation and to it 
the suction of the hot well pump is to be connected. 

Suitable baffle plates of cast iron are to be provided and 
so arranged as to efficiently distribute the exhaust steam 
throughout the condensing space and at the same time to drain 
off the water of condensation. Two support plates of cast iron 
are to be placed in the shell to support the tubes against the 
impact of the ingoing steam and their own weight. 

Water boxes of a high grade of close-grained cast iron 
and of suitable design, and so arranged that the circulating 
water will pass twice through the condenser shall be provided 
at each end of the condenser. Connection will be made at the 
top of the water box with the dry air pump and also an air 
ejector for priming the water system. 

The tubes are to be uninterrupted, straight lengths of the best 



1 


- 


-"■ 




+ 


{ 




I 




t 


- 




-, CT* ■ 




— -w*" — n 
DETAIL OF SHELL, WHEELER CONDENSER. 



292 

quality seamless-drawn brass tubing, #18 B. W. G., }i" O. D., 
of a composition of 60 parts copper to 40 parts of zinc, with- 
out upsets or flanges and untinned; and, during the operation 
of the condenser, all of the outer surface of each tube, except 
where enclosed by the stuffing boxes and the supporting plates, 
is to be in effective contact with the steam to be condensed. 

Suitable stuffing boxes are to be provided in the tube heads 
for the ends of the tubes, and through which boxes the tubes 
are to pass, with sufficient projection to permit of proper pack- 
ing. 

Each stuffing box is to be provided with brass ferrule 
screwed into the head, and having an inner projection or lip to 
secure the tube in position by limiting its "creeping," and at 
the same time, allow freedom for expansion and contraction. 
This stuffing box is to be of such design as to ensure easy in- 
sertion, removal and packing of the tubes. 

The packing is to consist of fibre, corset lacing, impreg- 
nated with paraifine or such other packing as is approved by 
the Engineer. 

All bolts in contact with the water are to be of composi- 
tion with composition nuts. 

The tube heads are to be of the best quality composition 
and lYs," thick. 

A blow-off or drain with flanged valve is to be provided. 

Circulating Pump: 

The circulating pump is to be of the horizontal shaft 
volute type having a single side suction and enclosed impeller. 
It is to be capable of delivering the necessary quantity of cir- 
culating water for the efficient operation of the condenser. 

The suction opening and the discharge opening are to 
have respective minimum diameters of 32 inches and 30 inches. 

All parts are to be of proper proportion to withstand all 
stresses incident to normal service. The side plates are to 
be removable, making a male and female fit with the casing, 
and fastened by suitable bolts. The general design is to be 



293 

such as will permit of the removal of the internal parts with- 
out entirely dismantling the pump. 

The impeller is to be of the enclosed type. It is to be of 
cast iron in one piece finished and have a single side suction, 
and a balancing chamber — reducing the end thrust to a mini- 
mum. The impeller casting when mounted, with all moving 
parts, on the shaft, is to be in perfect rotative balance. 

The shaft is to be forged steel, bronze covered and it is 
to have bearing carried on a bracket extended from the side 
plate, and a proper stuffing box and gland. 

The bearing is to have lignum vitae lining in strips be- 
tween which freedom of flow of the circulating water is to be 
permitted. 

A thrust chamber, connected by means of suitable piping 
with the water under pressure on the discharge side of the 
pump, is to be provided. The shaft is to be machined and 
accurately ground to size and of careful fit in its bearing, and 
provided with a shoulder against which the impeller casting 
will be held by means of a nut on the suction side. 

The casing is to be provided with a boss, drilled tapped 
and plugged for the attachment of an air ejector. 

Engine for Circulating Pump: 

The circulating pump is to be operated by a direct con- 
nected steam engine. This engine is to be of the vertical 
two-cylinder, simple, non-condensing, semi-open marine, high- 
speed type. It is to be of such capacity that when run at its 
normal speed of 225 R. P. M., with 175 pounds steam pressure 
at 100 degrees of superheat, the circulating pump will deliver 
to the condenser the necessary quantity of circulating water, 
with ample over-load capacity. 

The cylinders are to be of a selected close-grained cast 
iron as hard as can be machined and of a diameter of 12 inches 
and a stroke of 12 inches and have walls of sufficient thickness 
to allow re-boring twice. 



294 

The steam chests are to be located on the side of and in- 
tegral with the cylinder casting. Bushings are to be fitted 
and securely fastened in each end of each steam chest to re- 
ceive the valves, which are to be of the piston type and one- 
piece castings. The valves are to be balanced under all con- 
ditions of operation and they and the bushings are to be 
accurately ground to size and have metal-to-metal fits; the 
port edges of the bushings are to be machine finished. 

The steam piston is to be of the box type and fitted with 
snap rings. 

The steam inlet and the exhaust outlet are to be 4 inches 
and 5 inches in diameter respectively. 

The frame of this engine is to be of the semi-open marine 
type with back leg and front columns; the later is to be of 
forged steel and machined and polished. 

The crossheads are to be one piece castings of open 
hearth steel fitted with adjustable cast iron wedge slippers to 
take up the wear. 

The crosshead guides are to be integral with the back 
leg casting of the engine frame and of the bored type. 

The piston rods and the connecting-rods are to be steel 
forgings machined and polished over; the crank-pin ends of 
the latter being fitted with boxes of the marine type, and the 
cross-head ends with solid boxes, provided with side wedge 
adjustment for wear. 

The piston rods are to have "U. S. Metallic" or other ap- 
proved packing. 

The crank shaft is to be of one piece steel forging, with 
the center lines of the cranks 90 degrees apart and fitted with 
a flywheel of suitable proportions and a proper flange coupling. 
Oil deflecting rings shall be turned on the shaft to prevent 
the escape of oil from the ends of the bearings and it shall 
be machined and accurately ground to size and of careful fit in 
its bearings. 

The cranks are to be counter balanced by suitable weights 
firmly secured to their cheeks. 



295 

There are to be four main bearings, properly babbitted, 
peened and accurately fitted to their respective journals. The 
lower half-boxes or shells are to be removable without dis- 
placement of the crank shaft. 

The engine bed shall be of proper design, well ribbed and 
braced, with seats for the main bearings and provided with 
a raised lip around the edge to lead ofif oil and water wastage 
to a proper receptacle in the bed-casting, whence it is to be 
finally drained through a suitably located and tapped opening. 

A suitably designed extension of the base of this bed-cast- 
ing shall be provided for the circulating pump; and there shall 
be included a neat and substantial platform and ladder, pro- 
vided with proper railings of solid and polished wrought steel 
stanchions and polished brass tubing, iron pipe size. 

Turbine Hot Well Pump: 

The hot well pump is to be of the horizontal-shaft, duplex 
volute type, having a side suction and enclosed impeller. The 
pump is to be capable of delivering, against a total discharge 
head of 25 feet, 500 gallons per minute from the hot well in 
which is being maintained a vacuum of 28 inches. 

The suction opening and the discharge opening are to 
have minimum diameters of 4j4 inches and 4j^ inches re- 
spectively. 

The suction connection is to be of special form and pro- 
vided with a vapor pipe inlet to the condenser shell and the 
pump is to be of such design as to permit of the removal of 
all internal parts without entirely dismantling it. 

The impellers are to be of the enclosed type, cast iron, in 
one piece and have a single side sviction and a balancing 
chamber. 

The shaft is to operate in outboard babbitted bearings 
carried on brackets extended from the main casings. The 
shaft is to have the necessary and proper stuffing boxes and 
glands; and thrust chambers, connected by means of suitable 
piping with the water under pressure on the discharge side 



296 

of the pump, are to be provided. The shaft is to be a steel 
forging, machined and accurately ground to size, and provided 
with a shoulder against which the impeller casting will be 
held by means of a nut. 

The hot well pump is to be operatel by a "Terry" steam 
turbine which the Contractor is to furnish. 

Dry Vacuum Pump: 

The dry vacuum pump is to be steam driven and of the 
single, horizontal, center-crank, rotative type. 

The steam cylinder is to be of a diameter of 12 inches; 
the air cylinder is to be of a diameter of 30 inches; both 
cylinders are to be of a stroke of 14 inches and have walls of 
sufficient thickness to allow re-boring twice. 

The steam inlet and the exhaust outlet are to be 3 inches 
and 3^ inches in diameter respectively. 

The air cylinder is to have a water jacket which shall 
completely surround it and its heads ; the coring to be so ar- 
ranged as to insure the most thorough and effective circulation 
of the cooling water. The construction of the heads and of 
the housing is to be such that all of the air joints may be 
broken and renewed without disturbance of the other parts. 

The cylinders are to be of a selected, close-grained cast iron 
as hard as can be machined and they are to be bored true and 
smooth and the air cylinders provided with the proper con- 
nections for the water jackets. 

The steam cylinder is to be equipped with two relief 
valves and drilled and tapped for drains, indicator connections, 
etc., and lagged with 85 per cent, carbonate of magnesia which 
is to be covered with Russia iron held by polished brass bands. 
All indicator riggings for both cylinders are to be furnished. 

The steam chest is to be located on the side of, and integral 
with, the cylinder casting. Bushings are to be fitted and 
securely fastened in each end of the steam chest to receive 
the valves, which are to be of the piston type, and one piece 
castings of a selected close-grained iron as hard as can be ma- 



297 

chined. The valves are to be balanced under all conditions of 
operation and they and the bushings are to be accurately 
ground to size and have metal-to-metal fits; the port edges of 
the bushings to be machine finished. 

The air valves for suction and discharge are to be re- 
spectively of the "D" semi-rotary and lift types; the former 
to be operated by a separate eccentric on the main crank shaft 
and free to lift for ample water relief, and provided with flash 
ports for connecting both ends of the cylinder at the end of 
each stroke thus equalizing the pressure in the clearance 
spaces with that in the condenser ; and the latter moving 
vertically in guides of liberal surface and held by phosphor 
bronze spiral springs to bored seats in the cylinder casting. 
The air valves for suction control are to be accurately ground 
to air-tight contacts with their seats. 

The steam and air pistons are to be of the box pattern, 
the former fitted with snap rings and the latter provided 
with "Wheelock" segmental packing rings and connected to 
the crosshead by two rods passing through water sealed 
stuffing boxes. . The air piston is to be further provided with 
bearing rings cast thereon of "Allen" or other suitable anti- 
friction metal. 

All clearances are to be of minimum volume ; the heads 
and the pistons being faced to insure this. 

The frame of the air pump is to be a heavy and sub- 
stantial casting with a bearing located on each side of the 
crank. 

The crosshead is to be of open hearth cast steel and fur- 
nished with cast iron wedge slippers adjustable for alignment 
and wear. 

A single, center, connecting rod shall connect the cross- 
head to the crank shaft. It and the three piston rods shall 
be steel forgings with the crankpin end of the former, fitted 
with a box of the marine type and the crosshead end with one 
•of the solid type provided with side wedge adjustment for 



298 

wear; both boxes properly babbitted and the rods machined 
and polished all over. 

The crank shaft is to be a one-piece steel forging and 
fitted with two flywheels of suitable proportions and sufficient 
weight to permit of running at a slow speed for light duty. 
They are to be keyed to the shafts and have rims of square 
cross-section, turned true and faced on their sides. 

Oil deflecting rings shall be turned on the shafts to pre- 
vent the escape of oil from the ends of the bearings. 

Connections and Expansion Joint : 

An appropriate exhaust steam elbow or expansion joint, 
intermediate of the turbine and the condenser, is to be fur- 
nished, of such design that the condenser will have an ap- 
proximate pitch of I inch in 17 feet, thus allowing the tubes 
to drain. 

All the necessary air and water connections of sizes and 
forms to comply with local necessities are to be included in 
the herein specified condensing equipment. 

Fixtures : 

All the usual and necessary fixtures throughout shall be 
furnished by the Contractor for each condensing unit, including 
a "Waters" throttling governor for the engine of the circulat- 
ing pump and a like appliance for the steam end of the dry 
vacuum pump, positive feed, sight-feed lubricators, hand oil 
pumps, grease and oil cups, cylinder relief valves, cylinder 
drain cocks or valves, the vacuum and pressure gauges and 
the thermometers and their wells as hereinbefore specified and 
a complete set of drop forged wrenches. 

The gauges and the thermometers and their wells are to be 
of Hohmann & Maurer make. 

All material and workmanship are to be satisfactory to 
the Engineer. 



299 

14- Test : 

The condenser tubes are to be subject to an internal 
cold, hydrostatic pressure test of 500 pounds per square inch. 

Acceptance tests of the condensing units shall be made 
prior to the final payment therefor ; these tests to be conducted 
by representatives of the Company and the Contractor on 
such lines as shall be later determined. 

15. Erection : 

The Contractor is to do all of the erecting of the apparatus 
herein specified to be furnished by him ; supplying all material 
and necessary appliances therefor except the foundations, leav- 
ing all joints absolutely tight against leakage, and installing 
complete and satisfactory equipments ready for service and in 
accordance with the intent of these specifications. 

The Company will supply and erect the necessary founda- 
tions, supports and anchor bolts leaving the same ready for 
reception of the herein specified equipments. It will also 
supply the suction connections from the circulating water wells 
to the nozzles of the circulating pumps and the discharge con- 
nections from the discharge nozzles of the condensers to the 
discharge wells; and all steam, exhaust and drip piping for 
the engines of the circulating and dry vacuum pumps. 

A travelling crane, with a capacity of fifty tons, will be 
in service in the station, and may be used by the Contractor 
for erecting the herein specified equipment. 

16. Guarantees : 

The Contractor guarantees that each condensing unit 
will continuously condense 180,000 pounds of steam per hour 
and uninterruptedly maintain a vacuum of 28 inches as read 
by a mercury column; or that it will continuously condense 
220,000 pounds of steam per hour and uninterruptedly main- 
tain a vacuum of 271^ inches as read by a mercury column; 
each guarantee being referred to an intake temperature of the 



300 

circulating water of 70 degrees Fahrenheit and a barometric 
reading of 30 inches. These guarantees are also conditioned 
on all apparatus not furnished by the Contractor being sub- 
stantially tight and free from air leaks. 

Should these guarantees fail to perform with a cooling 
surface of 18,000 square feet, the Contractor is to install addi- 
tional cooling surface until the terms of his guarantees are met, 
up to and including a total cooling surface of 24,000 square feet for 
each condensing unit. A failure to meet these guarantees with 
24,000 square feet of cooling surface will be sufficient cause 
for rejection of the apparatus. 

The Contractor further agrees that all auxiliary apparatus 
of each unit will be ample capacity for its purpose as initially 
installed by him, and that the equipments throughout will be 
efficient and satisfactory appliances for their intended purposes 
under the conditions hereinbefore stated ; and he further guar- 
antees for the term of one year all material and workmanship 
entering into their construction and within that time will re- 
place, without charge therefor, any imperfect part. 

Painting : 

Before leaving the shop and after inspection by the En- 
gineer, the exteriors of the condenser bodies and of the casings 
of the pumps are to receive a coat of filler and a finishing 
coat of paint, and their interiors two coats of an anti-rust me- 
tallic paint ; and the engines of the circulating pumps, and the 
dry vacuum pumps are to receive a filler, be rubbed smooth, 
and then finally painted. 

The painting shall not in either or any case be done until 
after the castings have been inspected by the Company's 
representative. 



30I 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

PIPING 

of the New Waterside Power Station. 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, 



HIGH PRESSURE PIPING. 
Pipe: 

All pipe is to be full weight wrought steel of the best 
quality obtainable. 

All bending is to be done by skilled workmen. Work- 
manship is to be equal to the best standard applied to this 
class of work All pipe is to be perfectly clean and free from 
scale, inside and outside, when delivered. 

Flanges : 

/\.I1 flanges for steam and feed water are to be the Van 
Stone or similar pattern of rolled steel of the design and pro- 
portion shown on table on blueprint 14281. The faces, backs 
and inner surfaces of the steel flanges are to be given a tool 



302 

finish. Flanges of the pipe are to have fine tool finished face 
and are to be of the full diameter specified. The thickness of 
the tumed-over portion of the flange is to be the same as the 
thickness of the pipe. The backs and the turned-over portion 
are to be finished parallel to the face. 

Test: 

Each piece will be carefully inspected and tested with 
400 lbs. hydraulic pressure. Any unsatisfactory or defective 
piece will be rejected. 



HIGH PRESSURE FITTINGS. 



Description : 



All material is to be of ample strength and durability for 
200 lbs. steam pressure with 100° F. of superheat. All castings 
are to be made of a superior grade of open hearth cast 
steel by either the Penn- Co. or the Baldt Co. Steel is to 
have a tensile strength of at least 60,000 lbs. per sq. in. and 
all castings are to be annealed. They are to be sound, free 
from injurious roughness, sponginess, pitting, cracks or other 
defects. No plugging of holes will be allowed. Thickness 
of" body, flanges and drilling to conform to the table given 
on the accompanying drawing. 

All bolt holes are to be drilled per template (not cored) 
and are to be evenly and accurately spaced so that valves of 
the same size will be interchangeable. Flanges are to be 
truly and accurately faced for ground joints and are to be 
parallel. Backs of flanges are also to be finished in the same 
manner. No bolt or stud smaller than ^" is to be used 
except on the stuffing boxes of the by-pass where %" bolts 
may be used. If gaskets are used between the bonnet and 
body, they are to be of a material which will withstand the 
action of steam at the pressure and temperature given above. 

Valves are to be tested with 400 lbs. hydraulic pressure 




WEST ELEVATION MAIN STEAM LINES IN BOILER HOUSE. 




PLAN AND ELEVATION OF HEADER ALONG ENGINE ROOM WALL, 




-; • ] '^coL M-j^ 









X '4aai.-MJff 






'4aat- '^f/ 



ELEVATION MAIN STEAM HEADER ON NORTH WALL. 



\ ,0. 



nnnnnnn 




GENERAL PLAN OF STEAM MAINS SHOWING TIES TO WATERSIDE 

NO. ONE. 



307 

and will be tested by the Company after erection with 200° 
steam pressure and 100° F. of superheat. 



COMBINATION STOP AND CHECK VALVES. 

Description : 

The construction of this type of valves is to be such that it 
will automatically open when the pressure on the boiler to 
which it is attached equals that in the line, and automatically 
close when the pressure falls below that in the line; the valve 
to remain positively open or closed until acted upon, as in- 
tended, by variation of pressure, as before specified, to assume 
the opposite position; all chattering of the disc against its seat 
or elsewhere is to be absolutely prevented. 

Stems are to be provided, so constructed that when non- 
automatic action of the valves is desired they can be either 
opened or closed, or left free for automatic operation. 

A suitable indicator is to be provided for the stem of 
each valve to show its open, closed, and automatic positions. 

The valves are to have geared, return stems, with the 
usual hand wheels ; as shown on accompanying blue print of 
drawing No. 13955. 

Material : 

The material is to be of ample strength and durability 
for a steam pressure of 200 lbs. per square inch, wjfh 100° 
Fahrenheit of superheat. 

The body and bonnet castings are to be of a superior 
grade of open hearth, crucible, or Bessemer steel; of a tensile 
strength of from 55,000 to 65,000 lbs., per square inch; an 
elongation in 2", on a test specimen to be cast on the body 
of a valve, of 20 per cent. ; a contraction of area of 30 per 
cent.; a maximum percentage each of sulphur and phos- 
phorous of .05 ; and a capacity to satisfactorily stand bending 
around i" radius, and through 120 degrees; and annealed. 



3o8 

All of the cast steel parts of the valves herein specified 
to be furnished are to be made from the same blow or heat 
as the one from which the test coupon is to be taken. 

Two or more valve bodies should have the test coupons 
cast thereon, to alloAv for flaws developing in the coupons. 

Castings must be true to the pattern and free from blem- 
ish, flaws, or shrinkage cracks. 

If found to be porous in any part, they will not be 
accepted. 

Finish : 

The drilling and thickness of the bodies and flanges of 
the valves are to conform to the table given on the accompa- 
nying blueprint of drawing No. 14317. 

All bolt holes are to be drilled to template, not cored, and 
are to be evenly and accurately located so that valves of the 
same size will be interchangeable. 

Bolts smaller than ^"diameter must not be used. 

The flanges are to be truly and accurately faced with fine 
tool finish for gaskets, and are to be at right angles with each 
other. The backs of the flanges are also to be faced. 

The joints between the bodies and the bonnets of the 
valves are to be made up with corrugated gaskets of steel or 
Swedish Iron No. 28 B. W. G. 

All gear wheels and pinions are to have cut teeth. 

All valve stems are to be of steel. 

All castings are to be absolutely free from scale and core 
sand and facing sand, and delivered unpainted. 

The construction of the valves must be such that there 
will not be any binding of an)'' of its parts under any normal 
conditions. 

Test: 

Each valve is to be subjected by, and at the expense of, 
the Contractor, in the presence of a representative of this 



309 

■Company, to a shop hydrostatic test of 400 lbs. per square 
inch, which test is to be satisfactory to the representative. 

After erection, the valves will be tested by the Company 
with a steam pressure of 200 lbs. per square inch, with 100° 
Fahrenheit of superheat, and any valve showing signs of 
weakness, leakage or other defect maj^ be condemned by this 
Company's Engineer. 

Erection : 

This Company will do all erecting of the herein specified 
valves. 



Delivery : 

All of the valves herein specified to be furnished are to 
be delivered with all parts liable to damage by rust, abrasion 
or other means, protected against it; the outside faces of the 
flanges to be, in addition, shielded by wooden discs bolted 
thereto. 

All of the material herein specified to ,be furnished is to 
be delivered at this Company's Waterside Station No. 2, First 
Avenue, 39th & 40th Streets, and the East River, Borough of 
Manhattan, City of New York, or at such point in the imme- 
diate vicinity as ma}?- be later directed, and as per the follow- 
ing schedule: 

On or before June i, 1906 Twenty-four valves 

At intervals up to December i, 1906 Forty-eight valves 



STEAM SEPARATORS. 

There are to be 53 of these separators as per the following 
list: 



3IO 



ilZE. 


REQUIRED. 


POUNDS STEAM PER HOUR, 


2" 


Two (2) 


6000 each 


2>^" 


Ten (10) 


Two at 3000 ea., 8 at 4000 ea. 


3" 


Two (2) 


3000 each 


3/2" 


Twenty-four 


3000 each 


4" 


Ten 


Two at 7000 ea., Eight at 13000 ea. 


4J^" 


Two (2) 


9000 each 


5" 


Two (2) 


9000 each 


6" 


One (i) 


6000 each 



They are to be of the horizontal run non-receiver type for a 
working pressure of 200 pounds per sq. in. with 100 degrees Fahr. 
of superheat, and a capacity to deHver the foregoing respective 
weights of steam in pounds per hour. 

Material : 

All parts of 5" and 6" separators which are to be subjected 
to the working pressure are to be made of cast steel of which the 
Contractor, in his proposal is to state the chemical and physical 
properties. The other sizes are to be of close even grain cast iron. 

Finish : 

All castings are to be smooth and of uniform soundness, free 
from blow holes, cold shuts, cracks or other defects; absolutely 
free from all core sand and facing sand before assembling, and 
delivered unpainted. 

The lowest point of the body of each separator is to be pro- 
vided with a boss tapped for a drain connection of suitable size, 
and on the proper locations at the side of the body, bosses are to 
be provided suitably tapped and plugged for the later attach- 
ment of glass water gauges if so desired. 

The diameter ("A") thickness ("L") and drilling of the 
flanges, for the main steam connections are to be as given on our 
drawing No. 14281 ; a blue print of which accompanies this speci- 
fication. The faces of the flanges are to have fine tool finish for 



311 

gaskets and the backs of the flanges are to be similarily finished. 
All bolt holes are to be drilled to template ; not cored. 

Test : 

Each separator is to be subjected, by and at the expense of 
the Contractor, in the presence of a representative of this Com- 
pany, to a shop hydrostatic test of 400 lbs., which test is to be 
satisfactory to the representative. 

After the erection, the separators will be subjected to service 
test with the before mentioned service steam pressure of 200 
pounds per square inch, and should any separator or part thereof 
show signs of weakness, leakage or other defect, it will be con- 
demned by this Company's Engineer and must be made good by 
and at the expense of the Contractor. 

• Erection : 

This company will do all of the erecting of the equipment 
herein specified to be furnished by the Contractor and will supply 
the companion flanges. 

Delivery : 

All of the equipment herein specified to be furnished by the 
Contractor is to be delivered where hereinbefore specified or at 
such a point in the immediate vicinity as may be later directed 
and as per the following schedule. 

Within one week after receipt of order therefor : 

1—6" ' ,;,• 

On or before May i, 1906. 

4—4" ' .' 

2-43^" 
Between May i, and June i, 1906. 



312 

Between June i, and July i, 1906. 

8-3/2" 

4-4" 
Between July i, and August i, 1906. 

2 — 2" 

2— 2>4" 

8-3>^" 
2-4" 
Between August i, and September i, 1906. 
2-3" 

2—5" 

Guarantee : 

The Contractor is to guarantee that each separator will satis- 
factorily perform its intended purpose of thoroughly preventing 
the passage by it of all entrained water in the steam, and that it 
will safely and fully take care of all sudden excessive and ab- 
normal rushes of water commonly called "Water Slugs." 

In addition to the foregoing requirements, he is to guarantee 
all separators and parts thereof against defective material and 
workmanship for the term of one year from the dates of their 
acceptances. 



BLOW-OFF PIPING. 

Description : 

For the purpose of this specification, there are to be 7- 
boilers equipped with blow-off connections ; and the neces- 
sary system of piping therefor is to be installed as per our 
drawings Nos. 13973 — elevation looking North, 14038 — eleva- 
tion looking West, and 14996 — plan. 

These boilers are included in sections r, 2 and 4 of the 
boiler plant; and our drawing No. 14996 shows the intended 
arrangement of the blow-off piping for each one of these 
sections of 24 boilers. 



313 

On the mud-drum of each one of the 72 boilers which are 
herein specified to be piped as stated, two 2j^" screwed outlets 
are to be provided under the boiler contract To each one of 
the 144 outlets which are to be thus provided, the contractor 
is to connect a 2^/2 pipe leading directly to the rear, and to 
the outside of the boiler setting. Each of these 144 pipes is 
to be offset, as shown in our drawing No. 14330, and is to 
have at its, outer end a 2j4" angle blow-off valve and a 2j^" 
blow-off cock. From each one of the 144 blow-off cocks, a 
2j^" pipe connection is to be run to the 4" header, as shown, 
by means of a continuous pipe bend and the special 4" x 4" 
and 2.y-i" lateral, or "Y" fitting (No. 5028) ; which fitting, in 
each case, as well as other fittings, as later herein specified, 
will be furnished by us. 

There are to be two 4" headers for each tier of boilers — four 
of these headers per section — run under the ceilings of the 
basement and first floor; the former two under the first floor 
flue aisle and the latter two in the first floor flue aisle. The two 
4" headers for the upper tier of boilers are to be led down 
separately, near the division wall, receiving, with proper, re- 
ducing sweep Tees (No. 5025), the two 4" headers for the 
lower tier of boilers as shown on our drawings Nos. 15975 
and 14056. From the point of reception of the two lower 
headers the upper ones are to continue with 45" Ells (No. 
5029) as 6" lines to their junction with the 8" x 6'' x 6" "Y" 
fitting (No. 5027), and whence the system is to be run as 8" 
to, and including, the 8" Ell (No. 5030) which is shown on 
our drawings Nos. 13073 and 14056, from which point the 
blow-off system is to be extended under another specification. 

Material : 

The connections between the mud-drums and the blow-off 
valves are to be of extra heavy brass pipe with extra heavy 
brass flanges. All other piping of the blow-ofif system is to be of 
wrought steel and full weight; except the bends K, KI and L 
which are to be extra heavy. 



3H 

All gaskets are to be of copper or other approved material. 
Hanger details are shown on drawing No. 14S08. 

Finish : 

The flanges of the brass connections between the mud-drums 
and the blow-ofif valves are to be ground to form steam and water 
tight joints. All other flanges of the blow-off system are to be 
faced with fine tool finish for gaskets. 

All flanges are to conform to the table of details given on our 
drawing No. 14950. All bolt holes are to be drilled to template, 
not cored. All piping, as far as consistent with the standard of 
best practice, is to be dean and smooth inside and outside and free 
from all dirt and scale before erection. 

All threads are to be clean, full and perfect, and all material 
and workmanship ar^e to be satisfactory to this Company's 
Engineer. 

Erection : 

The Contractor is to do all of the erecting of the material 
herein specified to be furnished by him, supplying all hangers, 
bolts, gaskets, etc., needed for the proper installation of the 
equipment. The locations of the hangers are indicated on the 
drawings by the letter "H" followed by a figure or figures. 

The individual boiler connections to the 4" headers are shown 
on our drawing No. 14996 in both solid and dotted lines; the 
latter indicates the intended manner of connecting the boilers of 
the second tier. 

The Company will furnish to the Contractor all of the valves 
and cocks and all of the fittings and the floor and wall sleeves 
called for by the system of blow-off piping shown on our draw- 
ings. 

All the work of erection is to be done under the supervision 
of our Superintendent of Construction or his representative and 
his directions are to be followed in all matters relating to the 
methods and appliances to be used by the Contractor in con- 
nection therewith. 



315 

Delivery : 

All of the material herein specified to be furnished by the 
Contractor, is to be delivered where hereinbefore stated, or at such 
point in the vicinity as may be later directed, and installed as a 
complete equipment, in three divisions of completion of 24 
boilers each, each division to extend and include the 8" Ell 
as hereinbefore specified, and a complete division by each of the 
folowing dates : 

June I, 1906 

August I, 1906 

September i, 1906 

Guarantee : 

The Contractor is to guarantee the entire equipment of blow- 
off piping as herein specified to be installed by him, against de- 
fective material or workmanship for one year from the date of 
its final completion. 



BLOW-OFF-FITTINGS. 

There are to be 168 bends for blow-off piping, as per the 
following list and as shown on our drawing No. 14330: 



Size. 


Mark. 


Required, 


21^" 


K 


134 


2/2" 


Kl 


2 


2/2" 


L 


32 



168 

These bends are to be made of extra heavy pipe. National 
Tube Works Company's standard, and each bend is to be fitted,, 
complete with two extra heavy flanges. 



3i6 

Material : 

The bends are to be of the best grade of wrought steel. 
The flanges are to be of cast iron of a tough gray mixture. 

Finish : 

So far as consistent with the standard of best practice, the 
inner and outer surfaces of all of the piping are to be smooth, 
clean and free, from dirt and scale when delivered. 

All castings are to be true to the pattern; smooth and of 
uniform soundness; free from blow holes, cold shuts, cracks 
and other defects; absolutely free from sand before assembling, 
and delivered unpainted. 

All flanges are to conform to the table of details given on 
■our drawing No. 14280. All bolt holes are to be drilled to 
template, not cored, and all drilling is to straddle the vertical and 
horizontal centres. The joint faces of the flanges are to have fine 
tool finish for gaskets, and the backs of the flanges are to be 
similarly finished for such area as may be necessary for the 
proper seating of the heads and nuts of the flange bolts, and all 
joint faces of the flanges are to be perpendicular to the axes of 
their respective pipes. 

When the flanges have been fully and finally "made on," the 
ends of the pipes are not to be flush with the joint faces of the 
flanges, but shall fall slightly short of such length; to the end 
that the pipe joints will be made only by the flanges. 

All threads are to be clean, sharp and perfect. 

All material and workmanship are to be satisfactory to this 
Company's Engineer. 

Test : 

Each bend, after its flanges have been fully and finally "made 
•on," is to be blanked and subjected by, and at the expense of the 
••Contractor, in the presence of a representative of this Company, 
to a shop hydrostatic test pressure of 400 pounds per square inch, 
which test is to be satisfactory to the representative. 



Z^7 



Erection : 



This Company will do all of the erecting of the material 
herein specified to be furnished by the Contractor. 

Delivery : 

All of the material herein specified to be furnished by the 
Contractor, is to be delivered where hereinbefore stated, or at 
such point in the immediate vicinity as may be later directed. 



FITTINGS FOR SUPERHEATER BLOW OFF. 

The one hundred twenty four fittings which are to be fur- 
nished hereunder are, in respective quantities, as per the fol- 
lowing : 

Material List. 



Pattern No. 
5396 
5397 
5398 

5399 
5400 

5401 
5448 
5449 



Wanted. 

32 
8 

4 
14 
32 
24 

4 
4 



Total 124 



Material : 



All of the fittings enumerated in the above list are to be of 
good grade of close-grained cast iron of a gray mixture. 



Finish : 

The joint faces of all flanges are to be raised and have fine 
tool finish and the backs of all flanges faced for heads and nuts 



3i8 

of bolts; they shall be accurately parallel and perpendicular to 
each other, where indicated on the drawing to be so; and in all 
cases truly at right angles to the axes of the different runs. 

Bolt holes must not be cored. They are to be drilled to 
template and in conformity with the details thereof as given on 
drawing No. 16924. 

We will furnish all necessary patterns, and all castings are 
to be true thereto, uniformly sound, and without cold-shuts, blow- 
holes, cracks or any other defects, and their entire interior and 
exterior surfaces are to be free from all foundry sand, chips, fil- 
ings, etc. and unpainted when delivered. 

All material and workmanship are to be satisfactory to our 
Engineer. 

Test: 

Each fitting is to be subjected by and at the expense of the 
Contractor hereunder, in the presence of our representative, to 
a shop hydrostatic test of 400 pounds per square inch and which 
test is to be satisfactory to our representative. 

After erection, the fittings will be tested by our Engineer 
with a pressure per square inch of 200 pounds of steam with 100 
degrees F. of superheat, and any fitting showing signs of weak- 
ness, leakage, or other defect, may be rejected by him. 

Erection : 

We will do all erecting of the material herein called for, 
and will supply all bolts and gaskets. 

Delivery : 

The Contractor hereunder is to commence work on the here- 
in specified material immediately on his receipt of our order there- 
for, and he is to deliver the same where hereinafter stated, or 
at such point in the immediate vicinity as may be later determined, 
at the earliest date consistent with reasonably prompt despatch. 



319 

FEED PIPE FITTINGS. 

16-3" extra heavy brass and cast iron gate valves, 133^" length 
overall. 

4-5" extra heavy brass and cast iron gate valves, 15" length 
-overall. 

38-6" extra heavy brass and cast iron gate valves, isH" length 
■overall. 

Valves are to be used under 200 pounds hydraulic pressure. 

Valves are to have split wedge gate. 

The valves are to have cast iron bodies of a superior grade 
of remelted cast iron, free from all sand or blowholes or imper- 
fections, with body and flange thickness corresponding to draw- 
ing 13921, with composition stems. 

The faces of flanges on all valves are to have a fine tool 
finish and are to be drilled as per the table drawing 13921. Holes 
are to be drilled per template and are to be evenly and accurately 
spaced so that all valves of the same size will be interchangeable. 
All flanges are to be chamfered as shown. Backs of all flanges 
are to be faced or spot bored. 

All workmanship is to be first class in every respect. 

Valves are to be tested with 400 lbs. hydraulic pressure and 
any valve exhibiting signs of weakness may be condemned. 




PLAN AND ELEVATION OF FEED LINES IN SECTION NO. TWO. 



321 



EXHAUST PIPE FITTINGS. 



Material : 

All the piping and fittings shown on our drawings and 
enumerated in the following list are to be of a good grade of 
gray cast iron, uniform in character. 



Patt. Nc 


1. Pes. Required. 


Size. 


Description. 


S155 


One 


36" 


Side outlet pipe. 


5156 


Two 




Bearing plate. 


5157 


Two 


36" 


Offset with foot. 


5158 


Two 


36" 


Exhaust well cover. 


S159 


Four 


30" 


Pipe. 


5160 


Four 


8" 


45° Elbow. 


5161 


Two 


30" 


^Pipe with brackets. 


5162 


Two 


30" 


Pipe. 


5163 


Two 


30" 


Discharge foot. 


5165 


One 8"x8" 


X12" 


Tee R. H. 


5166 


One 8"x8" 


X12" 


Tee L. H. 



Finish : 



All the flanges of all the pipe and fittings and the joint faces 
of all the bosses for pipe connections are to have fine tool finish 
for gaskets ; and the bottom surface of the supporting foot on the 
36" offset casting, pattern 5157 and the upper surface of the cast- 
ing, pattern 5156 are to be finished to insure a proper bearing 
against each other. 

The 4^4" C. D. bosses on the side outlet castings, pattern 5154 
are to have 3" standard pipe thread. 

The drilling of all flanges and the location of all studs are 
to conform to the details thereof as given on drawing No. 15677. 

All patterns are to be made to conform to the drawings ; they 
are to be marked before use in the foundry, by means of the 
usual metal pattern figures with their respective designating num- 




ISOMETRIC OF OILING SYSTEM. 




Elevation Looiatia north ^t Y-Y 

'TboiarS ChqiM Boom Mtllt* 

"piV ^ \ Z "Puma Roama^ 









''/^ 



^^/-'// 




??57 



Cfevafton Lwlunq north At Z-Z' 

fMUrd 'Ctuiiit f%dA Will.' 

PLAN AND ELEVATION OF OPEN HEATERS AND PUMPS. 



til 

7? i I 

BS- i 



^ — I T — 



T 



'Ent 



-£=^ 




,Jj|-*/!i1«-.J 



S^CTVO^ X~X 



PLAN AND SECTION OF HEATERS, PUMPS AND CONNECTIONS. 



o 



-S, 

J 

3 



05 g 
-8 ;s 



o 



I 








3 ? 
E 1^ 



PLAN OF FEED PUMPS. 



326 

bers as shown on drawing No. 15677; delivered to us with the 
castings therefrom and become our property. 

All castings are to be true to the patterns and free from cold- 
shuts, blow-holes, cracks or any other defects; and their entire 
interior and exterior surfaces are to be free from all core sand, 
facing sand, chips, filings, etc. and unpainted when delivered. 

Erection : 

The Company will erect all of the material herein specified 
to be furnished and will supply all bolts and gaskets. 

Delivery : 

All of the material herein specified to be furnished by the 
Contractor is to be delivered where hereinbefore specified, or at 
such a point in the immediate vicinity as may be later directed 
on or before May 15, 1906. 

EXHAUST PIPE EXPANSION JOINTS. 

Description : 

Expansion joints for exhaust piping. There are to be eight 
(8) expansion joints which are to be designed for the following 
sizes and requirements: 

One (i) 14" for i" movement 
Two (2) 16" for J4" 
Two (2) 24" for ]A:' 
Three (3) 24" for ^" 

The diameters and drillings of the flanges of these joints are 
to conform to the Master Steam Fitters' Standard for these de- 
tails. 

The bodies of these joints must not exceed in any transverse 
dimension the diameter of their respective flanges and the Con- 
tractor is to give the face to face dimensions of each of the sizes 
of the expansion joints herein specified. The maximum working 
pressure to which these joints will be subjected in service will be 



327 
approximately five pounds per square inch above the atmosphere. 

Finish : 

All material, workmanship and finish are to be satisfactory 
to the Engineer. 

Erection : 

The Company will do all erecting of the material herein 
specified to be furnished and will supply all bolts necessary there- 
for and all gaskets. 

Delivery : 

All the material herein specified to be furnished by the Con- 
tractor is to be delivered in good order and with flanges protected 
by wooden covers where hereinbefore specified or at such a point 
in the immediate vicinity as may be later directed on or before 
June I, 1906. 



CIRCULATING WATER VALVES. 

Number : 

There are to be eleven (11) 30" valves and seven (7) 36" 
valves. 

Description : 

They are to be of the solid wedge, straight-way, gate type, 
for 50 pounds working pressure; brass mounted, with nonrising 
bronze stems, flanged ends and hand wheels, and for salt water 
use. 

All castings are to be of uniform soundness and free from 
blow-holes, cold-shuts, cracks, or other defects, and absolutely 
cleaned of all foundry sand, scale, fillings, etc., before assembling. 

The flanges are to be faced with fine tool finish for gaskets ; 
parallel to each other and perpendicular to the axis of the valve ; 



328 

their backs machined for proper seating of the heads and nuts 
of the bolts; and their diameter, thickness and drilling in con- 
formity with the Master Steam Fitters' Standard. 

All bolt holes are to be drilled to templates — not cored ; bolts 
smaller in diameter than }i" must not be used in the construction 
of the valves ; all parts are to be accurately and neatly fitted, and 
all material and workmanship are to be satisfactory to our En- 
gineer. 

Each valve is to be tested by, and at the expense of, the 
Contractor, in the presence of our representative, in the shop to 
150 pounds. 

All the valves are to be delivered where hereinbefore stated 
or at such point in the immediate vicinity as may be later directed, 
as soon as may be consistent with reasonably prompt despatch. 



FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND FIXTURES. 
Description : 

It is intended to have installed a system of piping and fixtures 
for fire service, with branches therefrom at indicated points for 
ash-wetting use, and for which branches the Contractor hereunder 
is to leave the necessary fittings and openings in the 6" ring- 
header of the fire service system as shown. The ash-wetting pip- 
ing is to be installed under another contract. 

Certain ones of the drawings to which reference is made 
herein show other systems of piping than that which is the pur- 
pose of this specification, but the latter is indicated throughout 
by the lighter appearance on the blueprints due to shading on the 
tracings. 

The Contractor hereunder will find installed the two "Under- 
writer" fire pumps which are indicated on drawing No. 16411, 
and from the discharge nozzles of which he is to extend the here- 
in specified system of fire protection piping. 

As shown on drawing No. 16411, the 5" discharges of the 
pumps are to be run into an 8" header leading to the 6" ring- 
header and cross-connecting the pumps so that either pump may 



329 

discharge in either direction into the system. The 6" ring-header, 
as the name indicates and as shown on drawings No. 16410 and 
16411, is to form a continuous loop around the basement — at 
about 12' 6" from the floor— the former numbered drawing show- 
ing a continuation of the piping on the latter. Across the west 
end of the basement, it is shown broken away for clearness of 
reference to other work. 

Outside of each pump connection to the 6" ring-header, a 6" 
"indicator" valve is to be placed having self-contained means for 
showing its closed and open positions. One valve of this type 
is also to be placed on each side of the 6" branch to the roof and 
to the coal towers, near the southeast corner of the basement, 
two at other points in the ring-header, and one in each of the 
tower risers; in all, eight 6" "indicator" valves. 

From the 6" ring-header, 4" branches are to be run in the 
manner shown to points about 3' 9" from the basement floor, 
drops of approximately 9' o" ; the three branches to the operating 
room side of the division wall having their change of direction 
from horizontal to vertical made with 4" plugged tees, as shown 
on elevation drawings No. 16406 and 16407; and each of these 
drops is to be equipped at its lower end with a 2j4" heavy, angle, 
hose-end valve and a reel with 50' of 2^/2" hose. 

From two points in the 6" ring-header, along the north wall 
of the basement, 6" branches are shown to be run to two feed 
water storage tanks for emergency use in connection therewith. 
These branches are shown, in plan, on drawings No. 16410 and 
No. 1641 1, and one of them, in elevation on drawing No. 16404. 
Only one of these branches is, however, to be installed under this 
specification. It is to be provided with a gate valve having an 
extended stem for its operation from the floor above. The 
flanges for the connection of the branch to the tank vfiW be pro- 
vided as part of the construction of the latter, but the Contractor 
hereunder is to connect the branch thereto both outside and in- 
side of the tank, as is indicated on drawing 16406. The necessary 
blank-flanged 6" tee for future extension of the other branch is 
to be left by this Contractor in the 6" ring-header. 

Near the southwest corner of the basement, a 5" branch, with 



330 

a check valve, is to be run to a Siamese connection which the Con- 
tractor is to install outside of the building on the sidewalk. The 
Siamese connection and the manner of its installation are to con- 
form to the rules and regulations of the Board of Fire Under- 
writers. 

The various risers as indicated are to be run and in the 
manner shown; riser No. 5 — that from which the connection for 
the coal towers is to be taken — is to be 6" in size, the others be- 
ing 4". Two of these risers are to extend through the roof and 
be fitted with 2^" hose valves, but not with reels or hose. 

From the upper end of the 6" riser, No. 5, a 6" line is to be 
run toward the river bulkhead to a point between the two coal 
hoisting towers, extending thence and parallel to the bulkhead as 
4" lines to the towers, as shown on drawing No. 16437. Each 
tower is to be equipped with a 4" riser to extend upward from 
its point of connection with the 4" line for a distance of approxi- 
mately 24 feet, and downward to a point about 3 feet above the 
grade line. The upper end of each one of the 4" tower risers is 
to be fitted with a 4" plugged tee, a 2j^" hose valve, and a reel 
with 25 feet of hose; and the lower end in each case is to be 
similarly fitted, except that the tee instead of being plugged is 
to be provided with a %" nipple and valve for draining the riser 
if desired. 

At ten, more or less, intermediate points on these risers, and 
three feet from the floor lines, tees are to be provided for the 
reception, each, of a 2j^" hose valve and reel; nine of these reels 
being supplied with 25 feet of hose each; and one with 50 feet 
of hose. 

Each installation of hose throughout the system is to be 
provided with a suitable nozzle, or play pipe, 21^" butt and 15"^ 
long. 

The system throughout is to be for salt water use. 

Material : 

All piping is to be full weight, of wrought steel and galvan- 
ized. 



331 

All fittings are to be malleable iron castings and galvanized. 

All hose valves, couplings and nozzles are to be of brass ; the 
nozzles to be of the "plain cast" pattern. Valves 2^" in size 
and smaller are to have brass bodies ; larger than 2%" in size are 
to have iron bodies. 

All hose is to be the best 2I/2" hnen, "Underwriters," guaran- 
teed for 400 lbs. pressure. 

Finish : 

The system in general is to be screw work, but all fittings 
at the pump and ring-header connections, and all valves except 
the hose valves, and all pipe bends and offsets are to be flanged. 
The hose valves are to be screw connected. 

All screw valves, couplings, nozzles and reels on the 4" riser 
to the mezzanines and which are shown on drawing No. 16422, 
are to be nickel plated and polished; the latter detail as to the 
reels, however, is to be determined later. The hose valves are 
to be finished, plated all over, and polished, and provided with 
finished, plated and polished brass wheels. All other valves are 
to be rough body, not plated, and with iron wheels ; and all other 
reels are to be plain japanned. 

All hose reels are to be solidly and substantially made and 
with swing brackets ; their particular design and manufacture to 
be decided by this Company's Engineer. 

The hose is to be in lengths of 50 feet, except as noted, and 
fitted with all necessary couplings. 

All valves over the 21^" size, all flanges, flange unions, and 
all fittings — flange and screw — are to be extra heavy. 

All pipe bends and offsets are to be free from wrinkling or 
buckling, and truly, carefully and neatly made. 

All castings are to be sound and clean. 

All threads are to be sharp, full and perfect; those on the 
hose ends of the hose valves, and on couplings and nozzles and 
hose connections throughout are to be New York Fire Depart- 
ment standard. 

The 5" check valve is to be flanged extra heavy and of the 
swing type. 



332 

The diameter, thickness and drilling of all flanges are to 
conform to the extra heavy standard. 

All material and workmanship are to be subject to the ap- 
proval of this Company's Engineer. 

Test : 

The entire system after erection is to be subjected to, and 
must satisfactorily stand, a hydrostatic pressure of 200 pounds 
per square inch. 

Erection : 

The Contractor hereunder is to furnish the labor for, and do, 
the erecting of all the material herein called for to be furnished 
by him; verifying all given and making all other required meas- 
urements, and supplying all pipe, fittings, valves, reels, hose and 
fixtures herein called for and needed for a complete installation 
in accord with the intent of this specification and the herein 
enumerated drawings. 

This Company will provide all required openings and pas- 
sages for piping, and will do any needed cutting or altering of 
building structure. It will further supply all hangers, riser 
clamps, or other necessary supports for the piping, but the Con- 
tractor hereunder is to locate and properly install them. 

The use of couplings anywhere throughput the system will 
not be allowed. All connections of consecutive pipe lengths, 
where not made through fittings or valves, must be made by 
means of flange unions. 

DELIVERY : 

The Contractor hereunder is to prosecute work on the erec- 
tion of the herein specified Fire Protection System in harmony 
with the progress of other work, and he is to complete the in- 
stallation thereof, leaving a finished and satisfactory equipment 
ready for its intended use, on or before November i, 1906. 



333 

Guarantee : 

The Contractor hereunder is to guarantee this Company 
against all loss, damage or dissatisfaction due to defective ma- 
terial or workmanship for a period of one year from the date 
of the acceptance by this Company of the herein specified equip- 
ment. 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPE COVERING. 
Description : 

It is intended to cover certain piping, valves, fittings, 
flanges, flues and stacks, feed water heaters and boiler drums, 
in the herein specified manner, and for which the Contractor 
is to furnish the material and labor. 

HIGH PRESSURE STEAM PIPING: 

Six Inches (6") and Over, in Diameter: 

All high pressure steam piping six inches, (6"), and over, 
in diameter is to be covered in the following manner. Next to 
the pipes there is to be placed a layer, one and one half inches 
(ij4") thick, of 85% carbonate of magnesia, wired on, and with 
all joints butted and grouted. On this a layer one quarter inch 
(J4") thick of asbestos millboard is to be securely wired, with 
all joints butted, not lapped. Outside of, and against this layer 
of millboard is to be placed another layer, one and one half 
inches (i^") thick, of 85% carbonate of magnesia, wired on, 
and with all joints butted; the end, or transverse joints to be 
midway between the similar joints of the first applied layer of 
magnesia. On this last course of magnesia is to be placed a 
layer one half inch (j4") thick of hard finish, applied in at 
least two (2) coats. Finally, over all there is to be tightly 
stretched, pasted, and sewed in place a covering of eight (8) 
ounce duck. In applying the duck, a sufficient quantity of paste 



334 

must be used to act as sizing, and thus prevent expansion and 
consequent wrinkling of the duck when it is subsequently painted. 

All covering of fourteen inch (14") piping is to be banded. 
Normally there will be placed a band at each side of, and com- 
paratively close to, each removable flange cover ; and the remain- 
ing bands which are to be placed along any length of covered 
pipe are to be located as near thirty-six inches (36") apart, from 
centre to centre, as an equal division of the distance between the 
two bands placed near the flange covers will permit. The bands 
are to be of lacquered brass, and one and one half inches (i/^") 
wide. 

The covering of all other high pressure steam piping six 
inches (6") and over in diameter is not to be banded. 

The flanges are to be fitted with removable covers. These 
covers are to be in halves and, when in place, are to be joined 
along a line diametral to the pipe flanges. Each half is to be, 
in itself, a separate and complete part. Each half is to be formed 
of an inner lining, one inch (i") thick, of asbestos air-cell, 
over which, and securely fastened thereto, is to be placed a one 
half inch (J4") mesh frame of galvanized wire No. 22 B.W.G. 
This frame is to extend half way around the pair of flanges and 
be returned on the side of each flange. 

The sides of the wire frame — formed by returning it on 
the sides of the pipe flanges — are to be reinforced by a layer of 
wire mesh cut to conform to the diameter and width of the re- 
turned portions of the frame. These reinforcing pieces of wire 
mesh and the turned over portions of the wire frames are to be 
strongly wired together. On the entire outside of this frame, 
there is to be applied a layer, one and one half inches (1/4") 
thick, of 85%' carbonate of magnesia, in a powdered state and 
mixed with enough water to form a strong and solid mass. Tliis 
layer of magnesia is then to receive a coating of hard finish over 
its entire outer surfaces, and on these surfaces, a layer, one 
quarter inch (%") thick, of asbestos millboard. 

Finally the outer surfaces of the removable half cover are 
to be entirely covered with ten (10) ounce duck, tightly stretched, 



335, 

returned around the edges of the half cover, pasted and sewed 
in place. 

The halves of each cover are to be held together by two (2) 
galvanized steel bands, extending around each half cover under 
the canvas, each end of each band being passed through the can- 
vas, two inches (2") from the joint line of the halves of the 
cover, and the ends of the opposite bands joined by reeving them 
through flat eyes and bending them back on themselves. These 
bands are to be placed about one inch (i") from each side of the 
<:over. 

All steam separators, necks and bodies of all valves, all fit- 
tings and all irregular surfaces are to be covered in the manner 
herein specified for piping. The bonnets and bonnet flanges of 
all valves are to be covered as herein later specified. 

All valves are to be fitted with removable covers which 
shall completely enclose their bonnets, and bonnet flanges. In 
the manner of their construction these removable covers are to 
be in general like those herein specified to be provided for the 
pipe flanges; but details of their design must be submitted, for 
approval, to this company's Engineer, before their final applica- 
tion to the valves. 

All covering of steam separators is to be banded. The 
bands are to be of lacquered brass, three inches (3") wide, and 
spaced as may be directed by this Company's Engineer. 

Under Six Inches (6") in Diameter: 

All high pressure steam piping under six inches (6") in 
diameter is to be covered with 85% carbonate of magnesia sec- 
tional covering, made up in duck-jacketed lengths of about thirty- 
six inches (36") and two inches (2") thick. Each length is to 
he in half sections united by the jacket 'of duck, and is to be 
applied to the piping by opening it along one side — on the duck 
as a hinge — and closing it around the piping; after which the 
lap of the jacket is to be tightly stretched and securely pasted on 
the opposite section. 

The transverse joints between the ends of consecutive 
lengths of the covering are to have securely pasted over them 



336 

a strip four inches (4") wide, of eight (8) ounce duck in addi- 
tion to any end lap of the jacket with which the lengths of cov- 
ering may come provided. 

All covering is to be properly secured by black enameled 
bands; in general three (3) bands per normal length of covering. 

All valves, fittings, and flanges, are to be covered with a 
plaster two inches (2") thick, of 85% carbonate of magnesia, 
after which there is to be applied to the entire outer surfaces 
of the magnesia a layer one-half inch (J4") thick, of hard 
finish, and finally over all a jacket of eight (8) ounce duck is 
to be tightly stretched, securely pasted and sewed in place. 



HIGH PRESSURE DRIP PIPING. 

All high pressure drip piping and all of the valves, fittings 
and flanges thereof, are to be covered and banded in a manner 
similar to that herein specified under sub-heading "Under Six 
Inches (6") in Diameter." 

WATER PIPING. 
Boiler Feed: 

All boiler feed piping is to be covered and banded in a 
manner similar to that herein specified under sub-heading "Un- 
der Six Inches (6") in Diameter," except that it is to be one 
inch (i") instead of two inches (2") thick. 

All valves, fittings and flanges are to remain uncovered. 

Subject to Freezing: 

All piping subject to freezing is to be covered with a layer 
two inches (2") thick, of hair felt, amply and securely bound 
with marline, over which a jacket of ten (10) ounce duck is to 
be tightly stretched and sewed in place. 

All valves, fittings, flanges and the pipe-encircling portions 
of all hangers, are to be covered in a similar manner. 



337 
LOW PRESSURE STEAM PIPING. 

Exhaust and all other Low Pressure Steam Piping: 

All piping which is to be used for Exhaust Service and all 
other low pressure piping for which the covering has not so 
far herein been specified, are to be covered in a manner sim- 
ilar to that herein specified under the sub-heading "Boiler Feed." 



FLUES AND STACKS. 

All flues and stacks, from the boiler up to the underside 
of the coal bunkers, are to be covered in the following manner : 
Outside of and against the framing or stiffening members of 
the structure lengths of one half inch (3^") standard pipe are 
to be laid at suitable distances from each other and held in 
place by one quarter inch (34") wire rope to be passed contin- 
uously around the flue or stack, drawn tight and secured against 
slipping. At each intersection of the wire rope and the pieces 
of pipe, they are to be firmly wired to each other. 

To this skeleton of pipe and rope, there is to be fastened 
throughout a metal lathing of the Bostwick or other approved 
style. The lathing is then to receive a layer, one and one half 
inches (i^") thick, of asbestos in cement or block form. If 
cement be used its final surface is to be left approximately 
smooth. Outside of and immediately against the entire outer 
surface of the completed layer of asbestos chicken netting is to 
be placed and secured to the metal lathing by clips, hooks or 
other appropriate and satisfactory means which shall have been 
fastened to the lathing before the layer of asbestos was applied. 

On the chicken netting there is then to be spread, of hard 
finish, a coat sufficiently thick to cover, to an even plane, 
all inequalities of surface of the asbestos and netting, and trow- 
eled smooth. Finally the outer surfaces of the hard finish are to 
be jacketed with eight (8) ounce duck, tightly stretched, and 
securely pasted on the hard finished surfaces, and in addition 



338 

fastened to the lathing by some approved device previously left 
attached thereto for that purpose. 

The continuity of this covering is to be interrupted at cer- 
tain places to be directed by this Company's Engineer, by nar- 
row spaces to be left through the entire thickness of the cover- 
ing, including the lathing. These spaces are then to be cov- 
ered by strips, eight inches (8") wide each, of eight (8) ounce 
duck properly pasted in place centrally over the spaces. 

The one-half inch (J4") pipe herein specified as a detail 
in the application of this covering may be second-hand mater- 
ial, but the lengths must be straight and long enough to ex- 
tend, with ample lap at each end, between consecutive members 
of the flue and stack framing or stiffening. 

Before any covering is applied, the proposed details of 
its material and methods of application must be submitted to 
this Company's Engineer for his approval. 



FEED WATER HEATERS. 

All feed-water heaters are to be covered in a manner sim- 
ilar, or approximately similar to that herein specified under sub- 
heading "flues and stacks," so far as the insulating material is 
concerned. 

BOILER DRUMS. 

The ends of all boiler drums are to be covered in the fol- 
lowing manner: Against both ends of each drum are to be 
laid blocks, one and one-half inches (ij4") thick, of 85% car- 
bonate of magnesia. These are to be held in place by wire 
netting fastened by some approved method. The magnesia blocks 
are then to be completely covered by a coat, one half inch 
(yi") thick of hard finish, troweled smooth, and this latter 
finally by a jacket of eight (8) ounce duck securely sewed 
and if necessary otherwise fastened in place. 



339 

Before any covering is applied, the same requirement 
as to approval is to be observed as herein specified under "flues 
and stacks." 

There are to be two hundred and eighty-eight (288) of 
these drums, forty-two inches (42") in diameter. 

Finish : 

HIGH PRESSURE STEAM PIPING. 

Six Inches (6") and Over in Diameter: 

All joints are to be closely, evenly, and neatly made 
throughout their lengths; those in the initial layer of car- 
bonate of magnesia grouted up with hard finish and made 
smooth. The initial layer of magnesia, the layer of mill- 
board, and the second layer of magnesia are to be wired 
on independently of each other; and special care must be 
taken in this detail to insure an entirely secure wiring of 
the segments, or parts, of the different layers in place. 

All hard finish is to be well worked into the magnesia 
as far as practicable, and troweled, smooth. 

All pasting of duck jackets is to be made with even and 
neat edges; and all sewing is to be done in a similarly neat 
manner. 

All covering and jackets are to fit snugly against, and 
over the pipe-encircling parts of all hangers, so that there 
will not, in any case, be any of such parts of the hangers 
visible, except where such parts may be outside of the gen- 
eral plane of the exterior of the pipe covering. 

Where the edges of the duck jackets come within one 
inch (i") of any metal surface, they are to be protected by 
some material which will not char, break, powder or other- 
wise disintegrate. 

At all flanges, the covering is to be chamfered through- 
out its circumference, at an angle of forty-five degrees (45°) 



340 

to the axis of the pipe, until it is of such lesser thickness 
that the flange bolts can be removed from the flanges with- 
out disturbing the integrity of the covering. The length of 
any such diametrally reduced portion of the covering is not 
to be more than enough for the hereinbefore stated purpose, 
and, for uniformity of appearance, the reduction of the dia- 
meter of the covering is to be equal distances on each side 
of any pair of flanges; except at valves and fittings, where, 
as the heads of the bolts will be on the pipe-side of the 
flange-joint, a greater length of reduction will be on that 
side. Where two or more valves or fittings are to be bolted 
together, the details of provision for bolt removal must har- 
monize with local requirements. 

In applying the covering to all valves, fittings and irreg- 
ular surfaces, special care must be taken to insure an entirely 
secure wiring of the segments or parts thereof, of the covering 
material in place. 

Neatness of manner in placing the bands will be in- 
sisted upon, to the end that all of these on the curved por- 
tions of the piping will be radial thereto, and on the straight 
portion of the piping, at right angles to its axis ; and their 
ends properly locked. 

All corners of the flange covers are to be square and 
neatly made ; and the joints between the halves of the cov- 
ers and between the completed covers and the pipe covering, 
are to be tight and close fitting, 

Under Six Inches (6") in Diameter and High Pressure 
Drip Piping: 

All joints are to be closely, evenly, and neatly made through- 
out their lengths. 

All details of covering of hangers, hard finish, pasting, pro- 
vision for the removal of bolts, sewing and banding, are to be 
observed as specified under "Six Inches (6") and Over in Dia- 
meter." 



341 

WATER PIPING. 
Boiler Feed: 

As the valves, fittings, and flanges are to remain uncovered, 
except where specially directed to be otherwise by this Company's 
Engineer, the ends of the sections of the pipe covering are to be 
laid close to the flanges throughout, without gaps or appreciable 
spaces between the covering and the flanges. 

All requirements of neatness of application of the covering 
and the bands and all details of covering of hangers, pasting, and 
provision for the removal of bolts, are to be observed as specified 
under "Six Inches (6") and Over in Diameter." 

Subject to Freezing: 

All details of covering of hangers and of sewing and so far 
as permissible by the kind of covering herein specified under this 
heading — provision for the removal of flange bolts, and general 
neatness of application of the covering, are to be observed as 
under "Six Inches (6") and Over in Diameter." 

General : 

Wherever butt joints are called for in this specification it 
shall be understood to mean that the edges of abutting segments, 
sections, or parts of the covering material are to be square 
cornered; and all of such joints are to be closely, evenly and 
neatly made. Lap joints will not be permitted. 

All bends are to be covered in the same general manner as 
has herein been specified for the straight portions of the particular 
line, or lines, of piping in which such bends will be included ; ex- 
cept for the added detail necessary to insure the completed cover- 
ing conforming as far as is consistent with practical and work- 
manlike methods, to the curves to which it is to be applied. 

All bands which are to be placed on vertical or approximately 
vertical surfaces are to be secured, by some approved mode, 
against slipping from their intended locations. 

All workmanship, design and material as to quantity and 



342 

quality, are to be subject to the approval of this Company's En- 
gineer. 

Erection : 

The Contractor is to do all of the erecting or placing of all 
of the material for the different designs of covering as herein 
specified, and as per the accompanying typewritten list, which 
approximately shows the linear feet and normal sizes of all pip- 
ing referred to under the various headings and subheadings of 
this specification, together with all valves, fittings and flanges 
thereof. This Company will do all of the painting. 

Conduct of Workmen: 

In view of the large amount of dirt which can be occasioned 
by the herein specified kind of work, the conduct of all workmen 
engaged in performing it is to be under the supervision of this 
Company's Superintendent of Construction or his representative;, 
and his directions are to be followed in all matters relating to 
the methods and appliances used by them. 

Delivery : 

All of the material herein specified to be furnished by the 
Contractor, is to be delivered where, and as, herein specified, or 
at such point in the immediate vicinity as may be later directed 
and as per the following schedule. 

Between date of contract and April 2nd, 1906 : approximately 
one fourth (j^) of the total quantity of the material called for 
by this specification. 

On demand between April 2nd 1906 and December i, 1906: 
approximately three fourths (^) of the total quantity of the 
material called for by this specification. 

The following is a list of approximate number of linear and 
square feet of non-conducting covering to be applied to piping, 
flues and stacks, feed-water heaters, boiler drums, etc., and of 
valves and fittings to be covered, in Waterside Station No. 2. 
For the high pressure steam, and exhaust and other low pressure 



343 

steam systems, the number of flanges to be covered can be approx- 
imated from the number of lengths of piping as given herein. 
For the high pressure drip system the number of flanges to be 
covered is approximately as herein given. 

Boiler feed piping six inches (6") in diameter, and high 
pressure steam piping six inches (6") and over in diameter, are 
to have Van Stone flanged joints. 

The piping is to be covered to, but exclusive of, the engine 
throttles. 

This list is to accompany the Specification for non-conducting 
covering material for Waterside Station No. 2; R. N. 2001. 



PIPE. 



Flanged Joints. 



High Pressure Steam : 



Nominal 


Average 


Linear Feet 


Sizes. 


Lengths. 


Straight. 


Bent. 


i>^" 


6'o" 


300 




2" 


6'o" 


100 




2y2" 


6'o" 


300 




3" 


6'o" 


200 




3/2" 


6'o" 


200 




4" 


6'o" 


250 




5" 


6'o" 


140 


60 


6" 


10' 0" 


300 


100 


8" 


10' 0" 


300 


40 


8" 


20' 0" 




2000 


10" 


10' 0" 


160 




12" 


12' 0" 


320 


80 


i4"(i5"OD) 


10' 0" 


1600 


400 



344 



High Pressure Drip: 








Nominal 


Average 


Linear Feet 


Sizes. 


Lengths. 


Straight. 


Bent 


n" 




225 




i" 




50 




i%" 




2050 




2" 




3600 




3' 




670 




5" 




440 




Boiler Feed: 








Nominal 


Average 


Linear Feet 


Sizes. 


Lengths. 


Straight. 


Bent. 


2y2" 


id' o" 




2880 


3" 


6'o'- 


3180 


2120 


5" 


5'o- 


100 




6" 


12' 0" 


3150 


350 


8" 


2'6" 


40 • 




i6" 


10' 0" 


100 





Subject to Freezing (Cast iron flanged:) 

Nominal Average Linear Feet 

Sizes. Lengths. Straight. Bent. 

4" 100 

12" 600 



Exhaust and 


Other 


Low Pressure Steam: 


Nominal 




Average 


Linear Feet 


Sizes. 




Lengths. 


Straight. Bent 


3^" 




6'o" 


200 


4" 




6'o" 


200 


5" 




6'o" 


100 


6" 




6'o" 


I GO 


10" 




10' 0" 


IDG 


12" 




10' 0" 


SO 


14" 




10' 0" 


250 



345 
VALVES AND FITTINGS. 
Flanged; Extra Heavy. 
High Pressure Steam: 

FITTINGS. 

Sizes. Valves. Ells. Tees. Crosses. Miscellaneous. 

ij54" 10 20 

ij4" 10 40 

2" 20 

2>4" 10 Flanges 30 

2)^" Blanks Figs. 96 

3" 10 Flanges 50 

3"x3"xii^"xi>4" 10 



VALVES AND FITTINGS (Continued). 

FITTINGS. 
Sizes. Valves. Ells. Tees. Crosses. Miscellaneous. 

3/2" 

4" 
4"x4"x2"x ij^" 

S" 

5" 
5"xs"x4>^" 

6" 5 

6" 
6"x6"x3" 
6"x4"x4" 

8" 192 

8"x6"x6" 
8"x6"x3"x4j^" 

10" 6 S 

io"x8"x6" 10 





Flanges 


40 




Flanges 


40 




10 






Flanges 


30 




Flanges 


20 




Blank flgs. 


5 


5 






5 


Flanges 


60 




Blank flgs. 


5 


5 






5 








Flanges 


25 


5 


5 






Flanges 


5 



346 



lo" X lo" X 6" 
lo" X 12" x8" 
12" 
12" X 12" x8" 
12" x 12" x 14" 
12" X 14" X 8" 
14" 
14" 

14" 

14" 45 
14" X 14" X 6" 
14" X 14" X 8" 



24 



66 



36 

2 

12 

40 



16 



10 



Blank flgs. 
Filler ring- 
s'" wide 
Filler ring- 
s'" wide 



Boiler Cross- 
Over Fittings, 
as per draw- 
ing 13653 and 
the following 
pattern num- 
bers: 

5020 48 

5021 48 

5022 48 

5023 48 
5032 96 



High Pressure Drip: 







FITTINGS. 






Sizes. 


Valves. 


Ells. Tees. Y's. 


Fig. Unions. 


Flanges. 


Va" 


12 




8 


14 


1" 






3 




VA" 


72 


276 


30 


550 


lM"xiM" 


X2" 


6 






2" 


II 




15 


280 



347 



2" X 2" X %" 




IS 






2"x2" X 1^4 
2" X 2" X 2" 


w 


164 


27 
I 




3" 

3"x3"x2' 


6 


8 




3 


3" X 3' X 3" 

5" 

5" X 5" X 3" 


9 


4 
13 






Subject to 


Freezing : 










Sizes. 


Valves. 




Ells 




4" 


8 




16 




6" 


8 




12 




12" 


2 




4 



Exhaust and Othee Low Pressure Steam : 

Sizes. Valves. Ells. 



IJ4" 


10 


20 


3/2" 


10 


20 


4" 




10 


5" 




10 


6" 




10 


10" 




10 


12" 




IC 


14" 




4 



Flues and Stacks: 
32,000 square feet. 

Feed- Water Heaters: 
2,500 square feet. 

Boiler Drums: 

5,500 square feet. 



170 



60 



348 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

STORAGE BATTERY PLANT 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, Being 
part of the Contract dated March 5, 1906, between 
The Electric Storage Battery Company, Contractors, 
and The New York Edison Company. 



General. 

The Contractor shall furnish and install in a build- 
ing or space suitably prepared for the purpose by the Com- 
pany, at the new Waterside power station a storage battery 
plant with accessories, in accordance with the terms and con- 
ditions of the following specification : 

Elements : 

One hundred and fifty (150) elements of the Contractor's 
latest improved type, to be installed seventy-five (75) cells in 
series on each side of the three-wire system. Each element 
shall contain not less than thirty-nine (39) plates known as 
type "R" whose dimensions shall be approximately 18^ x 



349 

i8^ inches. Each plate shall be provided with a lug of suffi- 
cient area to carry the current from it without undue heating,, 
and to make a rigid connection when burned to the lead bus 
bar. 

Capacity : 

The capacity of the battery at approximately 70° F. shall 
be not less than two thousand (2,000) amperes for one (i) 
hour on each side of the system, with a minimum total pres- 
sure at the end of discharge at this rate of one hundred and 
twenty (120) volts. The capacities at various rates at the 
same temperature shall be not less than the following: 

Rate lof Discharge. Capacity. 

2,000 Amperes. 2,000 Ampere Hours 

885 " 2,655 " 

Normal Rate Maximum Rate 
of Charge. of Charge 

570 Amperes. 800 Amperes 

During discharge at rates not exceeding the three-hour 
rate, the voltage shall not fall below an average of 1.7 volts 
per cell; at the end of discharge at the one-hour rate it may 
drop to an average of 1.6 volts ; readings to be taken at the cell 
bus bars. 

Lead-lined Tanks: 

One hundred and fifty (150) lead-lined wooden tanks suit- 
able in size for elements of not less than 39 plates. These 
tanks shall be made of thoroughly seasoned lumber, with 
dovetailed joints, without the use of nails or other metallic 
fastenings, bottoms suitably drained and ventilated, and shall 
be lined with sheet lead with overlapping seams, the lead to 
extend over the upper edges of the tanks. The tanks shall 
be treated with two coats of acid-resisting composition and 
suitably numbered. 



350 
Separators and Supports for Plates: 

The plates shall be separated by suitable separators, and 
shall be supported by sheets of glass resting upon lead strips 
on the bottoms of the tanks. 

Electrolyte : 

Electrolyte of the proper density and purity to effect the 
best results shall be furnished in quantity sufficient to fill the 
cells. 

Insulation and Supporting Structure : 

The cells shall be supported on a double tier of insulators, 
resting on tiles or vitrified bricks laid in sulphur, the two 
tiers being separated by suitable wooden rests, treated with 
two coats of acid-resisting composition. 

Assembling and Lead Burning; 

The cells shall be connected together in two series, the 
plates in each cell being burned to rolled lead bus bars. Cells 
to be located on floors, one tier on each floor. 

Re-enforced Bus Bars : 

The terminal cells of each row and the end cells, on each 
side of the system, shall have their lead bus bars re-enforced 
with copper bar encased in the lead, with suitable terminals 
for connecting to the copoer bar running between rows and 
from the cells to the cell switches. 

Regulating or End Cell Switches : 

The Contractor shall furnish and erect four (4) twenty- 
point regulating switches, two (2) on each side of the sys- 



351 

tem capable lof carrying two thousand (2,000) amperes each 
without undue heating or sparking; these switches to be lo- 
<;ated on the outside of the partition wall of the battery room. 
The necessary supporting ironwork for these switches, abo 
the partitions for separating them from the battery room, 
will be provided by the Company in accordance with drawings 
furnished by the Contractor. There shall be mounted on each 
cell switch a motor for driving the traveling brush, with worm 
gear and clutch; the Contractor's automatic control switch 
for stopping the brush only when in full contact with a switch 
point; and autom'atic circuit openers for stopping the motor 
when the brush reaches either extreme of its travel. With 
each cell switch shall also be furnished the Contractor's mVDtor 
control switch for operating the cell switch from a distance, 
and the Contractor's electrical indicator, for indicating at the 
switchboard the location and travel of the cell switch brush. 
AH indicating and controlling apparatus shall be mounted on 
the switchboard by the Company. These switches shall also 
be provided with hand wheels mounted directly upon the 
switches to enable them to be operated by hand if desired. 

Lead-coated Copper Conductors: 

The Contractor shall supply and install lead-coated hard 
drawn copper bar of not less than 97^ per cent, conductivity 
for connecting the end cells with the end cell switches ; the 
copper bar for each end cell shall have a cross-sectional area 
of one and one-half (lyi) square inches, and shall be bolted 
to the riser of the corresponding re-enforced bus bar and ac- 
curatel)^ fitted to the terminals of the regulating switches. 
The Contractor shall also supply and install two (2) conductors 
from the neutral point of the battery, each having a sectional 
area of one and one-half (ij4) square inches, running to a 
point just outside of the battery room adjacent to the cell 
switches, and there connect to two single pole knife switches 
furnished and installed by the Company to which the Com- 
pany will connect the neutral of his system,. All conductors 
which carry current continuously during the discharge of the 



352 

battery shall have a cross-sectional area of ij^ square inches. 
All cutting away and making good iQif walls, ceilings, etc., will 
be done by the Company. All channel irons, I beams and 
other supports, such as hangers, brackets, etc., for supporting 
and holding in position these copper conductors, will be fur- 
nished and installed by the Company in accordance with 
drawings furnished by the Contractor. All insulators for 
these copper conductors shall be furnished and installed by the 
Contractor. 



Connections and Cable Work : 

All connections and conductors other than those between 
the end cells and the end cell switches will be provided and 
installed by the Company, viz. : connections between cell 
switches and switchboard; all conductors between switch- 
board panel and Company's bus bars, both for charging and 
discharging; and connections from the battery neutral to the 
neutral of the Company's system. The following wiring will 
be furnished and run by the Company, but connected by the 
Contractor, viz. : wiring between end cell switch motors and 
motor control switches on switchboard panel; all voltmeter 
connections for high reading, low reading and recording volt- 
meters and connections between end cell switches and elec- 
trical indicators. 



Testing Instruments: 

There shall be furnished one low reading portable volt- 
meter of the Contractor's standard design, with contact board, 
for reading individual cells; six standard hydrometers for 
testing the specific gravity of the electrolyte; one standard 
cell inspection lamp, with socket, flexible leads and contact 
clips ; one automatic pilot cell filler ; and one compensating 
hydrometer. 



353 
Drawings : 

The Company will furnish dimensioned drawings of the 
space available for the battery installation, showing plan, 
elevation, all obstructions, offsets in walls, doors, windows, 
and ceiling construction with locations and dimensions of 
beams which can be used for supporting copper. 

Battery Room : 

The battery room will be suitably prepared for the recep- 
tion of the battery by the Company, who will also furnish any 
ventilating, heating and drainage systems that may be neces- 
sary, and a sufiEcient supply of pure water or dilute acid for 
filling all the cells from time to time, after the first charge. 
The normal temperature of the battery room is to be ap- 
proximately 70" F. 

Erection : 

The Contractor shall furnish the services of a superin^ 
tending engineer and competent men to install the plant. 
During and after erection, the Company will 00-operate td 
the fullest extent with the Contractor especially in keeping 
the battery room free from any operations which may prove 
injurious to the battery. 

■First Charge: 

The Company will furnish the necessary current at prop- 
er voltage for the first charging of the battery. 

Operation : ' I 

The Contractor shall furnish for a period of three days 
after the first charge a competent man to fully instruct a desig- 
nated employee of the Company in the proper care and mani- 
pulation of the battery. 



354 
Test: 

Within one week after its first charge, the battery shall 
be tested by the Company or its representative, during which 
test representatives of the Contractor may be present, to deter- 
mine its ability to meet the capacities called for herein. 
Freight, Cartage and Unskilled Labor: 

All charges for freight shall be paid by the Contractor. 
All cartage shall be furnished by the Contractor. All un- 
skilled labor shall be furnished by the Contractor. 

Delivery : 

To be agreed upon; the batteries to be taken during 1906. 

Copper : 

It is understood and agreed that the arrangement of the 
cells and regulating switches of these batteries shall be sub- 
stantially the same as in the 83d Street battery station of the 
Company. Should this arrangement be so modified as to in- 
crease the length of run of the conductors for the cells or the 
series connections any appreciable increase in the amount of 
copper or labor shall be supplied by the Contractor at a pro- 
portionate increase of price. 

It is also understood and agreed that one of the four bat- 
teries shall be erected with only one hundred and forty cells, 
fifteen ion each side being end cells, and that a proper allow- 
ance shall be made the Company by the Contractor for the 
cells omitted. 



355 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

Electrical Apparatus for Control of 25 
Cycle Generators and Feeders. 

of the New Waterside Power Station. 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East 
River, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. 
Being a part of a Contract between the General 
Electric Company, Contractors, and The New York 
Edison Company. 



Item No. i : Generator Control. 

lo-generator control pedestals and instrument panels 
for the control of eight 8,ooo-k. w., 6,600-volt, 25-cycle genera- 
tors and two 7,500-k. w., 6,600-volt, 25-cycle generators. 

Panels to be of blue Vermont marble. 

Instruments to have marine finish. 

Panels to be supplied with necessary card holders and 
•name plates as shown on accompanying drawing. 

The equipment for each control pedestal and instrument 
panel will comprise the following: 

I Instrument panel 38" x 20" x 2 . 

I Front of pedestal 32j4"x 18^" x2". 




CROSS SECTION THROUGH ELECTRICAL GALLERIES. 




SECTIONS THROUGH WALLS OF ELECTRICAL GALLERIES. 



/» Tf^eeoe/t 



HTFe£0£K 



rueeus Tie FEeoEns 



». T p'eeoe/t 




».T eEHCMrOK 



TYPICAL DrAGRAM OF HIGH TENSION CIRCUITS. 




WIRING DIAGRAM OF TWENTY-FIVE-CYCUE HIGH TENSION 
GENERATOR PANEL. 




WIRING DIAGRAM OF TWENTY-FIVE-CYCLE HIGH TENSION 
FEEDER PANEL. 









^::^ 



» 




iiflt^siiisi 



PLAN HIGH TENSION CONTROL BOARDS. 



362 

I Top of pedestal 30" x (18 5/16" to 20 3/i6').x2". 
I Back upper pedestal 12" x 20}i" x 2". 

1 Back lower pedestal 23%" x 20^" x 2". 
I — 500-ampere Weston ammeter and shunt. 

2 H. E. ammeters 2,000-amp. scale. 

I H. E. voltmeter 8,000-volt scale and 150-volt winding. 
I H E. 3-phase indicating wattmeter, 22,000-k. w. scale 
I H. E. power factor indicator, iio-volt, 60-100-60%. 

1 Balanced 3-phase induction recording wattmeter, rec- 
tangular pattern. 

2 lamp sockets cat. No. 50,798 for mounting on front of 
panel. One for overload lamp and one for synchronizing lamp. 

3 S. P. D. T. oOTitrol switches, one for main generator 
"H" oil switch and two for generator selector "H's." 

6 Bull's eye indicating lamps, sockets, 3 green and 3 
red bull's eyes. 

I — 4-point synchronizing receptacle. 

2 Engine governor controlling switches, one for the tur- 
bine governor and one for the electrically operated field rheo- 
stat dial 

5 Bull's-eye indicating lamps, receptacles, and 5 plain 
bull's eyes. 

3 D. P. S. T. 25-amp., 125-volt, form "D" switches with 
special short handles, one for synchronizing lamps, one for 
D. C. feed to generator "H" and one for D. C. feed to selector 
"H's." 

5 D. P. D. T. 2S-amp., 125 volt, form "D" switches with 
special short handles, four for short circuiting secondaries of 
four generator current transformers, and one for D. C. supply. 

I D. P. overload instantaneous relay for lighting an 
overload lamp. The relay is to have one standard coil and the 
other wound for 1.73 times the standard. 

I T. P. S. T., 25-amp., 125-volt, form "D" switch with 
short handle for opening potential leads to the recording 
wattmeter. 

4 — 2,000 ampere current transformers, type S, form E 15, 
ratio 400:1. 



363 

3 T. P. S. T. 1,200-amp., 6,600-volt, form H-3 oil 
switches with 8" pots and 220-volt motors with terminals and 
top channels but without cell doors, cell barriers, tie rods, 
top and bottom soap stone slabs. 

2 — 6,600 to iio-volt, 200-volt potential transformers. 

2 S. P. S. T. 500-ampere electricially operated field 
switches with discharge clips and resistance. 

Special D. P. D. T. control switch for conttiolling elec- 
trically operated field switches See N. Y. E. Dr., No. 17,959- 

5 S. P. S. T. signal switches. See Dr. No. 16,692. 
20 pairs of H. W. John Manville Co.'s fuse clips, 
18 Name plates as indicated. 

5 — 6,600 volt disconnecting switches and fuses for potential 
transformers with insulators but without bases, special design. 

6 S. P. S. T. type L, form G-4, disconnecting switches 
for 1,200 amp. 6,600 volts with insulators but without bases. 

Item No. 2 : Feeder Control. 

20 — 3-phase, 4-circuit feeder panels. 
Capacity 4 circuits, 300 amperes, 6,600 volts each. 
Size : Front Top 36" x 24" x 2". 

Middle 34" X 24" X 2". 

Bottom 37" X 24" X 2". 

Back, top, 36" X 29^^" X 2". 

Middle 34" x 29^^" x 2". 

Bottom 37" X 29%" x 2". 

EQUIPMENTS PER PANEL. 

4 Vertical edgewise 60-100-60% power factor indicators, 
no volts, 5 amp. 

4 Vertical edgewise balanced 3-phase indicating watt- 
meters, scale 0-3500 k. w. 

4 Pocket type A. C. ammeters, 300-ampere scale, 5-am- 
pere winding. 

4 Pocket type ammeters, 300 ampere scale, lo-ampere 
winding. 



II 

is 






4:^1- 



s 


-— T 

T i 


1 


,? ■-■ 


fc 


1 


1 -■ ^ 


— 


s 




"i 


t'l 




5, 




•■1 
\ 



OIL SWITCHES FOR HIGH TENSION FEEDERS AND GENERATORS. 











trttit 

mm 


II i r 




1^ v. .1 '^^• (icUsUd^iB !S!;b;p3EH!9 5 ;& tft S 


1 ilii llilii 1 iil' i 



HIGH TENSION TWENTY-F(VE CYCLE FEEDER CONTROL BOARD. 




I pOTS 



JsiSi! 



-^^-*t" 



■»■ ^i^^S!?^ 






m 


M 


if! 


1 


[! 


n H ri 


n. 3 


ttt 


^ 


>-l 


-. ^ ~ 


* ♦. 


* 


-. 






1 


[IP 

I' 


'"i 


^•l* 
i 



^ ^Wfejt^ 






^1 — I v^.i^ 



4*' li,I*^.'*""''''''''^''p"'"'TS!*^ 



■■'-^^-:^km 






■=1 II |l ^;»a§ 



@ E i 



E E S S 



B 



1 




.0 






! 

s 


1 



pigc^' 



¥ 







;.*I>' TV-*-"^ 




■ m 

. Til 

i.r 



r-^- 1. 






3 TV !'C 



ffli 



1 - ' 

if 

t V 



.;i 



HIGH TENSION STATION TIE CONTROL AND SYNCHROSCOPE PANEL. 




DISCONNECTING SWITCHES FROM HIGH TENSION BUSES. 



368 

i6 Current transformers, 300-ampere, D-20, ratio 60:1. 

8 — 20owatt potential transformers, 6,600/1 10- volt. 
16 Fuses for above transformers with 6,600 volt disconnect- 
ing switches, without bases. Special. See Dr. No. 15,523. 

4 D. P. time limit overload relays, diaphragm type, to 
be mounted edgewise to board. Covers removable toward 
front One special coil to take 1.73 times normal current. 

8 D. P. S. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, form D-2 
lever switches with 125-volt spacing, short handles and stops. 
16 D. P. D. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, form D-2 lever 
switches with 125-volt spacing and short handles. 

4 Balanced 3-phase induction recording wattmeters, rec- 
tangular pattern, for mounting on the rear panels. 
12 indicating lamps and sockets. 

4 White bull's-eyes. 

4 Red bull's-eyes. 

4 Green bull's-eyes. 

4 T. P S. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, D-2 switches,, 
with 125-volt spacing, short handles and stops. 

4 S. P. D. r. controlling switches. 

4 T. P. S. T. 300-ampere, 6,600-volt, 8" pot, form H-j 
oil switches with 220-volt motors, terminals and without cell 
doors, cell barriers, tie rods, top and bottom soapstone slabs. 

SELECTOR SECTIO'N. 

8 Indicating lamps and sockets. 

4 Red bull's-eyes. 

4 Green bull's-eyes. 

2 T. P. S. T. special 2S-ampere, 250-volt, form D-2 lever- 
switches with 125-volt spacing, short handles and stops. 

4. S. P. D. T. controlling switches. 

2 D. P. S. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, form D-2 lever 
switches with 125-volt spacing, short handles and stops. 

7 D. P. D. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, form D-2 lever 
switches with 125-volt spacing and short handles. 

2 Pocket type ammeters, 600-ampere scale, 5-ampere 
winding. 



369 

2 Pocket type ammeters, 600 amp. scale, 10 amp. 
winding. 

6 Current transformers D-20, 600-ampere capacity ratio 
120 : I. 

2 D. P. overload time limit relays, diaphragm type, 
mounted flat on panel. Covers removable toward front. One 
special coil to take 1.73 times normal current. 

4 T. P. S. T. 500-ampere, 6,600-volt, form H-3 oil 
switches with 8" pots and 220-volt motors, terminals, and with- 
out cell doors, cell barriers, tie rods, top or bottom soap- 
stone slabs. 

12 — 6,600-volt, 800-ampere S. P. S. T. disconnecting 
switches with locking devices. Bases will be supplied by cus- 
tomer. 

Item No. 2 a: 

2 — 3-phase, 2-circuit feeder panels. Size to be as follows : 
Size: Front, 36"xi3"x2", 34"xi3"x2'', and 37" x 
13" X 2". 

Back, 36" X i6>^" X 2", 34" x i6i/^" x 2", and 37" x i6>^" 

X2". 

Equipment per panel to consist of one-half the apparatus 
specified in Item No. 2. 

Item No. 3 : Bus Tie Control. 

2000 ampere bus section tie equipment. Total consist- 
ing of: 

3 Blue Vermont marble panels. 
Size: Front, top, 36" x 10" x 2". 

Middle, 34" X 10" X 2". 
Lower, 37" x 10" x 2". 
Back, top, 36" X 12 7/16" x 2". 
Middle, 34" x 12 7/16" x 2". 
Lower, 37" x 12 7/16" x 2". 
6 T. P. S. T. 2,000-ampere, 6,600-volt, form' H-3 oil 
switches with 8" pots and 220-volt motors, terminals, and 




TWENTY-FIVE CYCLE GENERATOR PEDESTAL AND INSTRUMENT 

CONTROL. 



-sji:- iijf -<si-'- 


















1 


t 










i 



^f 



i 

i 



DISCONNECTING SWITCHES FOR FEEDER POT TRANSFORMERS. 



without cell doors, cell barriers, tie rods, and top and bottom, 
soapstone slabs. 

6 S. P. D. T. controlling switches. 
24 Indicating lamps and sockets 
12 Plain bull's-eyes. 
6 Red bull's-eyes. 
6 Green bull's-eyes. 

8 — 6, 600/ 1 10- volt, 200-watt potential transformers. 
3 D. P. D. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, D-2 switches 
with 125-volt spacing and short handles, 

36 — 6,600-volt, 2,000-ampere S. P. S. T. disconnecting 
switches with locking devices. Bases will be supplied by cus- 
tomer. 

8 H. E. frequency indicators for 25-cycle circuit. 
16 Fuses and 6,600-volt disconnecting switches for poten- 
tial transformers, without bases. 

8 H. E. volt meters, scale 5,000-7,500. 
6 D. P. S. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, form D-2 
switches with 125-volt spacing, short handles and stops. 

10 name plates as indicated. 
Item No. 4: Synchroscoipe. 

2 Synchronism indicators, 13" diameter on panel as 
shown on drawing No. 15,732. 

I 350-volt H. E. voltmeter. 

I D. P. D. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, D-2 switch 
with 125-volt spacing and short handle. 
Item No. 5 : Station Tie Control. 

Station tie equipment, total consisting of blue Vermont 
marble panels as follows: 
1—38" X 14" X 2". 
2 — 38" X 24" X 2". 
1—28}^" X 10" X i". 
I — 38" X 10" X i". 
4—28^" X (12 1/16" to II") X 2". 
1—27^" X (10" to g}i") X 2". 
4— 32>4"x II i/i6"x2". 
^—32y4" X 9 3/16" X 2". 



373 

4—12" X 12 l/l6" X 2". 
4—23H" X 12 1/16" X 2". 

Framework to be supplied by the Company. 
8 T. P. S. T. 1,200-ampere, 6,600-volt, form H-3 oil 
switches with 8" pots, 220-volt motors, terminals, and without 
cell doors, cell barriers, tie rods, top or bottom soapstone 
slabs. 

8 S. P. D. T. controlling switches 
16 Indicating lamps. 
16 Indicating lamp sockets. 
8 Gueen bull's-eyes. 
8 Red bull's-eyes. 

12 Current transformers, 1,500 ampere, ratio 300 : i. 
4 D. P. overload time limit relays, diaphragm type, with 
one special coil to take 1.73 times normal current. 
8 H. E. ammeters, 0-1,500 amperes. 

4 Indicating wattmeters, balanced 3-phase. Scale, 18,000- 
0-18,000 k. w. zero in centre of scale.) 

12 — 6600 Volt disconnecting switches and fuses for potential 
transformers. Bases to be supplied by customer. 

8 — 6,6oo/iio-volt, 200-watt potential transformers. 
4 — 4-point synchronizing receptacles. 
2 — 4-point synchronizing plugs. 

16 D. P. D. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, D-2 switches 
with r25-volt spacing and short handles. 
8 Lamp sockets, cat. No. 50,798. 

4 D. P. S. T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, D-2 switches 
with 125-volt spacing, short handles and stops. 

12 — 1,200-ampere 6,600-volt disconnecting switches with 
locking devices, without bases. 

4 H, E. voltmeters, 5,000 to 7,500 volts. 
12 D. P. S T. special 25-ampere, 250-volt, D-2 switches 
with 125-volt spacing and short handles 

3 — 6,600-volt disconnecting switches and separate fuses 
for bus potential transformers. 

8 Lamp sockets, cat. No. 50,798, for overload lamp and 
^yn. lamp. 



2>7^ 

84 Reversed etched name plates as indicated. 
All switches, instruments, relays and panels here specified 
are to be mounted on steel frames furnished by the Company in 
accordance with the Company's Drawings No. 17532, 1717I) 
15732 and 15618. 

CABLES. 
Control of Generators. 

These specifications include the furnishing of the genera- 
tor, field and control cables, and installing the same; also the 
installation of the generator oil switches, solenoid switches, 
current and potential transformers and disconnecting switches 
for each unit, as indicated in wiring diagram of H. T. genera- 
tor panel Dr. No. 16057. 

The control cables comprise per unit : 
2 Seven-conductor No. 14 wire cables for the control of 
the "H" oil switches on the 2nd and 4th Mez. floor. 

r Nineteen conductor cable of 8 — No. 10 wires and 11 — 
No. 14 wires for connecting the potential and current trans- 
formers with the controlling board. 

I Nineteen conductor cable, No. 14 wires, between the 
generator and control board, for the engine signal and gov- 
ernor control device. 

I Twelve conductor cable, No. 14 wires for controlling the 
electricity operated field rheostats located on the ist floor 
electrical gallery. 

The generator cables comprise per unit: 
3 — 1,500,000 c. m. cables, cotton covered from terminal 
board on the generator to the end bell at the base of the gen- 
erator foundation, lead covered from end bell in the foundation 
to the end bell in wall of 3rd Mez. electrical gallery; cotton 
covered from this point to the bus disconnecting switches. 
2 — 400.000 c. m. cables for the field circuit. 
I No. 6 duplex cable for the field ammeter circuit. 

Feeder Control. 

These specifications include the furnishing of the necessary 
control and feeder cables up to the H. T. triplex feeder end bell 



375 

on the 3rd Mez. as indicated in the wiring diagram of H. T. 
feeder panel, Dr. No. 16058 and 16584; also the installation of 
the H. T. feeder oil switches, the current and potential trans- 
former and the disconnecting switches and fuses necessary for 
each group of feeders. 

The control cables comprise per group : 
4 Seven conductor, No. 14 wire cables for the control of the 
"H" oil switches. 

2 Nineteen conductor, (11 — No. 14 and 8 — No. 10 wires) 
cables for connecting the current and potential transformers 
with the H. T. feeder control board. 

In addition for the H. T. feeder control of motor generators 
and exciters, there shall be furnished : 

I Seven conductor, No. 14 wire control cable for inter- 
connecting instruments and signal lamps on exciter board with 
the H. T. feeder control panel. 
The feeder cables comprise: 
3 — 500,000 c. m. cables, extending from the bus discon- 
necting switches to the 300 ampere "H" oil switches on the 4th 
Mezzanine. 

6 — 250,000 c. m. cables, extending from the "H" oil 
switch on the 4th Mez. to the H. T. triplex feeder end bell on 
the 3rd Messanine. 

Station Tie Control. 

These specifications include the furnishing of the neces- 
sary control cables and station tie cables up to the point where 
they enter the H. T. end bell on the 3rd Mezzanine, as indi- 
cated in wiring diagram of H. T. station tie and synchroscope 
panel Dr. No. 16156. 

The control cables comprise: 

2 Seven conductor No. 14 wire cables for controlliiig the 
"H" oil switches. 

I Seven conductor No. 14 wire cable for connecting the 
bus potential transformers and the bus instrument 'panel. 

I Nineteen conductor No. 14 wire cable for connecting the 



376 

potential and current transformers with the station tie control 
panel. 

The station tie cables comprise : 
3 — 1,000,000 c. m. cables extending from the busses up to 
the point where they enter the H. T. end bell on the 3rd Mez- 
zanine floor. 

Bus Tie Control. 

There shall be furnished for each pair of bus tie oil 
switches, control cable as follows : 

I Twelve conductor No. 14 wire control cable for con- 
trolling each pair of 2.000 Amp. bus tie oil switches. 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR CABLES. 

The cables to be used are as follows: 

1,500,000 c. m. cable, 10/32" varnished cambric insulation, 
1/8" lead of 2% tin. 

1,500,000 c. m. cable, 37/19 wires 10/32" varnished cambric 
insulation, i cotton braid, waxed. 

1,000,000 c. m. cable 10/32" varnished cambric, i cotton 
braid, waxed. 

500,000 c. m. cable of 127 wires 10/32" varnished cambric 
I cotton braid waxed test voltage 20,000 volts for i hr. after 
72 hrs. immersion. 

400,000 c. m. cable 4/32" varnished cambric, lead cov- 
ered field cables. 

250,00 c. m. cable 10/32" varnished cambric, i cotton braid 
waxed. 

2/0 Rheostat wire, 415 — No. 25 B & S. gauge wires 3/32" 
varnished cambric, i cotton braid painted, and i asbestos braid 
painted. 

No. 6 Duplex cable for field ammeter circuit 5/64" rubber, 
r/i6" lead. 

The control cables to be used are as follows: 



377 

19 conductor cable of eight No. lo wires and eleven No. 14 
wires, 3/32" rubber over each wire, one tape over all and 5/64" 
lead. 

19 conductor cable No. 14 wires 2/32" rubber over each 
wire, two tapes, 5/64" lead. 

12' conductor No. 14 wire cable 2/32" rubber, two tapes 
5/64" lead. 

7 conductor No. 14 wire cable 2/32" rubber, two tapes 
5/64" lead. 
Note: 

The 2% tin applies to lead sheaths of all H. T. cables but 
does not apply to control cables. 



378 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

Electrical Apparatus for Control of 6a 

Cycle Generators 

of the new Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the West 
by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. Being 
part of a contract between the General Electric 
Company, Contractors, and The New York Edison 
Company. 



General : 

Panels are to be of Blue Vermont Marble. 

Instruments are to have marine finish. 

The equipment will comprise the following: 

Item No. I : Generator Contkol. 

2 Generator control stands, each for controlling a 7500 V, 
7500 K. W. 60 cycle, 3-phase generator. Panels to be of blue 
Vermont marble. Instruments to have marine finiih. 

Size: 

Each stand will be comprised of the following sections, the 
dimensions being: 



379 

i8}i" X ^2}i" X 2", front of pedestal. 

2o}i" X 23^" X 2", lower back of pedestal. 

12" X 20>^" X 2", upper back of pedestal. 

30" X (18 5/16" to 20 3/16") X 2", top of pedestal. 

20" X 38" X 2", instrument panel. 

— Equipment for each control stand — 

I — 9000 V. H. E. voltmeter with 150 V. winding. 

2 — 1200 amp. H. E. A. C. ammeters. 

I — 60-100-60% H. E. Power factor indicator. 

I — 16000 k. w. H. E. polyphase indicating wattmeter. 

I Polyphase induction recording wattmeter rectangular 
pattern for mounting on back of control stand 

5 Type S, Form E-15 current transformers, 1500 am- 
peres, ratio 300 : i. 

3 — 200 Watt potential transformers, 6600/110 Volts. 

1 D. P. Overload instantaneous relay, to be used with in- 
dicating lamps and to have one standard coil and one special 
coil to take 1.73 times current of the standard coil. 

I — 500 amp. Weston ammeter for field circuit. 

2 S. P. S. T. 250 V. 500 amp. electrically operated field 
switches with discharge clips. 

I D. P. D. T. 125 V. Type C, Form G2, controlling 
switch for electrically operated field rheostat. 

1 D. P. D. T. 25 amp. 125 V. Type C, Form G2, Engine 
governor control switch. 

I — 4 pt. synchronizing receptacle and plug. 

2 Lamp Sockets, cat. No. 50798 for mounting on instru- 
ment panel. 

6 Bulls-eye indicating lamp receptacles, each with 8 c. p. 
candelabra lamp. 

3 Red Bull's-eyes. 

3 Green Bull's-eyes. 

3 D. P. S. T. 25 amp. "D" switches with handle i" long, 
one for synchronizing lamps, one D. C. feed to generator "H" 
and one for D. C. feed to selector H's. 

5 D. P. D. T. 25 amp. "D" switches with i" handles for 
short circuiting current transformers. 



38o 

I D. P. D. T. Control switch for controlling electrically 
operated field switch, special, see Dr. No. 17959. 

I T. P. S. T. 25 amp. "D" switch for disconnecting po- 
tential leads from recording wattmeter. 

5 — 6600-Volt disconnecting switches and fuses for po- 
tential transformers without bases. Special, see Dr. No. 

^5398. 

20 sets of standard fuse clips unmounted John's Manville 
Go's cat. No. 3526. 

5 Bull's-eyes indicating lamp receptacles, each with 
fuses and lamp same as above. 

5 White bull's-eyes. 

3 S. P. D. T. Controlling switches for generator "PI" 
switches. 

6 S. P. S. T., Type L, Form G-4, 1200 amp. 6600 V. dis- 
connecting switches, with locking devices and insulators but 
without bases. 

3 T. P. S. T, 6600 V , 120D amp.. Form H-3 oil switches 
with 8" pots and 220 V. motors, with terminals and top chan- 
nels but without cell doors, cell barriers, tie rods, top or 
bottom soapstone slabs. 

Name plates as indicated on Dr. No. 17648. 

The specifications relative to the furnishing the 60-cycle 
generator and field cables, and respective sizes of same and 
their installation are the same as for the 25-cycle units. 

Item No. 2 : Feeder Section : 

2 — 4 circuit feeder panels. 

Capacity 7500 V. 300 mp. per circuit without framework. 
Size : Front 36" x 24" x 2'' 
34" X 24" X 2". 
37" X 24" X 2". 
Back 36" X 29J^" X 2". 
34" X 29%" X 2" 
37"x29%"x2". 

— Equipment per panel. — 



38i 

4 — 60-100-60% vertical edgewise power factor indicators, 
125 v., 5 amp. 

4 — ^4000 k. w. V. E. polyphase indicating wattmeters. 

4 — 300 amp. pocket type A. C. ammeters with 5 amp. 
winding. 

4 — 300 amp. pocket type ammeters with 10 amp. winding. 

4 polyphase induction recording wattmeters, for mount- 
ing on back panel. 

20 D-20 current transformers, 300 amps. 

8 — 200 watt potential transformers, 6600/110 Volt. 

4 D. P. overload time limit relays, diaphragm type 
(these relays will be mounted edgewise to the panel, will have 
split covers and special winding as designated for the relay 
on the generator panel). 

8 D. P. S. T. 25 amp. 125 Volt "D" switches with i" 
handles (four for disconnecting D, C. Supply and four for 
disconnecting relay terminals). 

4 T. P. S. T. 25 amp. 125 Volt "D" switches with i" 
handles for disconnecting potential leads from recording watt- 
meters. 

20 D. P. D. T. 25 amp. 125 V. "D" switches with i" 
handles for short circuiting secondaries of current trans- 
formers. 

12 Bulls-eye lamp receptacles, each with fuses and lamp 
as heretofore specified. 

4 Red Bulls-eyes. 

4 Green Bulls-eyes. 

4 White Bulls-eyes. 

4 S. P. D. T. Controlling switches. ! ' 
16 — 6600 Volt disconnecting switches with fuses for po- 
tential transformers, without bases. Special, see Dr. No. 19690.. 

4 T. P. S. T. 6600 V. 300 amp. H-3 oil switches, with 
8" pots and 220 V. motors with terminals and top channels, 
but without cell doors, cell barriers, tie rods, top and bottom 
soapstone slabs. 



382 



Selector Section : 



8 Bulls-eye lamp receptacles, each with fuses and lamp 
as specified in item No. i. 

4 Red Bulls-eyes. 

4 Green Bulls-eyes. 

4 S. P. D. T. Controlling switches. 

2 D. P. S. T. 25 amp. "D" switches with i" handles and 
switch stops for disconnecting D. C. supply. 

2 D. P. Overload time limit relays, diaphragm type 
(these relays will have special windings, the same as specified 
for relay in item No. i). 

2 — 600 amp. pocket type ammeters with 5 amp. winding. 

2 — 600 amp. pocket type ammeters with 10 amp. winding. 

6 D-20 current transformers, 600 amp. 

7 D. P. D. T. 25 amp. 125 V. "D" switches (6 for short 
circuiting current transformers and one for D. C. supply). 

12 S. P. S. T. 6600 V. 800 amp. disconnecting switches, 
with locking devices and insulators but without bases. 

4 T. P. S. T. 500 amp. 6600 V. H-3 oil switches with 8" 
pot and 220 volt motors, with terminals and top channels, but 
without cell doors, cell barriers, tie rods, top and bottom 
soap stone slabs. 

4 Special 2 point synchronizing receptacles. 

2 — 2 point special synchronizing plugs. 

2 T. P. S. T. 25 amp. "D" switches with i" handles and 
switch stops for disconnecting relay terminals. 
Item No. 3: 

12 Card holders, copper finish and 48 name plates, copper 
finish as indicated on Dr. No. 17208. 

I Bus instrument panel of blue Vermont marble. 

Size: 

20" X 38" X 2" without supporting frame work, having 
mounted thereon : 

2 — 60 cycle H. E. frequency indicators. 



383 

2 H. E. voltmeters with 150 V. winding and 4000/9000 
V. scale. 

2 — 200 watt potential transformers, 6600/100 V. 

4 S. P. S. T. disconnecting switches, 6600 V. and 4 fuses 
for potential transformers with insulators but without bases. 

Item No. 4: 

I Synchroscope panel of blue Vermont marble. 

Size: 

18" X 22" X tY^' without supporting frame, having 
mounted thereon: 

I — 13" 60 cycle synchroscope. 

I H. E. voltmeter with 150 V. winding and 4000/9000 
V. scale. 



384 
SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

Exciter Switchboard and Main Light and 
Power Switchboard of Waterside No. 2. 

For Control of Four Exciter Sets, Two Motor-Generators, 
Two Storage Batteries, Two Boosters, One Compen- 
sator, Generator Field Circuits and Main 
Light and Power Circuits. 

of the New Waterside Power Station 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North by 
40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the West 
by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. Being a 
part of a contract between the General Electric 
Company, and The New York Edison Company. 



General : 

These specifications include the furnishing and erecting in 
the Company's Waterside Power Station, two direct current 
switchboards comlplete, including steel frames, panels, mould- 
ings, busses, switches, instruments and connections as in- 
dicated on detailed drawings furnished by the Company and 
forming part of these specifications. These switch boards 
shall be known as the Exciter Board and the Main Light & 
Power Board. 




Z' 



WIRING DIAGRAM EXCITER AND LIGHT AND POWER BOARDS. 








l ^fflg 



i 



ELEVATION EXCITER BOARD. 




ELEVATION MOTOR GENERATOR BOARD AND LIGHT AND POWER 

BOARD. 



388 



THE EXCITER BOARD. 

The exciter board for the purposes of these specifications 
may be divided into two sections, viz. : 

I. The Control or Starting section ; and, 
II. The Bus. section, position and negative. 
I. Control and Starting Section. 
The control or starting section of this board shall consist 
of selected slate panels, with blue Vermont marble finish and 
of dimensions given in detailed drawings furnished by the 
Company, and shall have mounted thereon the following com- 
plement of switches and instruments: 

8 Harris end cell switch indicators, of special design. 
See Dr. No. 9644. 

6 Vertical edgewise voltmeters, 4" frames with the scale 
range 0-250. 

21 Vertical edgewise ammeters, 4" frames with the fol- 
lowing scale ranges : 

1 ammeter, scale o-iooo amperes for No. i booster motor. 

2 ammeters, scale 2,000-0-2,000 amperes for No. i booster 
generators. 

2 ammeters, scale 0-3,000 amperes, for motor generators. 
12 ammeters, scale 2,000-0-1,000 amperes, for batteries. 

4 ammeters, scale 0-1,000 amperes for exciter sets. 

6 H. E. A. C. ammeters, scale 0-600, with 5-ampere wind- 
ing 

8 Bull's-eye indicating lamps with sockets, lamps and' 
plain bull's eyes, for end cell switch motor and Harris indicator 
circuits. 

3 Westinghouse graphic D. C. voltmeters with master 
clock (voltage range, 150) on battery circuits. 

4 Sets of double dial rheostats, for motor-generators, ex- 
citers and boosters, consisting of special double dial contact 
switches and frames as per Dr. No. 13716. 

6 D. P. S. T. 25-ampere, 125-volt knife switches with en- 
closed arc fuses for D. C. feed for "H" switch control. 

6 S. P. D. T. controlling switches for "H" oil switch. 



389 

i8 Bull's-eye sockets and lamps. 
6 Red bull's-eyes. 
6 Green bull's-eyes. 

5 Plain bull's-eyes. 

8 Controlling switches, push button type, special design, 
for operating motors on end cell switches. 

6 D. P. S. T. field discharge switches, 250 volts, 200 am- 
peres, for exciters and miotor-generators. 

2 Hand wheels and special mechanism for operating 
starting boxes for exciters and motor generators. 

2 Starting rheostats, 250 volts, 23 amperes, 1.65 ohms, 
without overload release 

2 D. P. D. T. knife switches, 500 amperes, 250 volts, for 
interconnecting starting rheostats. 

2 D. P. S. T. 50-ampere knife switches for booster fields. 

4 Sets of interlocked starting switches, special design. 
Dr. No. 16162, for iso-k. w. exciters. 

2 Sets of interlocked starting switches, special design, 
Dr. No. 16161, for 500-k w. motor generators. 

24 Lamp receptacles mounted on two slate panels at back 
of board for resistance lamps in end cell switch motor circuits. 

8 D. P. S. T. 25-ampere, 250 volt, form D switches with 
type B Noark fuses, ferrule contact, mounted on four panels 
at back of board for cutting out end cell switch motor and 
Harris indicators. 

n. BUS SECTION. 

The bus section of the exciter board consists of three sets 
of busses on the positive side and three sets on the negative 
side. 

These busses are separated from each other by slate 
septums, and are supported on the copper studs of the edge- 
wise switches. The panels upon which are mounted switches 
and instruments shall be of selected slate, blue Vermont mar- 
ble finish. 

The following is the complete list of switches and in- 
struments required for this portion of the board. 



390 

Positive Section: 

4 — 2000-ampere edgewise single-circuit battery switches 
for four busses with 6" slate base and blue Vermont marble 
finish, special design Dr. No. 16164. 

23 — looo-Ampere, edgewise, single-circuit switches for 3 
busses with 6" thick slate base and blue Vermont marble 
finish for the various circuits on' the positive exciter board. 
Dr. 16163. 

II Vertical edgewise ammeters with single part frame 
for field circuits, scale 0-500 amperes. 

6 Vertical edgewise ammeters with single part frame, 
scale 0-1500 amperes, for ties. 

27 Fuse mountings and fuses on front of board. Drawing 
No. 17975. 

II — 500-Ampere shunts and connections to go with 500 
ampere ammeters. 

6 — 1 500-Ampere shunts and connections to go with 1500 
ampere ammeters. 

Negative Section : 

4 — 2000-Ampere, edgewise, i-circuit switches for 4 busses 
with 6" slate base and blue Vermont marble finish. Special 
design Dr. No. 16164. 

22 — ^looo-Ampere, i-circuit edgewise switches for 3 busses 
with 6" slate base and blue Vermont marble finish. See Dr. 
No. 16163. 

4 Exciter Circuit breakers (1200-2000) Amp. G. E. 
Cat. No. 28921, with base. Mounted on back of exciter board. 
22 Fuse mountings and fuses for 1000 ampere feeder 
switches. See Dr. No. 17975. 

THE MAIN LIGHT AND POWER BOARD. 

The main light and power board shall consist of selected 
slate panels with blue Vermont marble finish, and for the pur- 
poses of these specifications may be divided into two sections. 



391 

viz.: I. The control or starting section; 2. The bus section, 
positive and negative. 

I. THE CONTROL OR STARTING SECTION. 

The control or starting section of this board shall have 
mounted thereon the following complement of switches and 
instrufnents : 

5 Vertical edgewise ammeters, with 4" frames and the 
following scale ranges : 2 ammeters, scale 2000-0-2000 for the 
booster generators; i ammeter, scale o-iooo for the booster' 
motor ; two ammeters, scale 500-0-500, one for the positive side 
and one for the negative side of the compensator. 

I — ^45-point D. C. sliding contact voltmeter switch, spe- 
cial design. Dr. No. 14736. 

I D. P. D. T. 25-ampere switch to be used in connec- 
tion with contact switch. 

1 D. P. S. T. 25-ampere 250 volt Form D. switch. 

2 Special field switches, for compensator fields. See 
Dr. No. 10897. 

2 Rheostats and hand wheels for compensator fields. 
2 Rheostats and hand wheels for 36 k. w. Crocker 
Wheeler Booster. 

2 I. P. S. T. 50 Ampere knife switches for booster fields. 
I Special desk and drawer for portable voltmeter. 
I — 2 Pole neutral battery switch special design Dr. No. 

12353- 

I — S. P. Neutral battery switch in back of board. Special, 

see drawing 19490. 

II THE BUS SECTION. 
The bus section of the main light and power board con- 
sists of three sets of busses on the positive side and three sets 
on the negative side. These busses are separated from each 
other by slate septums and are supported by the copper studs 
of the edgewise switches. The following is a complete list of 
switches and instruments required for this portion of the 
board. 



392 

Positive Section : 

2 — 500-K. W. one circuit positive rotary switches for 3 
busses, special design. Dr. No. 9027. Bases to have blue 
Vermont marble finish. 

I — i-Circuit starting switch for 3 busses, special design. 
Dr. No. 9247. Base to have blue Vermont marble finish. 

I — 2-Circuit battery switch for 4 busses, special design. 
Dr. No. 10569. Base to have blue Vermont marble finish. 

8 — ^4-Circuit long base feeder switch sections. Dr. No. 
9199, 7666, 4644. Base to have blue Vermont marble finish. 
8 — ^4-Circuit angle contact sections, straight lugs. Dr. No. 
7681. 

I — 2-Circuit booster switch for four busses of special 
design, see Dr. No. 12852, 12792, 12793, 12850. Base to have 
blue Vermont marble finish. 

32 Vertical Edgewise Ammeters, 3" frames scales o-iooo. 

Negative Section : 

2 — 500-K. W. one circuit negative rotary switches, spec- 
ial design. See Dr. No. 9144. Bases to have blue Vermont 
marble finish. 

I Two circuit battery switch for four busses of special 
design. Dr. No. 10569 Base to have blue Vermont marble 
finish. 

I Two circuit booster switch for four busses of spec- 
ial design Base to have blue Vermont marble finish. Dr. 
Nos. 12852, 12792, 12793, 12850. 

8 Four circuit long base feeder switch sections, see Dr. 
Nos. 9199, 7666, 4644. Bases to have blue Vermont marble 
finish. 

8 — ^4-circuit angle contact sections straight lugs, special Dr. 
No. 7681. 

In addition to the above, there shall be installed on the 
separate slate panels, blue Vermont marble finish, one 3-pole 
battery neutral switch of special design. See drawing 16404 
This panel is to be located on north division wall of build- 
ing. 



393 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

Motor Generators and Exciter Sets, 
of the New Waterside Power Station. 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, Being 
part of Contract dated February 4, 1907, between 
the Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company, 
Contractors, and The New York Edison Company. 



■General : 

The Contractor agrees to furnish f. o. b, cars point of 
shipment electrical apparatus and appliances as specified be- 
low: 

Two (2) Koo K. W motor .eenerator sets 485 R. P. M. 
with mechanical oscillator, two-bearings, each set consist- 
ing of the following apparatus : 

One 750 H. P. three phase, 6300 volt, 25 cycle motor with 
rheostat upon shaft and rotating switch to cut out starting 
resistance, direct connected to and mounted upon common 
base and shaft with 500 K. W. D. C. shunt wound, 270 volt 
generator with field rheostat. 

Four 150 K. W. motor generator sets to be used as ex- 
citers, each consisting of 



394 

One 150 K. W. generator, shunt wound, 280 volts D. C, 
and one 220 H. P. type "C" motor 6,300 volts, three phase, 
25 cycle. 

The 500 K, W. motor generators will be built in accord- 
ance with the following detailed specifications hereto at- 
tached and forming part of this agreement. 

Specification for 500 K. W. Motor Generator Sets. 

These sets will each be made up of one 500 K. W., 485 
R. P. M., 240-300 volt, shunt wound, direct current genera- 
tor, direct connected to a 750 H. P. (one 6,000 and the other 
6,300 volts) 25 cycle, three phase induction mjotor. These ma- 
chines will be mounted upon common cast iron base and 
shaft with two bearings. 

The outfit will be complete with a mechanical end play 
device. 

The direct current generator will have a range of two 
hundred and forty to three hundred volts and normal capacity 
of 1850 amperes at 270 volts.. 

After a full load run of twenty-four hours, no part of the 
complete outfit will show a temperature rise exceeding 40° 
Centigrade above the surrounding air at 25° Centigrade, ex- 
cept the commutator of the direct current generator may rise 
45° C. 

After a run of 125% load for two hours immediately suc- 
ceeding the full load run, no part of the combined outfit will 
have a temperature rise exceeding 50° Centigrade. Tempera- 
ture to be measured by a thermometer. 

Efficiency : 

The D. C. generator will have the following efficiency: 

50% load goy2% 

75% " 92% 

Full " 92y2% 
i}4 " 92% 
The induction motor will have the following efficiency: 



395 

5o% load 90 

75% " 91 
Full " 91!^ 

1% " 90 
These efficiencies are based on I^R losses in armature 
and field, armature iron loss and friction. The losses are tO' 
be determined separately. 

Power Factor: 

The power factor of the induction motor will be : 
50% load 81K 
75% " 85>^ 
Full " 87>^ 

1% " 88y2 

The induction motor will be equipped with a starting- 
rheostat mounted upon the spider of the rotor with the suit- 
able rotating switch to be used to cut the starting resistance 
and finally short circuit the secondary winding. 

Weight : 

The total net weight of the above outfit will be approxi- 
mately 56,000 lbs. 

The overall dimensions will be approximately 8' i" wide 
by 13' 6" long over shaft by 7' 12" over 'T' bolts. 

SPECIFICATION FOR 150 K. W. EXCITER SET 

Direct Current Generator. 

Shunt wound Engine type 150 K. W. 

Speed 485, E. M. F. 280 Poles 8. 

General : 

This generator is to be of the so-called "Engine Type" 
the armature and commutator being built together upon a 
ventilated cast iron sleeve and arranged to be pressed on the 
shaft. The field castings will be divided in a vertical plane 
and be on the sarrie bed plate with the A. C. Motor. The 
generator will be furnished with a brush holder and means 
of adjusting same. 



396 



Rating : 

This machine is rated at 535 amperes at 280 volts at a 
speed of 485 revolutions per minute. 

Efficiency : 

The generator will have an efficiency of not less than 80 
per cent, at one-quarter load; 88 per cent, at one-half load; 
91 per cent, at three-quarter load and 91.5 per cent, at full 
load. 

Operation : 

The brushes having been once adjusted there will be prac- 
tically no sparking due to variations of the load within the 
limits of no load and 25 per cent, over load. The machine 
will run at full load for 24 hours Avith practically no sparking 
or burning of the brushes, and without blackening the com- 
mutator. It will not be necessary to shift the position of the 
brushes if the load be increased from no load to 25 per cent, 
over load, nor will there be serious sparking if the load be in- 
creased temporarily to 50 per cent, over load. If the current 
in the shunt field be. adjusted so that the voltage of the ma- 
chine at no load is , a load of amperes, at 

such increase of voltage as will be maintained by the com- 
bined shunt and series field current, may be temporarily car- 
ried on the machine, and if, with this current in the main cir- 
cuit, the circuit breaker be opened, the machine will not buck 
and no serious sparking at the commutator will occur. 

Temperature: 

The machine will be able to operate 24 hours at full rated 
load, with a rise in temperature of any part not to exceed 40 
degrees Centigrade above the surrounding atmosphere. It 
will also carry an over load of 50 per cent, following the above 
full load test for a period of one hour, with an ultimate rise in 
temperature above the surrounding atmosphere not to ex- 
ceed 60 degrees Centigrade. It will also carry momentarily 



397 

an over load of 75 per cent, without injurious heating. The 
temperature in each case to be measured by thermometer 
method. Machine will also be capable of giving 200-k. w. at 
from 200 to 280 volts for 3 hours, temperature rise not to ex- 
ceed 40° C. 

Regulation : 

The field of the machine will be shunt wound for 200 to 
280 volts. 

Field Frame: 

The field frame will be made of best quality of cast iron, 
sound and free from blow holes ; the pole pieces will be 
laminated steel, the pole pieces and field windings being so 
proportioned as to reduce the distortion due to armature re- 
action to the lowest possible limit. 

Field Coils: 

The shunt and series coils will be separately insulated and 
so held in position as to admit of thorough ventilation. The 
insulation of the coils will consist of several layers of fibrous 
material thoroughly protected By canvas, which is in turn 
protected by a large number of turns of rope. This insulation 
will be substantial and permanent, not to absorb moisture. 
The insulation of the complete coils will be capable of success- 
fully withstanding an alternating current of 1500 volts poten- 
tial. The field coils will be painted with a water and oil proof 
compound. 

Armature : 

The armature will be the slotted drum type. It will have 
a multiple winding so arranged that the circuits will not be- 
come unbalanced with the displacement of the armature as 
much as 1/32" from the geometric center of the fields, and 
when so displaced there will be no injurious sparking at the 
brushes, no vibration in the armature, and from each brush 



39^ 

holder arm will be drawn approximately its pro rata share of 
current. The armature core will be built up of laminated 
sheet steel of the highest magnetic quality. Laminations 
will be placed upon the cast iron spider ; the sheet of steel will 
be keyed accurately to the spider; the laminated core thus 
built up will be held firmly between two end plates. The ar- 
mjature winding will consist of copper bars approximately 
rectangular in section, formed into coils without joints and 
will be insulated before being placed in slots. The coils will 
be held in slots by retaining wedges of hard fibre. There will 
be no bands on the armature. 

The insulation of the arm,ature conductors will consist of 
•sheet material of high insulating quality applied in over-lap- 
ping layers. This will be held in place with tape, and the 
whole will be treated with a weather proof, oil proof com- 
pound. The material and workmanship will be of the highest 
grade. The insulation of the complete armature will withstand 
a test of 1500 volts alternating E. M. F. 

Commutator : ' 

The commutator will be made of bars of hard drawn cop- 
per, insulated fromj each other by mica not more than 1/32" 
thick. The number of bars will be such that with an electro- 
motive force of 280 volts on the machine the average difference 
of potenntial between two bars will not exceed 7 volts. The 
proportions of mica and copper will be such that the two will 
wear at the same rate. The commutator bars will be held in 
position at one end by a cast iron ring with a V section. This 
ring will be cast with the armature spider. The other and 
opposite end of the commutator bars will be supported by 
segments of same section, firmly held in position by bolts of 
ample strength. These segments will be so arranged that 
•one or more bars may be removed from the commutator with- 
out disconnecting other bars. The armature winding will be 
thoroughly soldered to the necks of the commutator bars ; the 
joints will be made in a workmanlike manner, and show no 
traces of free solder and will have a greater carrying capacity 



399 

than the armature conductor. The neck of the commutator 
bar will be of hard rolled copper, riveted and brazed to the 
commutator bar. These necks will be rigid and will not re- 
quire additional support. 

Brushes : i 

The arms carrying the brushes will be strong and rigid. 
They will be supported from a ring accurately fitted to the 
yoke, which may be shifted for adjusting the brushes by hand 
wheel or worm gear. This method of supporting the brushes 
leaves the commutator clear and comparatively free of ob- 
struction and open for inspection. The brushes will be of 
carbon. The brush holder will be of the sliding shunt type. 
The brushes will be of such size and number to carry the full 
load current of the machine continuously, without undue 
heating, and a 50 per cent, overload for two hours without 
injurious heating. The normal current density in the carbon 
brushes when operating, at full load will be about 30 amperes 
per square inch. 

Ventilation : 

Throughout the armature, spider, core and the windings, 
large and open ventilating ducts will be provided. The design 
of the spider will be such as to set up a forced circulation of 
air through these ventilating spaces. Space will also be left 
between the shunt and series coils so that a free circulation 
of air may be maintained while the machine is in operation. 

Induction Motor. 
220 H. P. E. M. F. 6,600 volts ; speed 485 ; poles 6 ; 25 cycles. 

General Description: 

This motor will be Westinghouse type "C" with rotating 
secondary, the rotating part being built upon a cast spider. 
The external frame will not be divided. It will consist of a 



400 

cylindrical yoke to which will be bolted circular end shields. 
The motor will be mounted upon the same bedplate with a 
D. C. generator. 

Normal Rating: 

The normal output will be 220 H. P. at approximately 
485 revolutions per minute when supplied by a three phase cir- 
cuit of 25 cycles per second delivering 6,600 volts at the motor 
terminals. 

Speed Regulation: 

The motor will be wound for 6 poles and when operated 
at 6,600 volts and 25 cycles will run approximately 500 revo- 
lutions per minute, no load, and the speed will fall to approxi- 
mately 485 revolutions per minute when the rated load of 220> 
H. P. is thrown on. For intermediate loads and loads up to 
50 per cent, above the rated load, the drop in the speed or 
slip will be practically in proportion to the load. 

Efficiency : 

At 6.600 volts and 25 cycles the motor will have an effi- 
ciency of not less than 89 per cent, at one-half load, 89.5 per 
cent, at three-quarters load, and 90 per cent, at 220 horse pow- 
er. These efficiencies are based on PR losses in the primary 
and secondary, iron losses, friction and windage. These losses 
to be determined separately. 

Current and Power Faction : 

At 6,600 volts and 25 cycles the motor will require 17.4- 
amperes per terminal for its rated load of 220 H. P. developed. 
At 6,600 volts and 25 cycles, the motor will have a power fac- 
tor of not less than 82 per cent, at one-half load, 89 per cent., 
at three-quarters load and 92 per cent, at full load of 220 H. P^ 



40I 

Temperature : 

The machine will carry a normal load of 220 H. P. for 24 
hours at 6,600 volts and 25 cycles, with a rise in temperature 
in no part to exceed 40 degrees Centigrade ; and at 25 per cent, 
overload for 24 hours the rise in the temperature will not 
exceed 50 degrees Centigrade; and at 50 per cent, overload 
for one hour the rise in temperature will not exceed 60 degrees 
Centigrade. Temperature to be measured with a thermometer. 
The motor will be able to start and bring to speed the genera- 
tor when unloaded. 

Primary : 

The primary frame will be made of the best quality of 
cast iron, sound and free from blow holes. The magnetic 
circuit will be of laminated steel, and the proportions will bf 
such that the self induction will be reduced to a low value. 

The primary coils will be wire wound, and will be ar- 
ranged for good ventilation. The insulation of the primary 
coils will consist of sheet material of high insulating quality, 
applied in over-lapping layers. This will be held in place by 
tape and the whole will be treated with a moisture and oil 
proof compound. After completion, the insulation of the en- 
tire primary winding from the frame will be subjected to a 
puncture test of 1,500 volts alternating E. M. F. 

Secondary : 

The secondary will be the slotted drum type. The core 
will be built of laminated steel, the laminations will be dove- 
tailed to the cast iron spider. The laminated core thus built 
will be held firmly between two end plates. The secondary 
winding will consist of straight copper bars of rectangular 
section, insulated before being placed in slots. The bars will 
be held in the slots by overhanging tips of teeth. There will 
be no bands in the secondary. Supported at each end of the 
secondary core will be a secondary ring of ample section, to 
which the end of the secondary bar will be bolted, the con- 



402 

nection of the bars to the rings will be such that they will not 
be affected by the change of the temperature. 

Ventilation : 

Throughout the entire machine large and open ventilating 
spaces will be provided. The design of the spider and the 
secondary rings will be such as to set up a forced circulation 
of air through these ventilating spaces. Space will be left 
also between the primary coils so that the free circulation of 
air may be maintained while the machine is in operation. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOOSTER. 

The Contractor further proposes to furnish F. O. B. cars, 
New York, the following: 

I — 36-k. w. Crocker-Wheeler booster consisting of: 
I — iio-H. P. motor, 750 R. P. M. at 240 volts and 
2 — 36-k. w. generators, output, 36 k. w., at 750 R. P. 
M. Volts 60. 

I — 75-k. w. Northern Electric Company compensator con- 
sisting of: 

2 — 75-k. w. shunt wound D. C. generators, speed 600 R. 
P. M., volts 125 to 150 together with shunt field resistance 
and starting rheostat with underload and overload attachment 



403 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Accompanied by drawings for the 

Turbine Signals to be Installed 

in the New Waterside Power Station. 

To be erected on a property bounded on the North 
by 40th Street, on the South by 39th Street, on the 
West by ist Avenue, and on the East by East River, 
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. Being a 
description of certain appararus designed and installed 
by The New York Edison Company for use as a means 
of transmitting signals between the operators on the 
high and low tension switchboards and the engineer 
stationed at the turbine throttle. 



General : 

In general these specifications cover three distinct meth- 
ods of transmitting signals : 

1st. Signals relating to the governing of the turbines, 
and transmitted through the illuminated sign located on west 
wall of engine room, and used in conjunction with the signal 
whistle located on south division wall. 

2nd Signals relating to the starting or stopping of the 
turbines and transmitted to the engineer direct through the 
signal stand located near the turbine throttle. 




WIRING DIAGRAM SIGNAL SYSTEM. 



405 

3rd. A call signal whistle from the D. C. control board, 
on the 1st floor electrical gallery. 

I. SIGNALS FOR REGULATING GOVERNOR. 

The general arrangement of apparatus and connections 
for signals for regulating the turbine governors is indicated 
in Dr. No. 16980. "Wiring diagram for turbine numbers, 
signals and whistle." 

The following is a complete list of apparatus required. 
20 S. P. S. T. Special signal switches with reversed 
etched name plates, see detailed drawing of switch 16692 ; lo- 
cated on the front of generator pedestals, (two for each pedes- 
tal) for operating whistle relay and flashing turbine number. 

10 S. P. D. T. knife switches located on top of pedestal 
under synchroscope panel. For detail of switch, see Dr. No. 
19210, for location of switches, see Dr. No. 15732. 

With these switches may be flashed individually the tur- 
hine number and the red or green engine signal of the illu- 
minated sign. 

I D. P. D. T. 25 Amp. Form D. Knife switch together 
with special copper strap connection and 24 sets of H. W. 
Johns Manville Co.'s ferule type inclosed arc fuses and clips, 
-forming the D. C. fuse panel on front of pedestal under 
synchroscope. 

r Special relay oil switch with lever for hand opera- 
tion, as indicated in drawing No. 18095 ^n^ located on top 
■of center pedestal of generator control board under synchro- 
scope panel. 

The magnet for this relay is to be wound with 1,800 turns 
of No. 26-double cotton covered magnet wire, about 738 feet 
in all. 

I "di-el-ite" resistance unit of 465 ohms 116 watts for ex- 
ternal resistance in relay oil circuit 

I Magnet on 250-volt circuit, of sufficient pull to oper- 
ate a 3>^" steam signal whistle. This magnet is located near 
the whistle on south division wall in engine room. 



4o6 

I Illuminated sign for turbine numbers and engine 
signals as indicated in assembly drawing No. 16892 and 
located on west wall of engine room. 

This sign consists of a substantial sheet iron box with 
angle iron frame work set flush with engine room wall, and 
displaying the stenciled turbine numbers from one to ten in- 
clusive. 

Above each numeral shall be a separate ground glass 
signal panel to indicate red for "raise" and below a similar 
signal panel, indicating green for "lower," as the case may be. 

Within this sheet iron box are the lamps and circuits for 
illuminating the turbine numbers and colored signals men- 
tioned. 

The whole to be constructed in accordance with the de- 
tailed drawings furnished by the company and forming part 
of these specifications. 

For connecting up this device there will be required the 
following cables. 

2 — i2-conductor No. 14 wire lead covered cables approxi- 
mately 30 feet long. There shall be 2/32" rubber over each 
wire, two tapes and s/64" lead over all. 

I — 19-conductor No. 14 wire lead covered cable, approx- 
imately 30 feet long, having wire 2/32" rubber, two tapes and 
5/64 lead. 

I Twin wire cable lead covered, consisting of two No. 
10 wires each wire to have S/64" rubber and 1/16" lead, over 
both. 

When the above specified apparatus is connected up in 
the manner indicated in the diagram, it is expected that the 
operator at any one of the generator pedestals shall be able to 
blow the signal whistle and flash the turbine number; also 
that he may from the center pedestal be able to blow the sig- 
nal whistle and flash either the red or green signal together 
with any of its corresponding turbine numbers. 

This signal is to be constructed in accordance with as- 
sembly drawing No. 17358. 



407 

II. SIGNAL TO START OR STOP TURBINES : 

The wiring diagram for connecting up the apparatus used 
for signaling the engineers to start up or shut down the. tur- 
bines is included in the "Wiring" diagram of H. T. generator 
control pedestals 25 cycles and 60 cycles, drawings No. 16057 
and No. 17343. 

The following is a complete list of the apparatus required : 

30 S. P. S. T. Special signal switches with reversed 
etched name plates, (see drawing 16692) located on the front 
of generator pedestals, 3 for each pedestal, together with 
three plain signal lamps and receptacles. The name plates 
are to be labeled resepctively : "Start," "Stand by," "Load off." 

10 Special signal devices, (see Dr. No. 171 12) mounted 
on front of generator instrument panels, one for each panel, 
and each consisting of special malleable iron box, of dark 
marine finish to match finish of instruments on panel ; a ground 
glass face on which shall be painted in 1/2" block letters the 
three signals; "Full Speed," "OK," "Shut Down." 

Each of these outfits to contain 6 miniature frosted lamps 
and screw bases. 

8 Turbine signal devices on stands complete, (see draw- 
ing No. 17357) each consisting of i 1/4" iron pipe stand, and 
special cast iron front with oxidized bronze finish and mount- 
ing the following: 

I H E. frequency indicator. 

I Engine signal device consisting of malleable iron box, 
oxidized bronze finish, ground glass face on which shall be 
painted in half inch block letters the signals, "Stand by," 
"Start," "Load off," "Full Speed," "OK," "Shut Down" to be 
illuminated by 12 miniature frosted lanaps with screw bases. 

I gang of three signal knife switches, see Dr. No. 17359 
enclosed in a cast iron box, oxidized bronze finish. 

2 Turbine signal devices similar to above except 
that they are to be mounted on west wall of engine room, 
and each to have in addition to above a frequency indi- 
cator for the 60 cycle generator. 



4o8 

For connecting up this apparatus the following cables 
will be required. 

ID — ^19-conductor No. 14 wire control cables, one for each 
turbine signal, and of various lengths. 

All these devices shall be constructed in accordance with 
detailed drawings and sketches furnished by the Company and 
forming part of these specifications. 

With the above apparatus it shall be possible for the 
operator at the H. T. generator control pedestal to flash the 
following signals to the engineer standing at the turbine 
throttle : "Start," "Stand by," "Load off" and to receive in 
turn signals from the engineer as follows : "Full Speed," "OK," 
"Shut Down." 

III. CALL WHISTLE FROM EXCITER BOARD. 

For operating the call whistle there shall be installed on 
the exciter board : 

I Mechanically operated oil switch of special design as 
shown on assembly drawing No. 18471 ; 

There shall be installed on the south division wall, near 
the call whistle, 

I Magnet operating on 250 volt circuit capable of devel- 
oping about 50 lbs. pull and so arranged as to blow the 23^" 
call whistle. 

For location and arrangement of whistle see drawing No. 

17569 : 1 



409 

LIST OF DRAWIN>GS 



TITLE PAGE 

Bulkhead and Condensing water tunnels 6 

Plan of Condensing water tunnels 7 

General Foundation Plan 13 

Screen Well 17 

Steel Plan, First Floor 23 

" , Second " ; 24 

West Elevation Boiler House Section 3 27 

South " " " " 3 28 

Ash Downtakes, Details 29 

" " , Elevation 30 

Soft Coal Hoppers 31 

Stacks 34 

Flue dampers 36 

Coal Downtakers, Detail 37 

Flues 38 

Ash Downtakers, Detail 39 

Details Cast Iron Work for Ash Hoppers 40 

" " " " 41 

Elevation Coal Tower and Ash Pocket (Lower half) 43 

(Upper half) 44 

Front Elevation, First Avenue 48 

Rear " , East River 49 

Side " , 39th street 50 

" " , 40th street 51 

Longitudinal Section through Engine Room 66 

Boiler House 67 

" 68 

■Cross Section 69 

' 70 

Basement Plan 87 

First Floor Plan 88 

Second Floor Plan and Second Mezzanine 89 

Third " " " Fifth " 90 

Plan of Coal Pocket 91 

Monitor Plan 92 

jRoof Plan 93 

Plan Battery Room and Duct Floor 94 

" of First and Third Mezzanine 95 

" " Fourth and Sixth " 96 



4IO 

TITLE PAGE 

Wiring Diagram Station Lighting 152 

Plan Boiler House Lighting i53- 

General arrangement coal towers 156 

Coal tracks and tower 157 

Perspective of Coal Towers 158 

Shaw 50 ton Traveling Crane lyc^ 

Case 75 " " " i79 

Cross section Babcock & Wilcox boiler i86- 

General Drawing D'Olier Feed Pump and Terry Turbine 222 

General Drawing Curtis Turbo-generator 238 

" Westinghouse " 243. 

General Layout Alberger Condensers 255 

Detail of Shell, Alberger Condenser 258- 

General Drawing Alberger Dry Vacuum Pump 263. 

" " Circulating Pump and Engine 269 

General Layout Worthington Condenser 277 

Detail of Shell, Worthington Condenser 279 

General Layout Wheeler Condenser 289. 

Detail of Shell, Wheeler Condenser 291 

West Elevation Main Steam Lines in Boiler House 303. 

Plan and Elevation of Header along Engine Room Wall 30.1 

Elevation Main Steam Header on North Wall 305, 

General Plan of Steam Mains showing ties to Waterside No. i 306 

Plan and Elevation of Feed Lines in Section No. 2 320. 

Isometric of oiling System ,22 

Plan and Elevation of Open Heaters and Pumps 323 

" " Section of Heaters, Pumps and Connections 324 

Plan of Feed Pumps ,25 

Cross section through Electrical galleries org. 

Sections through walls of Electrical galleries 357 

Typical Diagram of High Tension Circuits 353 

Wiring Diagram of 25 Cycle High Tension Generator Panel ,cq. 

Wiring Diagram, of 25 Cycle High Tension Feeder Panel.., -360- 

Plan High Tension Control Boards 35 j 

Oil Switches for High Tension Feeders and Generators 364 

High Tension 25 Cyle Feeder Control Board ,65 

" " Station Tie Control and Synchroscope Panel 365. 

Disconnecting Switches from High Tension Buses 367 

25 Cycle Generator Pedestal and Instrument Control 370 

Disconnecting Switches for feeder pot transformers ,71 

Wiring Diagram Exciter and Light and Power Boards 385 

Elevation Exciter Board ,55, 

Motor Generator Board and Light and Power Board 387 

Wiring Diagram Signal System ^q. 



411 



INDEX 



title. page. 

Ash Downtake Gates and Forced Draft Mechanisms 201 

Boilers and Superheaters : ' 185 

Center Walls 191 

Description 185 

Fire Clay 191 

Guarantee 192 

Rear Wall 192 

Side Walls 191 

Boiler Firing Fronts : ,193, 197 

Bulkhead : 5 

Concrete 10 

Condensing Water Tunnels 8 

Earth Excavation and Dredging 8 

Foundation for Coal Towers and Ash Pockets 8 

General Description of Work 5 

Piling 9 

Timber p 

Work under direction of Dock Dept 11 

Coal and Ash Handling Machinery: 154 

Ash Conve,yor 163 

Ash Track Cars and Locomotive 167 

Auxiliaries 160 

Boom and Trolleys i6i 

Bucket 161 

Engme 155 

" Details 159 

Cables and Guys 162 

Cable Railways 165 

Cars, Cable and Valves 166 

Coal Handling Towers 155 

Crusher 163 

Guarantee '. 168 

■Description of Work 154 

Operating Gear 160 

Painting 167 

Rail Stands, Guards, Brackets and Rails 164 



412 

TITLE f^'^'^ 

Sheaves ^^^ 

Test ^6° 

Track Scale ^^^ 

Ties, Sheaves, Idlers and Drivers 165 

Trolley Engine iS9 

Weights and Dimensions 160 

Work furnished by the Company 155 

'Condensers, Alberger: ^54 

Circulating Pump 2^° 

Condensers ^57 

Deliveries ^5° 

Guarantee and Conditions of Ser 254 

Hot Wells and Hot Well Pumps 273 

Materials and Workmanship 261 

Piping 274 

Principle of Operation 261 

Vacuum Pump 262 

Work to be done 256 

'Condensers, Wheeler: ^°° 

Circulating Pump ^92 

" Engine 293 

Condenser 288 

Erection 299 

Expansion Joint 298 

Fixtures 298 

Guarantee 299 

Hot Well Pump 295 

Painting 300 

Test 299 

Vacuum Pump 296 

■Condensers, Worthington ; 276 

Circulating Pumps 280 

Condenser 276 

Erection 287 

Expansion Joint 284 

Finish 285 

Guarantee 287 

Hot Well Pump 282 

Material : 

Circulating Pump 285 

" Engine 285 

Condensers 284 

; Hot Well Pumps 284 



413 

TITLE PAGE. 

Painting 287 

Test 286 

Vacuum Pump 283, 

Crane — 50 Tons: 169 

Auxiliary Hoist ^74 

Bearings '75 

Bridge 172 

" Driving Mechanism I73 

Cage and Platform i73 

Controllers 176 

Dimensions and Speeds 169 

Electrical Apparatus i77 

Test 177 

Gears i75 

Guarantee 172 

Limit Switch i74 

Load Brake i74 

Lower Blocks and Ropes 175. 

Motors 175 

Motor Brake I74 

Trolley 173. 

Crane — 75 Tons : 178 

Brake Bridge 182 

" Electrical 182 

" Mechanical 182 

Bridge Drive i8o- 

Conductors 183 

Controllers 181 

Dimensions, Sizes and Speeds 183 

Electrical Equipment 183. 

End Trucks i8o- 

Factor of Safety 178 

Girders 180 

Limit Switches 182 

Material 178 

Operator's Cage Platform 182 

Runways 183. 

Trolley 181 

Economizers : 217 

Feed Pumps and Turbines., D'Olier: 221 

General 221 

Pump 223 

Turbines 226- 



414 

title page 

Feed Pumps, Platt: 231 

Forced Draft Apparatus 204, 209 

Ducts 207 

Engines 205, 209 

Erection 207 

Fans 204, 215 

Guarantee 207, 214, 215 

Foundations : 12 

Basement Floor Line 14 

Bulkhead and portions of condensing water tunnels to be done 

under another contract 21 

Cement 19 

Coflfer Dams and Pumping 16 

Concrete 18 

Earth Excavation and Back Filling 15 

Finish of t loors 21 

Floor over Vault 20 

General Description of Work 12 

Piling 16 

Rock Excavation 16 

Sidewalk Bridge 20 

Steel Beams and Rods 19 

Waterproofing 20 

Wrecking 15 

Grates 200 

Heater 232 

Motor Generators and Exciter Sets 393 

Booster 402 

General 393 

Induction Motor 399 

Motor Generator 150 K. W 395 

500 K. W 394 

Piping : 301 

Blow oflf Fittings 315 

" Piping 312 

Circulating Water Valves 327 

Covering 333 

Boiler Drums 338 

Finish 339 

Flues and Stacks 337 

Heaters 338 



415 

TITLE PAGE 

High Pressure Drip 336 

Steam 333 

Low Pressure Steam 337 

Pipe to be Covered 343 

Water Piping 336 

Exhaust Pipe Fittings 321 

Expansion Joints 326 

Feed Pipe Fittings 319 

Fire Service Piping and Fittings 828 

High Pressure Fittings 302 

Piping 301 

Separators 309 

Stop and Check Valves 307 

Superheater Blow off Fittings 317 

Signal System : 403 

Call Whistle from Exciter Board 407 

General 403 

Governor Signals 405 

Start and Stop Signals 406 

Structural Steel and Iron Work : 22 

Classes into which Work is Divided 25 

Connections to be Bolted or Riveted 35 

Drawings to be Furnished 42 

General Description of Work 22 

Painting 35 

Provision for Unloading Material 45 

Times of Completion 42 

Storage Battery: 348 

Battery Room 353 

Bus Bars 350 

Capacity 349 

Conductors, Copper 351 

Connections and Cable Work 352 

Copper 354 

Delivery 354 

Drawings 353 

Electrolyte 350 

Elements 348 

End Cell Surlities 350 

Erection 353 

First Charge 353 

General 348 



4i6 

TITLE PAGE 

Insulation 35° 

Operation 353- 

Tanks 349 

Test 354 

Testing Instruments 35^ 

Superstructure : 46' 

Battery Room 125. 

Carpenter Worli 76 

Centres for Arch Work j6 

Doors, Sash and Rough Hardware ^J^ 

Furrings, Grounds, Cutting and Jobbing 76 

Sleepers 77 

Drawings 152 

tlectrical Construction Work 126 

Compartments for Oil Switches and H. T. Busses 128- 

Conduits 142 

Copper 140, 

Electric Sign 149 

Elevator Work 130 

Fixtures 144 

Fuses and Circuit Breakers 141 

Heaters 144 

Iron Pipes . .• 128 

Lighting Battery Room 148- 

" Boiler House ist floor 149 

2nd " 149. 

'• 3rd " iSa 

" Monitors and Coal Pockets 150 

Bulkhead 151 

Coal Tower on Bulkhead 150 

Engine Room 148' 

" " Monitors 148; 

Electric and Office Galleries 149 

Stairs and Elevators 149 

Turbine 148- 

Panel Boards jog 

Power Lines j -^ 

Slate ' ■.■■ J4I 

" Flooring j^^. 

Switchboards j„ 

Switches j ,„, 



417 

TITLE PAGE 

Vitrified Tile Conduit 126 

Wires and Cables 143 

Wire Glass Doors 129 

Wiring Conduits and Fixtures 133 

General Construction 46 

Bluestone 61 

Brickwork S3 

Cement Coating over Waterproofing 71 

Concrete Walls and Turbine Foundations 47 

Description of the building 46 

Face Brick 54 

Floor, Sidewalk and Roof Construction 57 

Granite 60 

Granolithic Floor and Sidewalk Finish 56 

Lathing and Plastering 62 

Marble 72 

Mosaic 74 

Mortar for Brick Work 55 

Patent Flooring 71 

Terra Cotta Partitions 64 

Terra Cotta Trimmings 61 

Tile, Faience 74 

" Glass 75 

" Interlocking Rubber 76 

Waterproofing 65 

Glazing 116 

Hardware 84 

Kalamein Copper and Iron 77 

Doors Jambs and trim copper ^^ 

" " " " iron and tin covered 80 

Enclosure for H. T. Switchboard Room 82 

General 83 

Window Frames, Interior 81 

" trim " and chair rail 82 

Ornamental Iron loi 

Anchors 113 

Area Railing 115 

Curb Angles 112 

Doors and Transom Entrance 114 

Doors and Transom Exterior 103 

Door Sills Ill 

Elevator Enclosure Engine Ropm. 106 

" " Boiler Hou?e , . . . , 107 

Fascias and Railings .... , , 108 



4i8 

TITLE PAGE 

Folding Gates no 

Framing for Copper Partitions. 112 

" " Terra Cotta Cornice and Dormers 113 

" " Faience Cornice 113 

" " Skylights and Pent Houses 113 

Lockers 114 

Panel Box 115 

Partition Brick Stays 112 

Plaster and Column Caps 114 

Sidewalk Vault Lights 109 

Stairs Boiler House loS 

" Engine Room 104 

" Spiral 105 

Tablet 115 

Trench Cover Plates in 

Walkways, Ladders and Gratings no 

Window Frames and Sash loi, 114 

Window Guards no 

Painting 117 

, Plumbing 118 

Floor Drains, Battery Room 123 

Toilet Room ;.■ 123 

House Sewer, Drain and fresh air inlet 120 

Roof Drains 123 

Soil, Waste and Vent Lines 121 

Stand Pipe . and Fittings 124 

Supply Pipes 122 

Tests 124 

Toilet Rooms 1 18 

Sheet Metal and Roofing 85 

Dormers, Louvres, Mansard Cornice, etc 97 

Elevator Bulkhead 97 

Framing and Drilling of Structural Steel loi 

Gearing for Monitor Sash 98 

Glazing 98 

Gutters and Flashing, Main Roof 100 

Leaders, Monitor and Bulkhead 98 

Monitors 85 

R,oofing 99 

Skylights 86 

Switchboard, 25 Cycle 355 

Bus Tie Control 369 

Cables 374 



419 

TITLE PAGE 

Feeder Control 363 

Generator Control 355 

Stabon Tie Control 372 

Synchroscope 372 

Switchboard, 60 Cycle 378 

Generator Control 378 

Feeder Section 380 

Selector Section 382 

Switchboard, Exciters and Light & Power 384 

Bus Section, Exciter Board 379 

Light & Power Board 39i 

Exciter Board 388 

General 384 

Main Light & Power Board 390 

Starting Section 391 

Turbine foe Feed Pumps, Terry 230 

Turbine, Curtis 337 

Accessories 240 

Dimensions and Weights 240 

Excitation 239 

Foundatioiis 240 

Generator 237 

Guarantees 241 

Installation 240 

Insulation Tests 239 

Noise 239 

Temperature Test 239 

Turbine, Westinghouse 242 

Generator : 

Armature 252 

Collector 252 

Construction 251 

Efficiency 251 

Excitation 252 

Field .'. 252 

General Description 250 

Material and Workmanship' 251 

Rating 251 

Regulation 253 

Temperature 253 

Ventilation 253 



420 

TITLE PAGE 
TURBIHE : 

Bearings 246 

Blades 246 

Bedplate 247 

Capacity 244 

Coupling 247 

Cylinders 246 

Dimensions and Weights 244 

Economy 245 

General Description 242 

Glands 246 

Governor 247 

" valve 249 

Inspection 249 

Lagging 250 

Limits of Turbine 250 

Lubrication 248 

Material and Workmanship 242 

Overload , 245 

Painting 249 

Paralled Operation 244 

Safety Stop 249 

Shaft 247 

Throttle Valve 249 

Tools, etc., 249 



. -yp KF^Y^ >**- i'i't'i''fcii>.Wli,3*(v*^i^^**^i'^